.'"SiHinr:
£#•!
1
5
I
ft
6
3
5
S o
^ g
i
S> ft
Collection of Puritan Lit*
J
4
oB
It
»Sf?
SHORT
TREATISE
Containing all the Princi-
pal Grounds of Chriftian
RELIGION.
By way of Qucftions and
Anfwers, very profitable for
all forts of men, but efpcci-
ally for Houfholders.
Whereunto are added feverall
Queftions,by the Reverend Author's
own Pen .• to clear the Expofiti-
on : As you may perceive by the
Epiftletoihe Reader. >;
The fifteenth Imprejflon; more
corrected then, the former.
Imprinted at London9 fotjohn Wright
at the figne of the Kings-head m
theOldBaily. 1656,
1
ro&aj&Jijfe
To the Reader.
Chriftian Reader3
He many Imprejfions of
this Catechifm>(both with
And wit hpm theExpofiti-
on)domanifefi what good
acceptance it hath found
among ft the people of God. And I hope
that by means of this changeywith which
■it is now put into thy hand, it will prove
much more prof table unto alifuch who
fhall diligently improve it. - •' ;S4
. The Quefiions which the Reverend
Author ■( Mt. ]ohn Mall ) did by his own
peny put into the Margin of the Boo^
to clear the Expofitionyfor the benefit of
fome private friends^ are now upon the
requeft of many, both. Mini 'fieri and
others (wha have experienced the profit
hereof) published for more common ufe.
The Catechlfm a$ now Printed-) remains
the fe If- fame for fubftance>wi thout ad-
dition or diminution, and there is no
A i more
To the Reader.
more change in the phrafie of words 9
then necejftty compelled \th at these might
bs an harmonious fuitabienefs betwixt
the Quefiions and Answers. If any
through the quiches of their own parts ,
fhall complain of fame needle fs repent i-
ons which might have hen for born 9 and
oflefisexaclnefs then might here have
be$n expreffed, they are mere at ed to con'
fider, I. That as the fir (I compofing of
the Catechifm^fo this new modelling of
i-^intendeth efpeclally the tnfilruBion of
Children and ignorant Chriflians^whofe
weaknefs requires fittch condsfcent ions,
2. That ca'itiou fine fis to kjeepoff^from
allfeeming mater iall alterations, may
make afatisjying Apologie.
Some care hath been taken, to correct
former over- fights of the Printer jn the
Scripture quotations, thoug h p robably
there may yet foms Errata be efpyedy
amongfi fo great a multitude of proofs.
In this Impreffion, where the Anfwers
in the fhort Catechifm are large-, the
pa ticulars are noted and numbredby
fever all figures ; and in the Expofition,
fomepajfages are more clear ely ex pre fi-
fe d9 and fame tranfpofied according to
the Authors own minde and prattice,
Will
To the Reader.
well 'known to fome , who were fully ac-
quainted with his tattchiftlcall Exer-
cifeSy both in his own ftmilh and the
publitk Congregation, Mafier Thomas
Langky.( afaithfull fervant ofChrifiy
and Minifier of the \ G of pell at Middk-
wich m Chefliire) may be jufily judged
by thofe who know him (^ as he is indeed
by my fiif} the meetejt man to have
appeared by an Epifile in \ this pub'tcati*
on^becaufe he was the Authors mofian-
clenty much endeared friendy andcvuld
havefpoken experiment ally y very much
in reference to this work* being one of
them (as I conceive} who concurred fat
leafl ) with the worthy Author y in the
firfi publijhing of this Catechifm 5 yet
his great modefly hath put it upon my
hand9rho#gh he hath been pleafed(with
his Son ) to afford good affi (fiance in this
fervicj. The following Epiflle doth
faggefi both the fummary Matter and
Method of the who!e Bool^y with *fa
regions to make it the more profitable.
Here I might fay mac h y to per f wade all
perfons carefully to husband fuck li^e
helps y for the infiruVtion of mom filv.es
and their relations in the Vr'mciples of
Religion. Wifdome ( faith Solomon)
A 3 is
To the Reader.
is the principall thing , therefore get
wifdome ; and with all thy getting, get
tmderftanding, Prov.^.j. It is one part
of Gods Image upon mans keart9Co\.
3 . 1 0 \a [over a\gn Antidote agalnft er-
rour and fin, Pro. 2.1 1 ; addeth ftrength
Prov. 24. 5 . and delight unto the [only
Prov. 2. 10. I? is the guide of our affe-
daor\s,Phil.i .9. and of a Chriftian con-
verfation9 Col, 1. 9^0: yea it is the key
of heaven, Luk^ 11.52. Whereas by ig-
norance, people are alienated from the
life of God, Eph. 4.18. and fir angers to
the rich Treasures of the Gofpell32 Cor.
4.4. The plague of darknejfe in Egypt
tv as neither fo doleful nor dangerous as
this, bee au fe itfals upon the foul, -which
/J the candle of the Lord, Prov, 20. 27.
and if this light bedarknefle, how great
is that darkneffe ? Mat, 6. 23. The E-
gyptians likewife rofe not from their
plates during their darknejfe' but mans
foul is always in motion, and they who
walk in darknefle know not whither
they go3 John 12.35. ^Ht ftumble* John
1 1. 10. and are in danger every flep to
fall into the pit of perdition, Mat 15.14.
when Sampfons eyes were put out, the
Philiftines carried him to prifon, and
caufed
To the Reader.
caufedhimto grinder a (lave, Judg.
16. 21. In like manner ignorant {i\iy
creatures are carried captives by fdu,
cersy 2 Tim. 3, 6. and kept inbondage
Hnder'Szxam power> Eph.6. \ijn dan.
ger to lofe their immortal fouls unt0
eternity 3 2 Cor.4.3,4. from which there
is no hope of ddiuerance without know-
ledge^ Acts 26.18. -dndalaSy alas9 how
fad is it to confder(much more to fuffer^
that mine without remedy 3 and perdi-
tion without pitty \which will undoubt-
edly be the portion of all them who live
and dye in fpirituall darkneffe, Prov. 1 .
26? 30 Efay 27. 11.fi Theff 1. %>9.ds
thefe brief hints may ferve to quicken
peoples induflry, in fe If -love to lay-in a
ftock^cf divine knowledge for their own
ufe ■ fo may they move indeavours, to be
herein helpfull unto their fever al rela-
tions^whomthey are obliged to love as
themfelves, Mat. 22.39. // the oxeor
afle of an enemy goingafir ayfnould be
brought into his wayJiomewardJLxod.
23,4. how much rather ouqhtChriflians
to teach one another the way unto hea»
ven&ol . 3 . 1 6 . / * imitation of Gods fer-
vants in former ^ f^Pfal. 3 2. 8> 9. and
5 1.13. Afts 18.25,26* But care in this
kind
To the Reader.
The reading of the holy Scriptures and
other good Bookjyas alfo the hearing of
Sermonsywid be much more deliqhtfui.
and profitable^ when people jhall he able
to refer truths unto their proper he Ads
in Divinity. By this means likewife the
fiafhinefs andunfoundnefs of many jo-
gether with their ignorance in the prin*
ciples ofRcligionpwilbe made manifeft>
whofe proud blindnefs or in con fi derate -
fiefs imboldens them to adventure upon
freachlng-wor^ which they have mm
ther competent firength to wield^ nor a-
ny warrant from God to undertake.
My heart unfainedly defireth that
thisCatechifm(as it is now tendred^may
prove thus fsrvlceable to the fouls of
many^ through Gods rich bleffing^n the
Lord our Saviour. I am
Thy fervant in and
for JefusChrift,
SIMEON ASHE,
Febr.s,
J£*» J^efe» £&* £&> c&>
To THE
CHRISTIANS AVER.
ffi offer here unto thy view
(good ChrifHan Reader)
the Principles of Religion^
with a ffiort Exposition
upon the fame, for the explanation of
what may feem difficult, the confirma- '
tion of the truth profeffed3 againft Po-
pery, and the inforcing of fundy du-
ties of weighty and great importance.
The method we have followed is plain
and natural ; the matter wholfome, but
not adorned with flowres of eloquence.
We begin with the main end that all
men ought to aim at : becaufe there caii
be no motion but for fome end,as there
can be no effeft but from fome effici-
ent. Thence we proceed to the means
whereby the end may be attained : for
it is in vaine to propound an end unto
our felves, if either the way be impoffi-
ble or imperfect; if either it cannoc
be known, or do not lead to the fruiti-
on thereof. In the means, we confider
whence direction is to hi taken, and
a a what
To the Chriflian Reader.
what is to be learned : and there ive
(hew what and who God is, how we
nmft concave of him, why He ought to
be worftupped, what covenant he made
with Adam in the time of innoctncy>
and how Adam by tranfgreflion fell,
and plunged himfelfe, and his pofterity
into' woe and mifery unfpeakabkj in-
tolerable and eternal. In the next
place we lay downe the means that
God hath ordained for mans recovery;
and there is handled what Chrift is,
what he hath don for us, how we are
made pertakers of his benefits, how
faith is wrought and increafed in us,
and what obedience we owe to God
in Chrift, who is theobjett ofChrifti-
an Religion. And because the godly in
thiscourfeoft hriftianity are compaf-
fed about with infirmities, fubjecl to
many falls and afiTaults, with many
tentations,which might difcourage and
turne them out of the way, therefore
we have added what cour(e a Chriftian
fhould take to grow in grace, how he
may be preferved from falling, how he
fhould recover after his Fall, and of
What priviledges the sodly are or may
be partakers, in this lif -. And in the laft
place,
To the Chriftian Reader.
place, the blefTednefle of the Saints after
this life is endd, is touched in few
words ; whereby the fufficiency of the
means is minifefted. For as it is a way
prefcribed of God, fo it ieadeth us un-
to God, the firft, chief, and all fuffici-
entgood. Our defire herein is to teach
the fimple Chriftian,how he may grow
from grace to grace, and from faith to
faith : and to further fuch Godly hou£
holders as defire to inftruft and train
up their children and fervants in the
information and fear of the Lord, but
want leifure or ability to furnifli them-
f:!ves out of larger and more] learned
Treatifes • For their fakes we have ad-
ventured to compile this poorTreatifc
and make it common, that they might
have fome help at hand, whereby they
might be confirmed in the truth againffi
the vaine cavils of the Papifts, and the
better inabled to inform them that be
committed to their charge. If any fuch
(hall vouchfafe to make ufe of this
book, we would defire him to mark
and obferve thefe few things Firft, that
the letters *, and 69 and c, 8cc. fet in the
Anfwer, doe direct what part of the
Anfwer the Teftimonies of Scripture
a 3 al*
To the Chriftian>%idder.
alleadged doe ferve to confirm . And
thefe direcYions,|| f * do intimate what
words, or which part of the Anfwer
are explained in the Expoiition. Se-
condly, in teaching theQucftions and
Anfwers , take the pains to fearch into
the proofs which are alleadged for con -
firmation of the matter ; and if the
fame things, word for word, be not
Found in theVerfes of Scripture cited,
then be pleated further to enquire what
reafons or arguments may be drawn
from the place to prove what is in ten-
ded .This we command bwcaufeit is a
courfe behoofeful for the obtaining of
. well grounded knowledge, the getting
offfcclfoft and affured faith and com-
fort9 and growing to be familiarly ac-
quainted with the Word. Thirdly, m
reading the Exposition of every An-
swer, take notice what is delivered by
way of explication or confirmation)
and what realbns, and how many, are
brought to prove any point. Thereby
a man (hall be inabled to refer that
which he heareth in the publick affem-
bly, or readeth in godly and learned
Books, to fome head, apply it to right
purpofe, treafure it up fafe in memory
for
to the Chrifiian Reader.
for ufe in the time of need, and have m
readinefs to anfvver the gain-foyers.
Thus heartily defiring and hoping
(good Reader)that thou wilt make ufe
of thefe dire&ions given, profitably to
guide thee through this fmall work ; we
commit thee to God and the word of
his grace, who is able to direft and
fofely lead thee unto eternal happinefs ;
craving that if thou receive benefit
from God upon the perufal of this Am-
ple Treatife, thou be careful! to pour
out thy foul unto God for us 5 that he
would enrich us with his grace more
and more, for the glory of God, the
good of his Church, and the comfort
of our own fouls.
Whereas many of Mr Ball his Manufcripts
were lent unto friends, and not reftored*
it is defired that thofe who have any of
them in their hands, would be pleafed to
fend them unto Mr.Sawbridge Stationer
at the Signe of the Bible on Ludgate-hill
in London, to be delivered by him unto
Mr. Afhefto whom Mr. Ball committed
the care of all his written Books J that
fuchofthem may be publifhed as {hall
by him be judged fit for publike ufe.
•a 4. A
«*h» c£o «&♦ <&* *&> «&» *&» *A» A
A Generall Table of the
chief and principall Heads of
Do&rine,handled in
this Book.
WHat it is tog/ortfte God,andwhy
manfoould be care full thereof
co ntinu ally, page I . & ij\
Why every man fhould be care full of his
falvationy p. I •.%
The -word of God alone doth teach the
way to life eternally P*3>4
The word of God is now fully contained
■in writing, and is called the Scripture,
and the holy Scripture* P« 5 > 6
The Scripture is given by infpir at ion y
P-5 7
Of the books of holy Scripture, p. 8.9
Arguments by which it may be proved,
that the Scriptures are the word of
God : and rules to be obfervedfor the
under ft anding thereof* £, 1 1 3 1 2 3 U , 1 4.
Of the teftimony of the Church* p.l$
ltf.i7.18
Of the conftancy of the Saints , p. 1 9
Of miracles wnught to confirm the
truth, p. 20
Of the an tiquity of Gods word* p. 2 1
0/
The Table.
Of the ft He of Scripture y p. 2 2 to 25
Of the efficacy of the fV^rd of God, p 27,
28329 30
Oftheftveet harmony andconfemofhj-
ly Scripture , p. 31, 32 33^34
Of the heavenly DoCirine treated of, n
Scripture P35 3^37
77?* end of the Scripture is divine^S 39
7/><? teftimony of the Scripture it felfls
fluff cient to prove that it is ofGod3
P3M0
The teftimony of the flpirit is nccef\ary
and all-fluff cient to affure and per-
f wade the heart9 that (he Scriptures
are of God, p 40
Rules to be obferved concerning the te-
ftimony of the Spirit, p 41 .42 43
What is the divine authority oftheScr',-
pture p.44.45
Th ? Scripture is the rule of faith and
manner s^ p. 45
How the Scripture is neceffary^ p. 46
The Scripture is p^re^.^y . and per felt-,
p. 48.. A*d plain^ p.49
Of the end why the Scriptures were
written j P50*5*
All men ought to reade the Scriptures 0
P.52-53
Oft he Tr an flat ion and Interpretation of
the
The Table.
the holy Scriptures j and what rules
are to be observed therein, 5 4 55«S^#
The knowledge of GodmChrifl is ne-
ceffary to falvation, P*57*58
This h^nowledg is eafie,excellent,found,
fttfficiem and comfortable. p. 59
Arguments whereby it may be proved
that there is a God, p. 606 1- to 67
What God is. p. 67-68.
God is one in effcnce^ but in persons
three, p.68
What a per f on in Trinity is, & how the
three perfons are diftingm^ '^69,70,71
What a property in Godis9 p.7 1 ,
Of Gods wifdvm,power,goodnefs,graci~
oufnefs, lufike^ mercy, per fell ion, and
blefednefe, , P72737475-76
Of Gods glory, & how it is ntanifeft,yy
Of Gods decree, and the parts thereof,
P78,79.8o.8i.82.
Of Creation, p.83
Of Providence, p 84
Of the Providence ofGodin *W,85.86
Of Angels. p.87.88
Man was good by creation, p.8 9
The image ofGodin man what it is, &
■wherein it con ft ft s, p 89.90.91
Of f tin dry privileges which Man enjoy-
ed in the eft ate of Inno cency^ p. 9 2
Of
The Table,
Of the Covenant which God made with
man in the ftate efinnocency, 93. 94.-,
Adam by tranfgreffion fell from God^y^
The fin of Adam was wilful and excee-
din o- great-, p . 9 6 . 9 8
All men by nature are dead in fit.%
p.99.100.101,103.
All the A 'tl ions of natural men are od'-
ous unto God, p. 1 04
What things are required i?i a good
wor!^y p. 105
Why the ieafi fin doth deferve e ver la-
fling- death y ibid.
Of blindnefs of Mind y hardnefs of
hearty&c. p.106.107108
Of mans recovery by Chr J fljp.io^tno
OfChriftsfcrfon. p.Iio.in.112.
Chrifi is our Mediator both as God and
man. p'li^.lld.
Chrifi fuffcred in foul as well as in body
p.ri7,ii8
Of Chrifi his death, and the diferences
betwixt it and the death of the Mar-
tyrs, p. 1I9
Of Chrifi s refurretlion^ afcemion^ and
fitting at the right hand of the Father ,
p.121.122
Chrifi is ourPro$het>Priefty& King9i2*
Of his Prophetical off Iceland the maner
how
The Table.
how he hath and doth execute the
fame-, p. 124.125126 127. 12$
Differences betwixt the Priefthood of
thrift, and the priefthood of Aaron,
p.129.130.131.13.2
Of the fmftions of Chrifts Prieftly
office % and the properties of his inter-
ceffwny p.133
Of thrifts Kingly office , and the fun-
ctions thereof^ p. 134. 135.136. 137.
138.139.
Chrift is the only head of the ( hurch*
P- 1 39
Of the bene fm of Chrifts death^refur-
yecJion9 afcention ^andlnterceffton, p.
I4O. 141. 142. 1 3
How the know led o-e of mans mifery by
nature andrecovery by Cbrijl y will
work-in the heart of him whom God
witlfave, p. 144.145.
7 he properties of true thir ft , p. 145
Of the nature^ objett^autho r and inftru*
ment of ju (lifting faith jp i^.to 151
Of catechiftng&the benefits therofy 45
The bene ft s of hearing the Word prea-
ched9 pag. 151.152
How we ?nufthear,ifwe lool^ to profit^
What it is to apply the Word unto our
felveSj^i^y. Of
The Table.
Of Prayer 7 the farts thereof^ «nd encou-
ragements thereunto, p. 159. 1 60
Prayer mufl be made to God alonejn the
name of Chrijl-, p. 160161
Angels or Saints departed do notfrefenv
our prayers before God^ p. 161
Liberty to pray is a facial I privlled^ 1 6 1
Ofconjeffion of fins , p. 1 6 2
Of Petition ) and things required there-
in, P 163 ^4. 165.166
Of thanksgivings and things required
therein^ p. 167.168
An Expofitwn of the Lords Prayer ^ p.
169 to 191
The benefits ofobfervinq- how we (p?ed
in Prayer, p'I9i.l92. 193
Rules to be obferved therein 9 p. 1 94.
Somtimes we ask^ and receive not, bj-
caufe we askjimifs^ P« 1 9 4
Why God for a, time denyes what we ask^
P- 195
None can fray with hope tofpeedi but
they that depart from iniquity 9 p. 1 96
Prayer for the dead unlawful and un-
charitable, p. 1 99.200
Of publick^Prajsr^ p 200.20 1
Of private Prayerin the family, &r by a
mans fe If a' one- p. 202
Of the fignlficationof ' the word Sacra-
«??»/» p. 203. None
The Table*
All the godly do not enjoy their privl-
ledpeSyrtvdthe hinder arize thereof \ p.
324-335
How a man [ho a Id bridle and reform
his unruly paffwnS) P» 3 2 5
How a man jhould overcome his tenta-
tions to d'ftrufl) p. 326327. 328
A man may have faith that feels not
comfort^ P-32P«330
The fruits of the fpirit do not alwaies
appear in t he faith full, P • 3 3 3
The danger offeturitj, of leaving our
fir ft love9 and of a relapje , [> 3 3 5
Such as have fallen into fome grofs Jin
after repent ance, jhould not utterly de-
fpair> p.337
How a man fhould recover out of a re-
Mpfe, P337
Of the ft ate of the g odly as fooon as 1 his
life is ended) P« 3 3 8 • 3 3 9
Of the mi for y of the wicked of er this
life^ " p. 3 40
Of the day of Judgement) andgfnera'l
re furred Ion) p 34.1.342. 3 43*344
Of the eternal! perdition of the wicked)
and the everlaftwg bleffedn efs of the
Saints after the day of Judgement^ p.
345,"adfinem.
Afliort
A SHORT
CATECHISM,
With an
Exposition upon the fame.
Qiieftion.
Hat ought to be the chief
and continual care of eve"
ry man i n this life ?
A.SEoaglo^fie ®0&a
ana b fate bf* t f cwl, a
i Cor. io. 31. bAfts 16. 30331. Mat.
16.26.
Expof || Qjvhat is Gods glory ?
A. Gods glory is his furpafling
worthineffe.
Q._ Can it be increafed t
A. It cannot be increafed nor fully
manifefted, Exod.tf. 20.
Q^ Why fo >
A, Becaufehe ismoft perfect:, PfaL
16. 2. and infinite, Job 22. 2. & 3*. 7.
O. When is God f aid to glorijie him-
A. God is laid to glorifie himfelf.
when hemaketh his excellency to ap*
pear, Num. 14. 21. PJalm 72. if.
Ez,eh^ 43 . 2.
B Q^yPhen
A fhort Catecbifrxy
QJVhen do angels & men glorify him
A. Angels and men glorifie'him,
when they extoll his greatneffe, and te-
ftirle the acknowledgment of his glo-
ry, Lnkji. 14, Rev. 14. 7. Exod. 15.2.
QjffiJk is it then to glorific God ?
A\ To glorifie God is inward-
ly in heart, Rom. 4.20. 1 Cor. 6. 20.
and outwardly in word and a&ion
Match. 5. 16. 1 Pet. 2. 12. toacknow*
ledge God to be fuch a one as he hath
revealed himfelf, Rev. 4. 9, 1 1. Pfalm
29. 1, 2. and 50. 23.
Q^ Of vlorfying God-, why fhonld
man be mo ft car ef till 1
A. Of glorifying God, manfhould
be moft carefull, 1. Becaufe God is the
beginning from which, and the end
unto which, all things do tend, Rom.
11.56. ( 2) His glory is in it felf moft
excellent, Exod. 3318, 1?. Pfalm 148.
13.(3 )Moft dear to him, Exodus 7.
4, 5 . Jfaiah 42 . 8. and 48 . 1 1 . (4) The
fupream end of all Divine Revelation,
Ephef. 2.7. (5) The end of all his
works, Eph. 1,5,6. Prov. \ 6. 4. Exod.
9 16. Pfalm 50.15. John 11. 4,^q.
( 6 ) The end of mans life Pfalm 6.4,5
And C7) fervice, Zaeb. 7. 5, 6. Pfalm
101.
VVitb an Expofitlon upon the fame.
101. 1 John 3. 28. 29. And (8 ) all
means furthering the fames are available
tomans falvation, Romans 4. 20, 2 1.
Jer. 13; 16. Mai. 2.2. t Sam. 2. 30.
Pfalm^o. 23.
Q^tVhatis h to take care of our fal-
vatton ?
-4. f To take care ofourfalvation,
is (b to live here>that we may live with
the Lord hereafter, Phil. 2.12. 2 P<?r.
3. 11. 14.
Q^why fhould man takj? care of his
Salvation ?
A. 1. Becanfe the falvation of the
foul is moil pretious, Pftl 49. 8* (2) It
cannot be obtained without care, ABs
2. 37. I Cor. 9. 24. Matth. j.i^.Luke
13. 24.(3 )He is ever mindleffe of Gods
glory, that is carelefle of his own eter-
nal happinefle, Ep \he f. 2.1 1 .John 5. 44*
and 7. 18. (4.) Eternal lift is a du-
rable treadire, Luk^i2. 33. and 16.9.
to. 1 Tim* 6. 17. 18. (5.) All world-
ly things are vain, uncertain and tran-
fitory, Mattb .6.19. Pfalm 73. ig,
19. (6. )The (bul came from God,
and is after a reftlefle manner carried
to feek and defire communion with
God ( 7. ) A defire to be happy is na-
B 2 tiirall
Ajbort Catecbifm.
turally planted in the heart of all men
by God himfelf. ( 8) God is infinite in
goodnefs the bigheft of all things that
are to b: defired ; Therefore we fhould
eain;ftlyfetour affeftions upon things
that are above. Col. 3-1.2, Phil .3 ,1 2 •
13,14. and intiniriy defire the enjoying
of Gods prefencs in heaven.
Q^ Whence muft we take direction
to attain hereunto f
A* ®nt of tfie c tooifc I! of <Eofc
alone, cjohn ^o, 31*
Expof. || O Why muft we take dlrc-
Elion out of the Word of God to obtaine
falvation ?
A. 1. He that gives the Crown muft
reveale the way to life, & God only can
givetheCrowneof glor^s 2 Tim. 4.8.
fames 1 . 12. (2> Religion is the way
to life, and God onely is the Author ,
objeft, and the end of true Religion,
Gen% 18. ly.ABs 18, 25. 26. John 6.
29. And (3) hefendeth us to his word
alone for direction 3 how to attain fal-
vation, Ify 8. 20. Luf^ io.26.therefore
none but He can reveal the way how we
(hould obtain that everlafting inheri-
tance, Pfal. 16.11 Prov. 2.6, 9.
Q^ How may it be proved that God is
the An horof Religion } A.i-
with an Expofition upon the fame.
A.(i .)There can be no reli£ion,with-
©ut the knowledge of God, his will and
works : for the nature of God is incom-
prehenfible, his will and works are un-
fearchable, Heb. n. 6. Deut. 4.436.
and 29. 29. Heb. 11. 3. ( 2 ) Since
the fall of Adam there can be no true
Religion without the knowledge o£
God in Chrift. No man hath known
the Father but the Son, and he to
whom the Son hath revealed him,
Joh 1. 18. Matth. 11. 27. And ( 3 )
The Gofpdl is the rule of Ghriftian
Religion, for it revealcth the properties
of God, the Mediation ofChrift, the
benefits of his death, and the Covenant
which God hath made with us in him*
Now the Gofpell is an hidden Myftery,
1 Cor. 2.7. 10. Rom. 16*. 25,26. fo
that we can know nothing of God, un-
till God himfelf manifefteth it unto us,
Pfal. 103. 7. and 147. 19, 20.
Qj, What nnderftandyott by the word
of God ?
A. By the word of Godweunder-
ftand the will of God revealed unto man
being a reafonable Creature, teaching
him what to do, believe, and leave un-
done, Dem- 29 1 29.
B 3 QWhat
A fbortCatecbifrti.
Q^JVhat call yon the word of God ?
A^SDijedbolp fecrtpturef immr
tifatlp ftUnlrcD> VofttCb i0 contained
tntbe 55oofe0 oftfte ®toan& j&;to
SDettament, d 2 Tim. 3, 16.
Expo, ~f Q_ Hath not: this word been
diver fly made known heretofore ?
A. This word of God hath hereto-
fore been diverlly made known., Heh 1 .
1 . as (1 ) By infpiration, 2. Chr. 15. 1.
lfa% 59. 31. 2^M.2i,f2)By ingra-
ving in the heart, Rom.2.1 4.(3) By vi-
fions; A7#/#. 1 2. 69 8. -rf^J 1 o. 10, 1 1.
-^cta. 1. 10 (4)Bydream5) Job 33 14,
15. Gen.tp 8.(5)By Urim and Thum-
rnim, Num.2j.21. 1 Sam.^o. 7 .,8- (6)
By fignes, <j en.% 2.24. £^0. 13. 21. (7)
3y audible voice,E.v0. 20 1 2.6^.22.15.
And laftly by writing, Exo. 17. 14.
Q^ flow is this wordjreveded in wri-
tw ^called f
st* This word fore vealed,is by excel-
lency called, 1. The Scripture, Gal. 3.
i29john 10. 25. And 2. The holy
Scripture; &?;#. 1.2.
Q. wfrp z> it called the holy Scripture?
#Ci.> In refpeft of God the Author>
^?. 1. 16. & 4. 25 (i)The holy penmen,
ft*t* 13.28. 2 PfM-2i(3)The matter,
I T<m.6- 3. 7?r. 1. 1. And (4) The
end
VVith M Exposition upon the fame.
end thereof, Rom. 15. 4, 2 Timt 3. 17.
Q^ Why was the truth delivered to
the jOhurch in writing?
A. The truth of God was delivered
to the Church in writing, T)em, 31.9.
Hof, 8 .1 2 . Rev. 2.1 . ( 1 ) That it might
be preferved pure from corruption^ TV.
2.1 2,1 3 1 5 . (2) That it might be better
conveyed to pofterity; fe\'f&\ 27. 28.
Bent. 31. 19, 24, 25 26. ( 3 ) That it
might be an infallible ftandard of true
dottrine * (4) That it might be the
determiner of all controverfies, Ifaiah %.
20. Mai. 4.4. Veut. 17 11.(5) That
our Faith might be confirmed, behold-
ing the accompliftiment of things pro-
phefiedj 1 Kings 13. 2. with z Kings
2%.\6> Aft. 17. 10. 11. And(6)For
the more full inftruftion of the Church,
the time of the Meffias either drawing
on^Mal. 44,or being lome,^^, 1*2.3*
Q^ What is it to be immediately in -
fpired>
A || To be immediately infpired,is to
bz as it were breathed, and to come from
the Father by the Holy Ghoft> witfiout
all means
Q^ Were the Scriptures thus infpired>
A. Thus the holy Scriptures in the
B 4 Originals
8 AtyortCAtecbifm,
Originals were infpired both for matter
and words, Lh\^ \. j0t 2 Pet. 1.21.
Q. What are the Bookj of the Old
Teflament f
A. Mofes ana e t&ePicpbetfte Luk.
4,27.
Expof. f Q. What mean you by the
Bookj of the Old Teflament ?
A. All the Books of holy Script ure,gi-
ven by God to the Church of the Jewe s.
Q^ How are they called >
-f They are called, (i)The Law,
^Ai6.i6.John 12. 34. and (2) The.
Prophets, Rom. 1. 2. & 16, 25 , 26.
QJVhy are they called Prophets?
A. Becanie they were written by holy
men, ftirred up, fan&ified, and infpired
of God for that purpofe, 1 Pet. 1.11.
Heb. 1.1.
Qjinderwhat heads be they ordina-
rily comprised}
A. Ordinarily they are comprifed
under thefe two heads, ( 1 ; The Law,
and the Prophets, Mat. 22.40. ^#.13.
15 ^r.7.i2.-or(2)The Law of Mo-
les and the Prophets, AHS. 28. 23. or
( 3 ) Mofes and the Prophets, John 1.
45. Luk, 16. 29.
QJVhy is Mofes dlftMly namedl
A. Mofes
With an Expofit/on upon the fame.
A, Mofes isdiftin&ly named from
the reft becaufe he was the firft and
cheif of the Prophets.
QJVhereM we read them d':fi'mguifned
intoW[o{cs,the Prophetsx& the Pfalms^
why are the Pfalms dlftinttly namedl
A. The Pfalms are mentioned parti-
cularly, £^.24.44. becau(ethey are the
choice& flower of all other Scripture.
Q. Which are the Books of the New
Tefiamext >
A. Matthew* Mark, Luke, ant) Vcfr
reft> an t&ep fuilolu tn oar 23 f bit*
Q^ How may it be proved that thofe
bookj are the word of God immediately
infpired by the holy Ghofi to the Prophets
and Apo files'?
A. !iFirft,l5g t&e j feftfmone f of ttje
tfjurci); * Secondly, contancp g of t&e
Taints; II Thirdly, miracles h tojongfct
to confirm fftetrtiUi; iam* Fourthly,
bptfee t anttquttp thereof {2 Pet. *
19. g Rev. 6 9. h 1 &**£. 17. 24, J^.3.
z.ijer. $. \6.Heb, 13, 8.
Expof. || Ql /*'£ expedient to know
that thefe Bookj are the word of God >
^. It is very expedient and neceffa-
ry that all Chriftians of age and dif-
cretionj fliould know that the Scri-
ptures
I © A fhort Catecbifm.
ptures are the very word of God.
Q. What is it to know them to be the
Worn of God.
A. It is to know them to be the im-
mediate and infallible truth of God
that is to be received , obeyed, and be-
lieved.
Q. Why is that expedient to be known?
A. i. Becaufe thereby we are the
better fitted to hear, read and receive
the word with attention, joy, reve-
rence, fubmiflion, Alls 10. 33. and
affurance of Faith : wh^h being a di-
vine grace, muft have a divine founda-
tion, 2 Tim. 3. 15, 16. 1 John 5. 13.
and being certain, muft have a fare
ground, even the word of God, John
5.46. Eph. 2.20. Rom 4. 18
2. Alfb, it minifters no (mall comfort
In affli&ion and temptation, that we
know whom we have trufted, zTim.
r. 12. Atts^.19. •
Q^How muft this be known ?
A. This muft be known, not by opi-
nion, or probable conjecture, which
may deceive, but by certain and diftintt
knowledge.
QJVhat is certain And diftinli know-
kdgc>
A. That
With an Expofition upon the fame. % I
A. That whereby we conceive of
things certain certainly as they are?
and are affired that we conceive m
them no otherwife then as they are.
QjVhy is fitch a knowledge recfttifitc?
A. That we maybe abletoftop the
mouths of Acheifts andPapifts, who
carp againft the truth* 2 Cor. 13.3.
Q^ How come we to the knowledge
hereof*
A. We come not to the underftand-
ing hereof by fence or difcourfe of rea-
fon : But this mattrr is to be difcerned
and believed by Faith.
Qj What rules are to be obfervedfor
the better clearing of this matter ?
A. For the fuller clearing of this
point, fundry rulesaretobeobferved,
both concerning Faith, and concerning
the Scripture it felf.
Q^whatis the fir fi Rulei
A. 1. Diftin&ion mud be made 1 Rule.
between certainty of Faith, and cer-
tainty offence or fight.
Q^ How are they difiinguifhed?
A. 1 , Things believed in themfelvei
are more certain then things feen, but
they are not alwayes fo apprehended
by us.
2.Cer-
12 A jhort Catechifm.
2. Certainty of fight excludes doubl-
ings, Co doth not certainty of Faith, it
is fufficient that it prevail againft them,
Gen. 15 6, 8.1 Cor, 13.9, 12. Judges
Qjvhat is the fecond Rule**
'Rule 2. A .2. Implicitc Faith is to be diftin-
guifhcd from explicite Faith.
Q. What is Faith implicate ?
A. Implicite Faith is that by which
weconfufedly believe that fuch Books
are the word of God, not undemand-
ing the fence of them.
Q. What is Fa'th explicite >
A. Explicite Faith is ever joyned
withadift'»n& and certain underftand-
ing of the thins; believed, John 3. 2,10.
QJVhat is the third Rule ?
Rule 2 . A%$t Hiftorical Faith muft be diftin-
guiftied from juftifying and faving
Faith.
Q. What is the Faith Hi /lor '.cat ?
A. Hiftorical Faith (lands in the
certainty of the mind, and believes
God fpeaking in the Word-
Q^what is Faith ft* /lifting?
4 Juftifying and faving Faith con-
taines the psiilvation and confidence
of theheart> whereby we not onely
be-
With an 8xp option upon the fame. \ 3
believe the Word of God to be the
chief truths bucalfbdo imbrace it as
containing the chief goo i of man,
Jam. 2. 19. John 5. 3^ Heb-6M I Land
io> 22. Epk.3. 12.
Q^ Why are they to be difi rtauifod ?
A. Becaufe all things in Scripture
are not alike to be believed, neither do
the fame Arguments ferve to beget
each Faith.
QjVhat is the fourth Ru 'c ?
A% 4 Concerning the Scripture, we [4 Rule.
muft put difference between the Do-
ctrine therein contained, and the wri-
ting.
(V Why is this to be obfervkd?
A, Becaufe the writing is for 'the fig-
nifying of the fence and the know-
ledge and faith of both, is not alike ne-
ceflary. The Do&rine was ever necef-
fary to be believed, the manner of re-
vealing was not al way, John 8. 24.
Q What :sthe fifth Rule ?
^•5. Of Doctrines, fome arefltn- 5,^/^.
ply neceflfary to falvation, containing
the main grounds and chief Heads of
Chriftian religion; others are Expo-
fitionsor Amplifications of the fame,
very Jpiofitable, but not offuch necef
fry*
14 A fhort Catechifm.
fity,iCV. 3. 12, 13. CV. 2. 18319.
Phil. 3.15.
Q .what is the fix trule>
6.Rufa X 6. K diftincYion is to be put be-
tween the Scripture generally confide-
red3 in refpeft of the manner of reveal-
ing, and between the number and order
of the Books.
Q^fVhy is this to be noted ?
A. It being one thing to believe that
the will of God is now fully and whol-
L committed to writing ; another
this is the diftincl order3and precife
humber of Books*
QzJVhat is thejeaventh rule >
;JN Rule. jimj. A difference is to be made be-
tween the chiefe Author of a Book, and
the inftrument thereof 1 Cor. 12,3.
Matih. io. 20.
QJfVhj is this to be mted ?
A. Bscaufeifcis one thing to believe
ttiat God is the Author of this or that
Etook 2 another, to believe that it was
written by this or that Scribe , or Ama-
riuenfis.
CX^Wbat is the eighth rule ?
8, Rule. -4 • 8 . The fubftance of do&rine ne-
ceflTary to falvation contained in Scri-
pture, is to be believed with an ex*
prefs,
with an Expofition upon the fame* 1 5
prefs, Hiftoricall, ancU&ving Faith :
but the number and order of Books
is to be believed with Faith Hiftori*
call.
Qjvhat is the fir fl argument to probe
the Sc i nitres to bs the word ofGodl
A, The teftimony of the Church.
QWh at under ft and yon by theChurch
A, \ By the Church we under*
ftand not the Pope, whom the Papifts
call the Church virtuall 5 nor his Bi-
(hops and Cardinals met in general
Councell, whom they call the Church
reprefentative ; but the whole compa-
ny of Believers, who have profefled
the true Faith ; whether thofe who re-
ceived the Books of holy Scripture
from the Prophets and, Apoftles or thofe
who lived after.
Q. Under the name of the Chit rch0 do
you comprehend the Prophets and A"
poflles >
A. Under the name of the Church
we comprehend not the Prophets and
Apoftles, as they were immediately
chofenand called to be the pen^men of
holy Scripture.
Q^Whyfo?
A% Becau(e they wrote not as men
in
1 6 AJhortCatechifm.
in the Church, but above the church;
Q. How ps this tefilmony of the
Church confide ed>
A. This Teftimony of the Church
t.Ofthc is confidered, i. Of the Jews. 2. Of
Uwts the Chriftians.
C^ What Books did the Jews re-
ceive ?
■^. The Church of the Jewes,profef-
fed the Do&tine, and received the
Book s of tfv: Old Teftament, and tefti-
fied of them that they were divivine
QJVhat things give force to this te-
fiimony >
<d. To the teftimony of the Jews theie
things give force.
i. To them were committed theO-
racles ot God, Robe, 3. 2.
2. In great mifery they have con-
ftantly confeflfed the fame when as by
the only denying thereof they might
have been partakers both of Liberty and
Rule.
3. Notwithftanding the high Pirefts
and others perfecuted the Prophets,
while they lived , yet they received
their writings as Propheticall and Di-
vine.
4. Since obftinacy is come ta Jfi
rae/9
with an Expofnion upon the fame. 17
raell, notwith (landing their great ha-
tred to the Chriftian Religion, the ho-
ly Scripture of the Old Teftament is
kept pure and uncorrupt amongft
them, even in thofe places which do
evidently confirm the truth of Chrifti-
an Religion, Ifaiah 53. 3, 4, 5, &c.
Q^ What Books did the Chriftian
Church receive >
A. The Chriftian Church hath em- 1, Of the
braced the do&rine of God, and re- Chnfti-
ceived the Books both of the Old and ans'
New Teftament.
Q_ what things give weight to this
tefi mony f
A. To the teftimony of Chriftians,
two things give force, 1. Their great
conftancy. 2 Their admirable and fweet
confent : for in other matters we may
obferve differences in Opinions, in this
a fingnlar and wonderfull agreement.
Q. How many ways is this teftimony
of Chriftian s confidered ?
A, This teftimony of Chriftians is
confidered three ways, 1 Of the uni-
verfali Church, which from the begin-
ning thereof until! thefe times, pro-
felling the Chriftian Religion to be di-
vine, doth alfo profefle thar thefe
C Books
1 8 A thort Catechifm>
Books are of God. 2. OF the feveral
primitive Churches, which firft recei-
ved the Books of the Old Teftament,
and the Epi tries written from the A-
poftles, to them, their Paftors, or (bme
they knew ; and after delivered them
under the fame title, to their {ucctf-
fors and other Churches. 3. Of the
Paftors and Doftors, who ( being fur-
niftied with skill, both in the Tongues
and matters Divine ) upon due trial
and examination have pronounced
their Judgement, and approved them
to the people committed to their
charge.
Qi Of what force U this Teftlmony ?
A", This Teftimony of the Church is
of great weight and importance , I. It
is profitable to prepare the heart, and
to* move it to believe. 2, It is of all
humane Teftimonies (whereby the Au-
thor of any Book that hath, is, or (hall
be extant, can be proved) thegreateft,
both in-refpeft of the multitude, wif-
dosn , honefty , faithfullneffe of the
witness; and the likeneffe, conftancy
and continuance of the Teftimony it
felf. 3. But this Teftimony is onely
htimaue. 4. Not the onely, nor the
chief,
With an Expofit'.on upon the fame* I $
chief5 whereby the truth and Divinity
otthe Scripture is confirmed. 5. Nei-
ther can it be the ground of divine faith
and aflli ranee.
Q^JVhatis the 2^ argument to / wove 2.Ar£jc-
t he Scripture to be the word of God ? went.
A. The conftancy of Saints. Conftancj?
0M What thin as rive weight to this °J [he
Argument ? Smts°
**A- ( i ) The Saints of God of all
forts and conditions, noble, bafe, rich,
poor, learned and unlearnedjold^ydung,
married, unmarried, have acknowled-
ged them Divine(2) They have fuf-
Fered the tnoft grievous torments, ufu-
all5 unufuall, fpeedy, flow, even what
Hell could invent or mans malice finde
out, for the defence of this truth. Q 3 )
All thefe things a number number-
leffe endured ■• (4) And that with great
conftancy and joy, even with a chear-
full heart & merry countenance, fo that
none can think they furTered out of
woakries pride, vainglory ,or discontent. *
O. What is the force of this argument*
A. This patient fuffering of the Mar-
tyrs is not teitimony meerly humane,
but partly divine-* for that courage
and chearfullnefle which they ftuwect
Cz in
20 -^ fhort Catechifm,
in the midft of all torments, was not
from nature, but from above.
O .What is the third argument to prove
the Script ar cs to be the -word of God, f
A* Miracles wrought to confirm the
truth.
Q. What things give force to this a r-
oument :
A.\ i. Many, 2 and great wonders.
3. Such as Satan himfclf cannot imitate
4. Such as exceed the power of any , yea
of all the Creatures in the world.
5 Such as the moft malitious enemies
of Gods truth could not deny to be
divine, hath the Lord openly wrought
by the hands of Mofes^ the Prophets
and Apoftles, for the confirmation of
this truth, Numb. n. 9. and 20. 10.
Exod. 19. 1 6 1 Kings 17. 24 Mark.
16. 20 Heb 2. 4; John 5. 36, and 9,
30 33. Alls 5. 12.
A. what is thefirength of this argti*
mental
A. Thefe miracles were fufficient to
confirm the Divinity of this truth and
writing to them who were eye-witnef-
(es thereof, Heb .2 q.Joh* 20.zo.Judg*
2-7-; 10. The undoubted and clear narra-
tion of them, is to us an invincible argu-
ment thereof. O. what
With An Exposition upon the fame. 2 1
Q^ What is the 4th argument to prove 4. Argw
the Scriptures to be the Word of God ? ment.
A. The Antiquity thereof . Anti*niOf '
jg. 7/<w aktf/? *to? /ww* ?£* Scrip-
tures to be the word of God ?
|| A. That which is moil antient5 is
mod true and divine.
O^Whyfo?
A. 1. The pureft Religion is before all
others.2.There muft needs be a Law be-
fore Tranfgrdfion and 3. A command-
ment given unto mansbefore there could
be place for theDevill to tempt Kim.
O. How may the Antiquity of the
Scripture be proved ?
A. The Religion taught in Scripture
is of greateft antiquity 3 becaufe the
do&rine of the Creation and Fall there
handled, in all other ftories wfyatfo-
ever, is omitted.
O^ How elfe may it be proved that
thofe Books are the word of God 1
A.»p $ ♦ li tfce k fttle, 1 1 6 efftcaep,
7fU)eetm* content, 8 admirable nil
aoctrfue* 9 excellent of enu, and *o
tSe tottneffe p* of tlje Scripture ft
ftlf, k Gen.iy.i.Pfal^Q.i. Ifa. 44.24.
ExoL 2051,2,1 Cor.11.23. John $ %6m
1 Cor- 1.23.^/1. i,2 1 Pfal. 19 §.
C j Row;
22 A fhortCatechifmy
Rom. 15. ^. Rom.$.j. Zepb. 2. ij.
Zech% 13. 2. All s^.^z. Acts 9. 5, 20,
21. Phil, i.ii, 13. ^w. 15. 19.
2CV. 4.8 9,10. m6V«. 3. 15, and 49.
jo. //*. 9, 6. D *#. 9. 24* Mat. 1. 18.
Ailsio tftr\Pfiil. 119 129,138 172.
-P*«f. 4. 5,6.0 John 20.3 1 .p 2 //w. 3.
l6. 2 Pet. I. 19.
QJVhat is the fif. h ar fitment to prove
$. Argu- the Scriptures to be the word of God ?
£*•:. A. The ftile thereof.
o/'k ExP°f' II Q^what under 'fian&jm by
Scriptures, theftile?
A By the ftile of the Scripture we un-
ftand not the extcrnall fuperficies of
words, but the whole order, cha ra-
fter, frame and comprehenfion, which
v fitly agretth > (1) To the dignity of the
fpeakei'X'OTothe nature of the Argu-
ment. And ( 3 ) is tempered according
to the capacity and condition of them,
forwhofefakeit was written.
Q_ Had not every Prophet and Af-
file a peculiar ftile ?
A. Every Prophet and Apoftle al-
moft,had a peculiar ftile; tptiah is elo-
quent, fweet, and more adorned ; So-
Homon accurate, Jeremy vehement and
more rough ; Amos Ample-* but all are
divine Q. what
VVhh an Expofition upon the fame. 23
QJVhat things declare the Majefty
of the ftile t
A. Thefe things declare the Majefty
of the ftile.
1. The titles that the Author of the
holy Scripture doth juftly challenge
unto himfelf 5 the which import(i) In-
dependence of nature, Exod. 3. 14.
(2 ) Supereniinency of power and fove-
raignty, Pfal. $0.1,2. And ( 3) excel-
lency both of properties and works >
Gen. 17. 1. I fai. ^2. <$.&nd 40. 22,26,
2. The manner ufed in teaching*
commanding , promifing, and threat-
ning.
QjVhat manner is ufed in Teaching \
A. Things above reafon, hidden
myfteries , fiich as exceed all humane
capacity, are unfolded? without all
argumentation or furniture of per*
fwafion, 1 Cor. 2. 7. and we are requi-
red to underftand and believe therrij
relying upon the truth and credit of the
revealer.
Qjjvhat manner is ufed in command-
ing ?
A, In giving the Law, no proem
is ufed, but Thus faith the Lord 1 no
conclufion, but The Lord hat 'hffoken*
C 4 Exod*
Afoort Catecbifm^
24 Exod. 20. i, 2. Commandments of
which no reafon can be rendred, are
enjoyned, Gen. 2. 17. and that which
a naturall imn would account fool i(h?
neflfe, is peremptorily and with great
feverity required, John 3.36. \Cor.i
23, 24. no argument being brought to
perfwade or confirm the equity of
tho(e commands , hut onely the will
of the Commander.
Q. What manner is u fed in. promifmg
And thr earning f
A. Promifes above likelyhood are
made- to afTire of perform ance3 no.
reafon is ailed ged , but D / the Lord
J}avefpokjwy Ifa. 51. 22. and 52. ^4.
and to encourage againft difficulties
and dangers prefent divine afliftance
is promised both as neceffary and furri-
cient> Exo. 4. 12. Jojh. 1. 9. Jer. i.8-
Ifaiah 43. 5. In the matter of threat -
ning alfo, the like notes of the Divini-
ty of the ftyle may be oblerved.
Q^. What further particulars maybe
cbferved in the majefiy. of the ftyle >
A. ( 1) That without refpeft of
perfons, he doth prefcribe Laws to all
men*, private perfons and publique Ma-
gi ftrates9 whole Kingdomes andfeverall
Eftates. (2) Com-
yVith an Sxpofition upon the fame. 2 5
( 2 ) Commanding what is diftaftfull
to their nature , and forbbidding what
they approve.
(3) Promiiing not terrene honor, bat
life everlafting if they be obedient.
(4) Threatning>not with rack or gib-
bet, bat eternal! death if they difobey,
Joel I. I, 2 John%. 16. 1 Sam, 1 2 25.
(5^) That the Minifters of the Lord
of Hofts do require attention, Faith
and Obedience, to whatfoever they
fpeak in the name of the Lord, whe-
ther it were prophefie, commandment,
or rebuke 5 whether they called to re-
pentance, and reformation of things a-
mlfie, or exhorted to obedience, 1 Cor,
n„ 23. Mich. 1. 1,2-
Q. Is not the maner ofjpeech in Scri-
pture low and humble ?
A. Yes, but the low and humble
maner of fpeech,u(ed in holy Scripture?
cannot juftly offend any man.
QjVhy was it penned in fo humble
a maner ?
A. Q 1 ) It was penned to the ufe and
behoof both of the learned and unlearn-
ed, Rom. 1. 1 4.
(2) Though the Phrafe be plain, the
matter is high and excellent , pro-
found
2 6 A fbort Catechism,
found and unutterable, Hof.S. 12. A '#.
2. ii.
( 3 ) EafinefTe and plainneffe doth
beft be(eem the truth' A Pearl needs
not painting , nor truth to be under-
propped with forreign aids 5 it is of
itfelfe fufficient to uphold and fuftain
itfelf.
( 4 ) It becomes not the Majefty of
a Prince to play the Orator.
(5) Though the Scripture be Am-
ple in word > it is great in power : no
writings of Man > though never (b well
fet forth, with wit 9 words, order,
or depth of learning 3 can fo enlighten
the mind, move the will, pierce the
heart? and ftir up the affection? > as doth
the word of God.
( 6 ) Neither do the Scriptures want
eloquence, if the matter be well weigh-
ed : no writing doth , or can equalize
them in pithinefle of prophecy ing, or
ferventneffe of praying.
QjGlve an examyle hereof,
A. The (bng of Mofes, and the be-
ginning of Efay9 in variety and force
of eloquence, do farre exceed au-
thor?, Greek and Latin , if compari-
fon be made betwixt thofe places,
and
With an Expojltion upon the fume. 27
and whatfoever is moft excellently in-
dited by man, either in Greek or Latin,
you may eafily difcern, the one was
written by a Divine, the other by a hu-
mane Spin t 6M
QJVhat ts the Jixth argument toprove *
the Scripture to be theWori of God * Efficacy
A. The Efficacy thereof. of the
Q^ How doth the ejfcacy of this word fcriptures.
demo/ifrrate the Divinity thereof?
A.\ The efficacy of thisDo&rine doth
powerfully demonftrate the Divinity
thereof (1) For it converts the foul.
(2) Enlightens the eyes) Pfalm 19 jy
8. ( 3 )difcovers fm, Rom.j.j/^q)
Convinces the gainfayer, 2 Tim. 3.16.
C5) Killethand terrifieth., 2 Corm 3. 6,
(6) Rejoyceth the heart, Pfa/m 19. 8.
and 119. 1 03 . ( 7 ) Quickneth, Pfalm
lift. 50, 93; ( 8 ) Comforteth, Rom.
1$. 4. ( 9 ) Manifefteth the thoughts,
1 Cor. 14. 25. (10) Overthrows
falfe Religions. ( n ) Cafteth down
ftrong holds? and the whole Kingdom
ofSatan.(i2) Stoppeth the mouth of
Oracles. (13) Deftroyes Idols, 2
Cor. 10.4. Z?^. 2. 11. Zach. 13.20
And (1 4) remains invincible notwith-
standing all oppofition, Atts 5 . 38.3 9.
QJVhat.
28 A jbort Catechtfm,
jgj What things commend the effica-
cy of this word?
A. Thefe things commend the effi-
cacy of this Word.
(i ) The nature thereof is oppofite to
the wifdom and will of a naturall man
i Cor. i. it* and 2. 14. Rom. 87. and
yet it hath prevailed.
( 2 ) It hath prevailed , not onely
with the groffe and fottifh Gentile
who (erved other gods, Galatians 4.
8. but even with the moil fierce and
bitter enemies thereof, AHs 9.5, 6,
20, 21.
( 3 ) The enemyes who did oppofe
this truth were many, mighty and
fubtill.
Q, Who was the principal enemy of
this truth >
fA. The Devil out ofriis hatred a-
gainft Gods glory, and mans falva-
t\on[Eph, 6.12. Apoc% 2.10.
0 . who were his inflrumenis >
A. (i)The Roman Emperors were
his Inftruments. C 2 ) The reft of
the world furthering, and (3) The
Jews ftirdng them up.
Qwhat moved them to perfectite this
truth f
pYitban Expofition upon the fame. 2?
A.(i) Their love to falfhood and
idolatry and ( 2 ) Their malice
againft the Chriftian Religi-
on,
OJiorp did they ferfeciite it >
A. They did with 1 . incredible fury
and 2. viglancy y labour the utter
abolition of this truth, Atl* 4 27
and 9. 2. Mat. 10. 18, 22. John.
i6.2.AU. 13. 50. and 14.23 5319.
(_ 1 Thef 2. 15, 1 6.
C 4 ) The perfbns whom the Lord
did chufe to be publifhersof this
heavenly Dottrine, were( 1 ) In num-
ber few. (2 ) In outward appearance
fimple, rude bale and weak. And ( 3 )
Somtimes alfb negligent, Mat, 4.18.
1 9,20. Luke 6. 1 3 » 2 Cor. 4.7 8. Mark^
13.25.
C 5 ) Thefe fimple and weak men
fubdued the world by preaching the
Crofle ofChrift, and prefcribing long-
fufFering and patience, 1 Cor. 2. 4.
I Thef 5.4. Ach. 9. \6. zTim. 3.
1,2.
( 6 ) The number of all forts, ages*
conditions, fexes and nations 5 who
£ave credit to this Doftririe , and con-
firmed the fame with the loffe of their
lives
30 A fjjort Catecbifm,
lives was innumerable;, Apoc. 6. 9, id.
( 7 ) In fhort time a great part of the
habitable world was converted, and
brought to die obedience of Faith, Co
that P 'apt I filled all places from Jem-
falem to Ulyrktun with the found of
the Goipell , Col. i 6 . Rom. 15.19.
( 8 ) The more the truth was perfe-
cted, the more it did prevail, AttsS.
3, ^.PhiL 1. 14.
( 9 ) Though the Jews were wafted
with manny and great {laughters, yet
the Scriptures did ftill remain fafe and
entire in their cuftody > when the He-
brew Language did lie almoft unknown
and had perifhed altogether, had not
the Lord provided for Religion ; then
by the Jews , the deadly Enemies of
Chrift, was the doctrine of Chriftian
Faith prefer ved.
C to) To thefe we may adde the
dreadful! Judgements of God, which
fell upon the perfecutors of the Chri-
ftiaa Faith; amongft whom, fome were
forced at their laft gaip to acknow-
ledge the Divinity of this Word . All
which things do ftrongly confirm the
propagation^ defence and confervation
of this truth and Do&rine to be admi-
rable
with an Expofmon upon the fame, g i
rabk and of God.
Q^ what is the 7th argument to prove 7- ArgK-
the Scripture to be the Word of God} menu
A. The flveetconfent thereof.
(K How doth this consent prove the Sweet eon-
Scripture to be the Word of God > fent of the
A. Thefweet and admirable con- fatytiires.
fenc which is found in all and every
part of Scripture, cannot bee afcrihed
to any but to the Spirit of God . each
part fo exactly agreeing with it fclfiand
with the whole; John 5.46.
Q^By what in fiances may this be de-
clared ?
A. This may fufficiently appear by
comparing the propheiies of the Old
Teftament touching i.Chrift, 2. The-
calling of the Gentiles And 3 rejecYtori
of the Jewess with the accomplfihmenc
of them declared in the New, Gen. 3,
15. and 12. 2. and 49. 10 Numb, 24.
ij.Dan.9. 2^. Mat. 1. ify.'Luke j.55.
and 24. 27,44.^^ 2<5» 12. Dent. 32.
21. Mai. 1. 10, 11. Pf aim 2 8. 8c 110-
2' Afts 11.18. P fa/. 118. 22,23./^.
2 1 .42 . Such exaft confent, as here is to
be found, isimpoflible to be fainedof
men or angels, becaufe the things fore-
told were removed from their know-
ledge
32 A]hortCatechifmi
ledge and finding out, untill they were
reve?!H
CX • 'hat con ft derations give weight
to th' Aropimemf.
J- Thefe confiderations give weight
to this Argument.
( i ) The length of the time in which
this writing continued; viz,, from Mo-
fes nncill John9 which prevented all
conceits of forgery , fince they were
rot written in one, not yet in many
( • ) The multitude both of Books
that were written, and of Writers who
were imployed in that fervice.
( 3 ) The di dance of place, in which
they were written, which did hinder
that the Writers could not confer toge-
ther, Jer. 2. i, 2. and 36-5. Ez>ek^ 1.1.
( 4 ) The tilence of the adverfaries,
who in all that long fpace mentioned,
whiLs the Scripture was in writing,
could never deteft any thing in thofe
Books as falfe or erroneous.
Q. What th'n^s vive weipht to this
filence of the adversaries 1
A± This fiknee of the adverfa-
ries is of great wdght in this caft ,
becaufe they were eye-wkneflfcs- of
thofe
whh An Expofition upon the fame.
thofe things whkh our Saviour taught*
did, and differed, according as it was
prophefied of him. So that they ( i )
Knew the Prophefies * ( 2 ) Saw the
accompli (hment of them ; And (3)
were acquainted with that which the
Apo&les had written.
Q^ 7 he Prophets and Ado files -who
writ the fame Htftory, dijfent one from
another.
A. If the Prophets or Apoftles who
w*ote the fame Hiftories > do (eem to
dhTentinany circumftances, this doth
nothing derogate from their autho-
rity.
Q.why fo>
A. For 1. In themfelves they dif-
fer not ; the fault is our ignorance and
apprehenfion. (2) By a right and juft
interpretation, they may eafily be re-
conciled. (3) The diftbnancy whkh
teems to be amongft them in fmall
things, doth free them from all fufpiti-
on of fraud, and their fweet confeilt in
all matters of importance, doth con-
vince that rhey wrote by the guidance
of the fame Spirit.
qJ) eclare this more particularly.
■A. 1. If they had all written one
D thing.
33
g4 A fhortCatechifaj
thing? they might feem fuperfluous.
2. Ifeach^anewHiftory* there could
appear rio foot fteps of confent. 3 . When
they relate the fame ftory with the
fame circumftances , they have their
ufe, one fomtimes fpeaking more
plainly then the other. And 4. when
they agree in matter , but feem tod if-
fentin circumftances, the trurh is the
more confirmed, an argument of fuller
credit may be drawn out of that dif-
fenf for as the Heathen man obfer-
yeth, Too exa& diligence is neither ap-
proved of all,. neither doth it want fuf-
pition.
Qj)oth not the 'Doctrine of the Scrip-
~.ivre agree with all other truth what-
. foever I
A. To this fweet agreement of ho-
ly Scripture with it (elf, it might be
farther added , that it agreeth with all
other truth wbatfoever : there is no-
rthing true in Divinity, which is falfe
in Philofophy ; nothing in Philofo-
fjiy is repugnant to the truth in Di-
vinity, but it may be overthrown by
the principles of right and true Philoso-
phy.
Q. What it > the $t" argu went to prove
the
With m Expofition upon the fame. 3 5
the Scr<'pt%res to be the word, of God I 8. Ar^«
A. The excellent matter thereof. mnt .
Q_ How doth this prove the Strip- *Z?1 "r
turcstn be 0 food! thc$cri£
A, Becaufe the matter treated of in mcs*
holy Scripcurei is divine & wonderfull.
Q. Declare 'this by fome particular
ihfta#c%s\,
A. 1. It explicates unto us the na-
ture, properties and high ads of God,
purely and holily.
2. It defcribes the perfon ofChrift,
fo fitly, excellently and conveniently,
that it the mind of man confider it at-
tentively, ofnecefliry itmuft acknow-
ledge, it doth exceed the reach of a
finite underfhnding.
3. It difcovtrs unto us the mif ry
and corruption of man by nature, the
incomprehenfible love ofGodinJeujs
Ghrift towards man, that happy re-
conciliation ( if we may (b (peak ^ of
his jnftice and mercy by his infinite
wHHom, ordaining Jefus Chrift to be
our Mediator.
4. It unfolds trie Covenant of
Grace, which God made with man af-
ter his Fall ; all which can be drawn
from no fountain 5 but Divine Rwe-
D 2 lation,
36 A %ort Catecbifiv,
lation, i Cer. 2.7, 10, Ephef 3.4,5.
CoL 1. 26.
$. The Scripture alfo contains the
Law of God, which teacheth the du-
ty of man, and that is wife and juft,
the Gentiles themfelves being Judges,
D^r.4.5,6 7.
QJi'hat notes of 'Divinity may be ob-
serve din the Precepts I
A.\x\ the precepts divers Notes of
Divinity may be obferved : As ( 1 ) the
furpafling excellency of the aft , re-
quiring that we fhould deny our felves,
and lead our lives according to the apJ
pointmentoftheLord, Mat. 16. 24,
"25. Rom£ . 12)13- (2) The wonder-
full equity that doth appear in every
commandment. ( 3 ) The admirable
flrangeneffeof fomea&s, which a na-
tural man would count foolifhneffe, yet
prefcribed as neceffary, John 3.36. and
8- 24, (4) The manner how obedi-
ence is required; vizt, that it proceed
from a pure heart , a good conference,
and faith unfained, Dent, 6. 5. 1 Cor.
13. 2. 1 Timithyi. 5. (5) Thepre-
fe&ion of the Law, commanding and
allowing all good, but for bidding and
condemning all fin and wickedncfle ,
of
With an Expofition upon the fame. 37
of what kind fbever.
Ql What example may be given here-
^. Take a brief view of the ten com-
mandments ; Are they not, (1 ) Plain-
(2) Pure. (3) Brief (4) Perfeft. (5)
Jutt. (6) Extending to all. (7) Bind.
ing the confeience ; and (8) Reaching
to the very thoughts.
Q^What do thefe things c omend to ft si
si. All thefe things^commend unto
us, 1. The Juftice 2. The Wifdom.
3. The Hqlineffe. 4, The Omnipo-
tency. 5. The Omnifcience. 6. The
Perfection. And 7. the abfolute fove-
raignty of the Law-giver.
Q^ What notes of Divinity may be ob-
ferved in the promises and threatmngsi
si. f he promifes and thrcatnings
annexed to the Law, will fufferusto
acknowledge none other Author of
them, but the Lord alone. For. 1 none
can make them but he, becaufe he onely
can give eternall life, andinflift eternal
condemnation 2. Thefe arefo fet to-
gether with the commandments , as
they can hiove hone, but only the Con-
feience of him, who doth acknowledge
tie comma ndmen ts to be divine.
D 3 Qjyhai
38 A fhort Catecbifm,
$ krffi* Qjvhat is the ^argument to prove
went, Ex- fa Scripture to be the wordofGod >
telUnt end. ^ . Tnc excelknt end thereof.
Q^ What is the end of the Scripture ?
\A* The end of the Scripture is di-
vine,^-, i. The glory of God: and
2. Thefalvationofman; not tempo-
ral but eternal •
Q^ How may it appear that the glory
of God is the end of the Scripture ?
A. Becaufe the Do&rines, Precepts,
Prohibitions and Narrations, are all
referred to the fetting forth of Gods
praife.
Q^ How do:h this prove that they are
of God?
A. It fhews that they are from a-
bove,7^/^7-i8.and5.4i. and 8 50,
5<l. Gal. 1. 10. For, what is more
equall, than that all things (hould re-
turn thither whence they had their be-
ginning 1
Q. How doth it appear that the falvA-
uon of man is the end of the Scripture ?
A. Becaufethis Word doth point out
unto man, 1. What true bleflednefle
as: And 2. How he may be reconci-
led unto God, being loft by fin.
Q. How doth this prove them to be
divine? A* It
PTith an Expofition upon the fame. ^
A. ltisa nVme demonft ration to
prove unto us the Divinity thereof.*
For (i) What is more agreeable to the
wiftiom, bounty, niercy, grace and,
power of God , then to reftbre man
Fallen, and to make him partaker of
eternal happinefle? And (2) Who can
fbew unto man, how he maybe ad-
mitted unto Gods favour, having of-
fended ? or direct and lead him for-
ward in the path of life* but the Lord
alone?
Q^tfhat is the force ofthefe Argu-
ments?
A. Thefe Arguments are of great
force* whether they be feverafly or
joyntly confidered ; and do as ftrongly
prove that the Chrifttan Religion is
onely true, as any other rea(bn can,
that there was, is, or ought to be any
true Religion.
QJVhat is the 1 o*h argument to prove 10. Ar-
Scriptures to be the word of God f gumenK
A. The teftimony of the Scripture it Tefiimry
fdf. tmmm
Q. What are the properties of this ,-
teftimony ?
* A. This teftimony of Scripture k
felfjis (1 )moft clear : (2 ) Certain.
*>4 (.3) In-
a0 A\hort Catechifm^
(3) Infallible. (4) Publiqae And (5)
Of it (elf worthy credit.
#. It being the teftimony of the Lord
himfelf, who is in all things to be be-
lieved.
Q. Is this teftimony of force to of en
the eyes or ajfure the heart 1
A, No., for the external light of ar-
guments , and tdVimonies brought to
confirm and demonstrate, nuift bedi-
(tinguifhed from the inward operation
of the holy Gholt, opening our eyes to
ice the light (inning in the Scripture,
and to difcei n the fence thereof 2 Cor.
1. 22.
QThefe reafons may convince anyj>e
he never fo objtina.e ': but are they fMjfi-
clem to perfivade the heart the eoft
A. j£r, tfte tefftmonp of tfce f pf ■
rttta neccfian? q ana onlv r all=fuf-
ficfent fo^ tljte parpofe, q « Cor. 2,
14- r I John 2.20,27.
Expof || Q^ Why is the teJJimony of
the fprit neceff^ry ?
A. Becaufe by nature we are blinde
in fpirituall thing?, 1 Cor, 2.14- Mat.
15.14. Though therefore the Scripture
be a mining light, Pfalm 119, 10$. yet
unlefle
yVith an €xpofition upon the fame. At
unleiTe our eyes be opened, Pfa/m 119.
iS. >4&s 26. 18. we cannot fee it^ no
more then a blinde mart doth the San,
John 1. 5.
Cy_ Why is the teftimony of the Spirit
a'l-Jtfffic'ent?
A, (1) Becaufe the fpirit is the author
of fupernatural light and faith, 1 Cor, 2.
8 9. Eph. 1. 17 1 John 5.6, 10.
( 2 ) By the infpiration thereof
were the Scriptures written, 2 Pet.
1. 21,
(3) The lecrets of God are fully
known unto, and effectually revealed
by,the Spirit, iCor.z. 10.
(4) The fame Law which is written
in the Scriptures, the Spirit doth
write in the hearts of men that be in-
dued therewith , Ifmah 59 2 u Heb. 8.
10. For which rations itmuft needs be
that the teftimony of the Spirit is all-
fufficient to perfsvade and affure the
heart that the Scriptures are the word
of God.
Q; What Rules muft be obfervedtd
prevent miftakinv herein*
Ai To prevent miftaking herein, ob-
ferve thefe rules 5
( 1 ) The Spirit of God doth affu- i Rfif<r-
redly
A IJjort Catechifm^
redly perfwade our confciences that the
Scriptures arc of God; (i ) By en-
lightning onr eyes to behold the
light. (2) By writing the Law in
our hearts. ( 3 ) By fealing up the pro-
mifes to our Confciences. And ( 4 )
Cauiing us fenfibly to feel the crtefrs
thereof 1 Cor. 2.12. Luke 24. 45.
1 Cor. 14. 37. Jeremiah 31.33.2 ( or.
12. 2. 1 Thef 1. 5. with 1 Jhef. 2. 13.
-^#J 16.14.
(2) This perfwafion of the Spirit is
more certain then can be proved with
reafbn, or expreffed in words.
Q^ivhyfa}
ICA. For things doubtfull may be pro-
ved, but things in themfelves moft
clear and certain, be above all
«J proof and reafon , as the mining
1 of the Sun needs not to be confir-
Imed by argument to him > that
hath his eyes open to fee the light
^thereof.
( 3 ) This teftimony of the Holy
Ghoft is certaine and manifeft to him
that hath the Spirit, but private, not
publique \ tcftifying only to him who is
endued therewith 5 but not convincing
others^ nor confirming do&rines to o-
thers. . (4) This
With an 'Exposition upon the fame. 43
( 4 ) This teftimony of the Spirit is 4 Rule*
not to be fevered fro<ri theword,which
is the mftrument of the Holy Ghoft.and
his publique teftimony.
Qjs ino:'n:ii'if into try the Spirit?
r A. It is not injurious to try the
Spiri^by the word of God, 1 John
4 1. feeing this is a mutuall rela-
tion between the truth of the party
wknelline; , and die truth of the thing
wkneifed .; and the holyfpirit, the
Author of the Scripuire, is every
where like unto and doth every
jtfhere agree with himielfe.
( 5 ) The teftimony of the Spirit 5 Rule*
doth not teach or afllire usofthelet-
tcrsd fyllables> or (everal words of ho-
ly Scripture, which are onclyaveffel
to carry and convey that heavenly
light unto us \ but it doth feal in our
hearts the favinir truth contained in
thofe facred Writings into what
language foever they be tran dated,
Eph. 1. 13.
( 6 ) The Spirit doth not lead them 6 Rh[^
in whom it dwelleth, abfolutly and
at once into all cruth, but into all truth
neceflary to falvation , and by degree^
Joh. 16. i}. with 4tt% i,6, and 1 1.2.
QJVhat
44 -A fyort Catechifm,
Q. What follows hence ?
A. Hence it follows, that holy menj
partakers of the fame Spirit, mayerre
in many things, and diflentone from
another in matters not fundamen-
tal.
Q. What are the properties of the Scri-
pture ?
A* 3t f 0 of i. iDftJfne f mfyoiity.
a,2Lfje rule t of t fattft and manners.
* 3 u JHceffarp, | w pare, t x 5 ♦ Per*
feet, and * 6, y Plain, f 2 Tim* $♦ 1
tEccl. 12.10. dal. 6-i6.\lRom.io.i-\.
W /y*/; 1 2.6. x ?/*/. 1 9. 7. y Prov.Sj.
Expof. |j Q. ^/?4/r w f tf £ Divine au-
thority of holy Scripture ?
, ^. Such is the excellency of the ho-
ly Scripture, above all other writings
whatfocver, 2 Jim. 3.15.2 Pet. 1 . 19.
tlut it ought to be credited in all nar-
rations, threatnings, promifes, or pro-
phecies, 1 Timm 1. 15. //*•£. 11. 11.
2 /Vr. 1. 19. and obeyed in all com-
mandments,Job 22. 22. Jer. 13.15.
Rom, 1.5.
Q^wbrnc? hath it this aut hority ?
A* From God the Author thereof,
he being of incomprehenfible wifdoni ,
Pfaim 147. 5. great goodnefTe, Exod,
18.9-
Vfitb&n Expofition upon the fame. 45
i%.<p.Pfal. 34.. $.Rom. 11.22. abfo-
lute power and dominion. Gen. 17. 1.
Pfitti 50.1, 2. and truth, th at can nei-
ther deceive nor be deceived , Rom. 3 . 4.
Tit. 1. 2.Heb.6 18.
Q. Doth the authority of the Scrip-
ture "itokoVj defend upon God t
A . The authority of the Scripture
doth onely and wholly depend upon
God the Author of it.
Q^ May not one fart of Serif ure be
preferred before another ?
A. Though one part may be prefer-
red before another, in refpeft of excel-
lency of matter and ufe, Can. 1. 1.
i Ttm, 1 . 1 $ . yet in authority and cer-
tainty every part is equal.
Q.. Is any other writing of equal au-
thority to the Scripture f
A. Only Scripture is of Divine autho-
rity. Gal. 1. 8. Mat. 17. 5. I Cor,
11.23.
f Q^ How may it be proved that the property .
Scripture is the rule of faith & maners? J*./,0* A
si. Became the Scriptures are,(i)The Manner/,
wo rd of C h ri ft, Col. 3.16. whofe word
is upright,£<rr/.i2.io.P/;/7.3 .1 6.(2)The
rlrft truth, Heb. 13.8. (3) Received by
I immediate, divine Revelation, 2 Vet. 1 .
21*
4* A Short Catechifm,
21. ( 4 ) Delivered to the Church. (5)
Sufficient to make the man of God per-
fect in all good ^urks 2 > ini $,i6)ij.
( 6 ) The tresfiiry whence all dofrrines
muft be taken, 1 Pet. 4. 11. ^^26.
22, Luke 16. 29(7) The tonchftone
whereby thou muft be tried, AtS 17. 1 r.
Ifaiah 8. 20 and (8) Without which,
error in do&rine and manners is una-
voidable, Maul:. 22. 29.
The third Q^ How is the word neceffary in re-
property fpefl: of fuv fiance}
neceffary. * J In refpecl: of fubftance , the
word of God was alwayes nec^flfary,
Eph. 2. 20. without which we could
1 . Neither know, Nor 2. worfhip God
aright, Heb.uAfi. Mat. 22. 29. John
20.^l.2Ttm.^.i6.Rom.i^ 4. Luke
24.26,27.
Q^ How is )t neceffary in refpecb of
the meaner of revealing *
A. In refpeft of the manner of reveal-
ing in writing , the Scriptures were nc-
ceflary, ever finceitpleafed God after
that maner to make known his will,
Deur.ij iS,Jo(h.i.%.Rom.i<$ 4.^^.1.
Thefimh ^'3H^ v,3 anc* **° ma^ be to tne enc* °**
popertyy the world 1 Cm 10. 11. Rev. 22. 18.
pure. Qi How is the Scripture pure ?
With an Expofition upon the fame. 47
[| A. This blefled word of God is
free from all, even the leaft , ftain of
folly, error, falfhood or unjuftice,
J?falm 1 19 138; 140. Prov 30. <y,John
T-7'17' all things being laid down holi^
ly and truly, both for (ubftance, circum-
ftance and manner of fpeaking> Pfal.^i.
I. Mat. 1.25.
Q. What is the perfection of the Scri-
pture? Fifltro-
f A. VVhatfoever was, is. or (hall be *£>*"'
neceffary or profitable to be known/
believed, praftifed or hoped for, that
is fully comprehended in the Books of
the Prophets and Apoftles, Lal^ 1 6 .1 9,
31.7^^5.39.^^.15.4- Gal.i.%}
9. 2 Tim. 3. 15. 16, 17.
Q^ What things are to be obferved^
that the perfection of the Scripture
miaht more eafily appear?
A. The perfection of the Scripture
will more plainly appear, if we confi-
der, ( 1 ') That Religion , for the fub-
ftance thereof, was ever one and un-
changeable. Heb. 13. 8. Eph. 4. 5. Jude
3. Arts 76. 22, Tit. 1. 1, 2.
( 2 ) The Law of God, written by
Mofes and the Prophets , did deliver
whatfoever is needfull for, and be-
hoovefufi
48 A fhort Catechifin-,
hoovefull to the falvation of the Ifrae!-
itesy Dtut. 4. 2. and 12 32. Pfal. 1.2.
Mai. 4.. 4. 7/«t£ 8.12. £#^ ro 2 6 .
(3) O.ir Saviour, 1. Made known
unto his Difciplesthe laftand full will
of his heavenly Father, John 14. 26.
and 15. 15. and 16. 13. and 1. 18. and
2. What they received of him, they
faithfully preached unto the world 9
AlU 20. 27.1 Or 15. 1,2,3* Gat.i.
8. 1 7<?/w 1.3. and 3. The fum of what
they preached is committed to writing
Afts 1.1,2. John 20 . 3 1 . 1 Jtf/w 5.1 3 .
with v4#j 8. 5. 1 C*r. 2. 2. AW. 10.
8, 9,io.
(4) There is nothing neeefTary to be
knowne of Chriftians, over and above
that which is found in the Old Tefta-
ment, which isnot plainly, clearly and
fully fet down, and to be gathered out
of the writings of the Apoftles and E-
vangelifts.
Q^ Is the whole Scripture perfect^ or
the particular Bookj thereof?
A. In the whole body of the Sc rip-
ture, all doubts and controverfie arc
perfectly decided, Ifaah%. 20. Mat.
2-* 59*4.0. Deut. 17. 8 9j to, 11 n.
2 Tim. 2. 16, 17. and every particular
* Book
With an Expofition upon the fame. 49
book is fufficisntly perfett for the proper
end thereof ...
O. what ufe is to be made hereof ?.
^.Unwritten traditions, iCor. 4. 9.
new articles of faith, J«\ 7, 3 1, & 1 9.
5. & new vifions & revelations, are now
to be rejected, Heb.\.\.]oh. 4.25. John
15.15. & 16.13. with Matth. 28.19.
2 tV.3.^8,1 1. with /fr£. 8.13.
jg» //flw ;.r //?? Scripture eahs ?
* -^. In themfelves the whole Scrip- 6?™pny
ture is eafie, /y*/. 1 1 9. 105 . 2 ?<?*. 1,1 9. p/<""*
Pr^-z/.i4 6 for fuch ecxeljent matter
could uot be delivered in more figoifi-
cant and fit words, A^h i-i 6- with
£)>£. 1. 1 7. But all things in Scripttire
are not alike maniftft, 2. Pet. 3. 16.
Q.What Rules are to be obferved
touching the. pla'mneffe of Scripture in
refpetTofus? , .
^ .1 .The Gentiles by nature have
the Law written in their hearts^*?*.
2.14. (2). But to a natural! man the
Goftbel is ob(cure> accounted foolifh-
nefs, 1 Corinthians 1.21. and 2.14.
C3 )*Thiogs neceflary to falvation are (0.
clearly laid down, that the fimpleft
indued with the fpirit, cannot bee, al-
together i gnoranr of the fame, I fa. 5 4.
E 33
slfhortCdtechifmy
5 0 John 6 . 45 . Dcu r. 3 o. 1 1 . Alatth. 1 1 .
25.2 Cor. 4. 3 . But (4) to them who
are in pare illightned, 1 CV. 13. 12.
many things are obfcure and dark3 1
Cor. 13.9.
Q^lVhy are many things in the Scri-
pture obfeure and dark^ to them who be
in fart illightned >
A. ( 1 ) To tame the pride of mans
nature) 2 Cor. 12.7, ( 2 ) To work in
us a reverence to the Scripture* 2 Pet.
3. i6y 17, 18. (3) Toftirus up with
care and diligence to read, pray, hear,
&c. and ufeGods meanes to grow in
knowledge, Prov. 2 . 3 4, 5 . And ( 4 )
to enforce acknowledgement that all
heavenly wifdom doth come from a-
hove, Prcv. 2 6. Jam. 1. 35. I Kings
3.9. /^ 28.23.
Q^ For what end was the Scripture
written >
A SDo z (1) &eacb (2) 3n(fractv
(3) Convince. (4) Correct, 8na
( % ) Camfortj z 2 Tim, 3> 16, i?t
Rom. 15.4.
Expof. || Q^ In what doth the Scri-
pture teach, inftrutt9 convince-) corretty
and comfort ?
A. The Scriptures doth ( 1 ) Teach
found
VFith a& Expo fit en upon the fa me. 51
found Ooftrine. ( 2 ) Difprove error,
( 3 ) Correct iniquky. (4s, lnftmft to
righteoufneffe. And (5) comfort in the
path of holindfe 1 **#* 1 ic, 11.
lit. 2.1-2. I dhef. J, J, 4. Heb. 12.
1, 2,
Q.Hovii it proved that the Scrip-
ture was written for thefs en ds ?
A. Becaufe it was given co (h^w
unto man the way of lite and falva-
tion.
Q_ Why was the Scripture given to
teach and inftrutt >
A. Becaufe faith and obedience is
the way to happineflfe, and the whole
duty of man is faith working by love*
which man could not learn of himfelf9
Rom. 1. 5. 7/7. 1. 1 5 2. c Tifa*. i, 15.
#*/. 5,6 8c 6,15.
Q^ ^v was it given to convince and
correct ?
A. Becaufe fhewayto happtneffefs
afiaulted, (t) With ignorance. (2) Er-
ror. (3) Superftition. And(4)pro-
phaneneffe, 1 PHm. 1, C7 19, 10. 2 Pet.
2. 1 2, 3.
Q^why was it given to comfort >
A. Bxaufe the fame wiy to happmeft
isbefec with manv affliftions, 2 T^™9
$.ii} E 2 Q^Votk
52 <A (Iwt Ca*ecb'fai
CK Doth the knowledge of the fcrip-
tures belong unto all men \
A. p ti5, |1 ail men are not oneb
allotoefca bat fpbortcD ans b com
tnan&ea to rcafc* bear an? c unwr-
ff ano tfce &erfpfur?, a John 5. 39,
b IW. I7.i8,i 9. Rev 1.3 c -4ft 8.30.
Expof. J) £K Why are the Scriptures it
be read and under flood of all men ?
<d» 1. Becaufe the Scriptures teach
the way oflife, Prov. 2.9. Luke 16.
29. Acts 24. i4.&I3.ii,46./>/*/.i-6.
11. John 6.6, 8. (2) Sit forth the
duties of every man in his place and
eftateoflife, Deut. 17. 17, 18, 19,20.
7^. I • 8. /'/tf/jw 1 1 9. 24. 2 C hron. 2 3.
1 1.. 1 Tim. 4. 1 4. and 5.1 &c. 2 77w.
2. 16. 17. (3) Are the ground of Faith,
Rom.^. 20. TkChron. 20.20 1 7»jff«
x* 15, (4) The epiftle of God fent to
his Church, Hof. %.\%,Rsv. 2.1,8,
12. ( 5 ) His Tc-ftament, wherein wc
may find what Legacies he hath be-
queathed unto us, 2 Cor. 3. 14. 16.
Heb. 10.16. John 14.17. (61 The
Sword of the Spiric, Eph. 6. 17. (y] B>
ing known and imbraced, they make a
man happy. Pfalm 119.97,98. Luke
10. 42. and 1 6. 29. Pfalmi.z. Rev. 1.3.
but
with an TLxpofition upon the fione. 52
br,t (8) Being negk&ed or contemned,
they plunge men into all miiery> Heln
2.3. M 'at. 22. 2 9. Pfaim 50.16.
Q^ what fort §f men ought to readt
the Scnptare ?
A. All men of what age, eftate,
quality or degree foever, ought to
acquaint themielves with the word of
God, I John 2. 14, 15. Pfa'% 119. £.
Atlsij.iu Dsm. 6.7. Acts 18.25.
28.
Q^ What motives may encourage the
weat^e^ andtheflronaChnfllan alfoto
reade the word of God ?
Am (l.)Becaufe it was given of God,
for the benefit and behoofe of all (ore*,,
Rom, 15, 4.(2) I c being milke for babes >
and meat for ftrong men, 1 Cor. 3.
i, 2. Heb. 5. 13.(3) It being plains and
ealie to inftruft the fimple, Prov. 1. 4,
P/W.19 7.(4^ & full of hidden wifdome
to exercife the ftrong > and fatisfie the
wife, Col. 2. 3. 1 Cor. 2. 7. Prov.i. 5.
(5) That both forts may be able to try
the Spirits, 1 John 4. j. (6) That they
might be wife unto falvation. (7) Ana
grow rich in all fpirituall knov^dgs
and undhrftanding, Col. 1, 10. and 2,2,
and a, 1 6.
E 5 0%l
5^ A fhortCatechffiii)
Q. The Scr'.ptKrcs -were wrl ten hi
Hebrew and Greeks how then (hcxld all
men read and ifiderfrand them f
A. 21&tp ougtjt to be d tranflatefc
II into knmm Congucg c ant> f inter*
p^ter,d i Cor. 14. 18519 eNeh.8.8,.
A&58.35,
Expoi. || Q. Why Are the Scriptures
to be ir an flated Into a known tdh/fte ?
A. 1. Etcaufe the Prophets and A-
pcftles pr:ached their du&rines co the
people arid nations in th:ir"known lan-
guages 7<v- 3$ i5d 16. Afa 2.\6 (2)
Immediately after the Apoftles times,
n^any tranflarjons were extant. (?) All
things rmift be done in the congrega.i-
on unto edifyingj 1 r>r. 14 26 bucan
unknown tongue doth not edifie Gen*
it\. And (4) all an Commanded
to fry the Spirits, 1 Thffy . 2 1 . 1 ( #.
10. 15.
t d iffi) ^e fhe Scriptures hf (fe in-
trrprel d ?
A. B.caufethe expounding of Scri-
f'tre is ( 1 ) Comman lefl by G )d ,
i ' or.i± r, i.3 4.. nd3 39-;0Pra"
ftifed by the godly, 1 Cor. 4 ttf,2i. and
14. 17. #Pif& j. 23 1 C i,r. 14 19.
And iv } ) is profitable both for the
un-
With an Expoption upon the fame. 5 5
unfolding, of obfcure places* N*hm 8.8-
and applying of plain Texts, 1 Cor. 1 1 .'
23,24,28 29.
Q. In what tli tgs doth it (land?
A. It ftands in two things. 1. In
giving the light fence, Matth* 13. 38.
Alts 2.29, 30 Gal. 3.16. (2) In a
fit application of the fame, Alts 2.16.
and 1. 16. 1 Cor. 14, 24. 2 Peter
1. 12.
Q^Is the fence of the Scripture one^
or manifold ?
A. Of one place of Scripture, there
is but one proper and natural fenfe,
though fbmetimes things are fo expref-
fed, as that the things themfelves do
fignifie other matters, according to
the Lords Ordinance, Gal. 4. 24 > 34,
Exod. 12. 1 5. with /*£« 29. 56. /7^/»
2. 1. with Alts^. 24, 25, 26-
(?. Are we tyedto the Expo fit ion of
Fathers ?
^. We are not neceflarily tyed'ta
theexpofition of Fathers or Councels,
for the finding out of the fenfe of the
Scripture, Rom, 3. 4. Mat. 5. 27, 28)
0. #$0 & the faithful interpreter of
the Scripture}
EF4 ^.The
j£ u4Jhorl Catechifm^
*4* The holy Ghoft fpeaking in the
Script ire, is the only faithfull Inter-
preter of the Scrip:ure3 Lukci, 70.
I Cor. 2. 10, 11. John 14. 26. Ifaiah
55- 4;
CA What be the means to fin do out the
true meaning of the Script fires f
-d. The meanes to find out the true
meaning of the Scripture>are (t.) Con-
ference of one place of Scripture with
another, 2 Sam. 24. 1. with l.Chron.
21. 1. Ifatab 28. 16. with Romans 9.
33. 7pM/? 65. 1,2. with Romans 10
2o,2 1. Micah.^, 2. mth Matt 2.6.
Matthew 26. 34.. with Mark? 14. 30.
(2)Diligent confideration of rta (cope.
( 3 ) And circumftances cf the place >
yfer. 22.31,32. Adsi. 29. as the oc-
casions and coherences of that which
went before, with that which follow-
cth after. (4^)Gonfideration of the mat-
ter whereof it doth intreat 1 Cor. it*
24,2 ^,26. (5) And circumftances of per-
sons, times-) and places, 4&* 1 3 3 6.37.
( ^ )' Alfo confederation., whether the
words be fpok'ch figuratively or lim-
ply ; for in figurative fpeeches, not the
outward fhew of words j bnt th 2 fen(e
is to b: taken, J^ 151. /&/<#. 26.26,
John
With an Sxpofition upon the fame, 57
John 14. 6.Exod. 12. 1 j. John 6, 35.
1 Cor, 10. 1 6, ( 7. ) And knowledge of
ths Arts & Tongues wherein the Scrip-
tures were originally written, 1 (or.
i2.io. ^#12.3,4. 00 ^ u aUvaiesit is
tobsobferved, that obfcure places are
pot to bse expounded conrrary ro the
rule of faith (et downs in plainer places
of the Scripture- kom. 2.18 20. and
12.6.2 i'iM.x 13.^^13.33,36,37.
Rom. ^.7.
Q^iyhct doth th e Scriptttre fpecial/y
teach hs >
A. aDtjefatrtng f fctwtolefcge |) of
<£ato t ana 3!efa0 Cfef tt, f John 17
3.Col.xi52.
Expof. Q. Why is kjiowlcdgenecef-
faryl
A. Bscaufc Knowledge is, ( 1 ) The
ground of obedience, 1 Chr. 28. y.Atts
26 .18. (2) A rich gift of Grace, Marks
4.1 1 . (3 )The firft Grace that God gi-
veth unto his Children. 1 John 2. 20y
27. and 5. 20. John \6. 4. and 6. 63.
(4) The foundation of all other graces,
Prov. 19.2. Pfal.g, 10. Hofea 4, 6.
Ifaiah ii.9-(0 The guide of our affe-
ctions, &direc1:er of our acYions, PfaU
119*9 y I0° 101. Prov. 2. 10; 11,12.
'liaiah
58 A jbort Cateehifm,
Ifaiah 30. 21 . And (6) without it, zeal
is little worth, Rom. 10. 2. facriiice
was vain, Hof. 6.6 and devotion wis
but fuperftition, AEts 17. 2 2, 23 .
QJVhen is kjiow ledge ftving >
v4. When it is made by the work of
the holy Ghoft, to be effe&ual to fincere
faith, love, fear and obedience, then it is
faving, John 17. 3. I fa. 53.11.
QJVhy mnjt -we know God >
{A* We muft know God becaufe
erwife, ( 1 .) We cannot defire, John
4. 10. (2) Obey, 1 John 2. 4. No: f 3)
have communion or fellowship with
him, 1 John 1. 5,6,7.
Q^JVhv ma ft we know Chrifl t
■\A. We muft kno\# Chnft,^) Be-
caufe fin hath made a reparation be-
tween God and us, I fa. 59. 2. fo that
we cannot be received into Gods fa-
vour, or have communion with him,
without a Mediator, Eph. 1.3, 5. Rom.
3. 25. Eph. 2. 18. 1 John 2- 1,2. Heb.
lo. 21. 22. John 14. 6
(2 ) God in Ghrift , or God and
Chrift, is the object of Chriftian Reli-
gion, Colo f. 3. tj.iPet i.2i. John
l^.nHeb. 1. 6.
Onflow doth it appear that this know-
ledge is excellent > A .( 1 )
with an Expvfifiort upon the fame. 52
A. (V Bxaife Chrift is the image
of the inviiible God, Co/. 1. 15. the
brighrnefle of his glory, and the exprefs
image of his perfon, HI elf. 1.3.
( 2 } In whom, with open face we
behold 3 as in a giafs \ the glory of the
Lord, 2 C0r. 3. 18. John 14 9.
( 3 j In whom are hid all the erea-
fnres of tvifdotn and knowledge,
Col, 2.'?.
QjJoi* may It Appear that the know-
ledge orfGo I an I Cbrlft is f efficient f
(A.) 1. B canfe theApoftles, who
preached unto the world the whole
conn PI of God n^ceffiry to falvation,
did preach nothing, AHs 8 5. Rom.io.
8,9.^-7/28 Jf. (2) did defire to
know nothing, but Jefiis Chrift and
him cncified* iCor. 2. I.Phil. 3.8.
(3) Of him they wrote, that our joy
might be full, 1 John 4, 1. And (4.) the
Lord, who forbids m to glory in any
thing b fi ie,d, >th command us to glory
in thi?, that w : know him in Chrift,
Jer. 9 23. 1 Cor. 1.3:3,31.
Q^ What be the properties of thte
kpowledtre ?
A. This knowledge is, (i)Necef-
fary. (2) Eafie. (3) Excellent. (4)
Sufficient.
6 o A jhort Catechifni)
Sufficient.^) Sound. And ^comfort-
able, 2 Cor. 4.334. Aft* 8.8.
Onflow may u bee proved that there
is a God >
A. Wy tfte g 1 1 teajto, affl* fh *
foonaerg totjtilj are fori, 3 tfce te<
ttfmonp i of x confctence, cfje 4 k
potocrs 1 ofttefonl* ar>D tbe 5 1 p^a*
tttfest of featlft, p Pfalm 19. i,*.Tfe.
4u23.R0nunsl.20. .A£b 14 17 Job
ia»7>^.9-^Exod.8. 9. and 9. 16. *Rorn.
2.15 11*33.5 i4&53 5tZach.u*i,
Pfalm94.8 9 'O / Rev- 12.7,10.
1 hrgu- Expof. || Cki What reafons may bee
rntnt. drawn from the workj of Goa\ to prove
The works that there is a God >
God; r A. \. The firft creature was made
J'AeaJon of nothing, othervvifeit could not bee
fubjeft to change and alteratipn: and
all creatures arerinitc>compounded, ini-
perfeft, unable to make or fuftain
themfelve?) therefore of nectfllty there
mud be a rlift caufe, in pow^r infinite,
moft perfect and of it fclfe , that gives
Boeing and Continuance unto all
thing?.
2. Nothing can bee the caufe of ic
2 fo*fo»ft\k: for then it should bee both the
caufe and the effe&3 both before and
efar
With an Expofition upon the fame. 6%
after it felf, therefore all things have
their beginning from one firft and (u-
pream caufe which is God.
3. Amonpft things created we may 3^*/*
obferve aferks ofcauf>, and an order
in the things themfelves 3 but order
is from one firft > and leads us unto one
firft.
4. All things, even things with-
out life fenfe and reafon, which can-
4 Reaf.
not move voluntarily > or intend an
end; are directed orderly unto an end;
therefore there is one wife, good, and
chief dire&er of all things, which is
God 6
5. The greatneffo p-rfe&ion, mul- - Reaf
titude> variety and concord of things
exifting; \he form and continual
fuftcntation of the World, do (hew
that all things do depend upon feme
one, wife and perfeft good , from
whom they have their being and prefer-
vation.
f Q. What under [land yott h won* * Af|M-
dersf ™?u
A. By wonders we underftand vi- Mtmlu'
fibleandapparanc works , extraordi-
narily wrought, not onely above the
ordinary courie of nature , butfimply
above
6i A (hort Carechifniy
above the power of nature.
Q. How many wayes may worlds be &-
bove the power of nature I
<d- Two way?, i. Either in refpeft
of the work k felf, 2. or the mancr of
doing.
Q^ Hove do tJtffe rcenders prove thtv
there is Is a God ?
A- Thefe effects do convince, that
there is an infinit power that is a-
bove> and doih overrule all things:
for every principal arid primary caufeis
mere excellent then the ttfetts- ihere-
of.
* QWhat die the A [is of confidence in
refpeci of things pa ft V
A The confciencc doth 1 . Regiirer;
1 Brine to remembrance •* And3.B.*ar
wicneffe of the cogitations, words and
aftionsofall men.
Q^ IVha: fire the aSts of conscience in
relpett ofihinas r;e!> done ?
A. Ic dotlv(i) Excule; (2) And
comfort in well doing againft the dif-
grac~s-, (landers, and persecutions of 1 he
World.
Q. what are the acts of confidence in
refpttl of things done evil >
&*hft* Doth accufe: 2- And ter-
rifie
With an Expofition upon the fame. 6$
rifiefor fin fecrecly committed, which
never did, nor (hall come into the know-
ledge of men.
Q^fVhat are the atts of 'conscience in
refpc-ft of things to be done t
A, i. It doth incite to holinefle:
And 2. curb and bridle from iniqui-
ty.
Q^ How doe thefe Afts prove that
there is a God ?
A. This is a manifeft token and
proof, that there is a fupream Judge,
who hath given a Law binding the
confcience 5 doth obterve all our
thoughts , devices 9 words and works,
and will call lis to an account and
reckoning.
qJ| What arguments may be brought 4.Argu~
from the powers of the foul to prove that ment-
' there is aGod> fwT^
A. The foul is a fpiriuialU invifible' C'0H'
and immortal fubftance , endued with
power to underftand and will; but
the foul and die power thereof, is not
of and from itlelfe : therefore it muft
proceed from another caufe , which is
power, wifdom, and underftanding it
(elf) and that is God.
2. In the underftandiug there are
certain
^4 -^ §:0rt Catechifrri)
certain principles, whuby it difcern*
eth truth and talihood, good and evill ;
*l this gift man hath not of himfelf? there-
fore it Springs from afupream and
moil wife underftanding, the principal
caufe being eter more excellent then the
effeft.
3. The mind is not fatisfled with
the knowledge , nor the will with the
pcfltflions ofall things in this world*
but ftill theyfeek, and earneftly thirft
after ft me hip her gocd there is there-
fore Lfoveiajgne truth ?nd chief gocd,
which beii g perfftly known and enjoy-
ed, ivill give; contentment.
4. By the pawns and faculties of the
Soutj man is rrpableofhappineiTe, or of
the chief ^cod but in vain mould he
be made capable thereof, if there were
not a chief gcod to be peffeffed and en-
joyed.
<,Aroh t-2j How dothe frallices qfSatan
menu froze that there is a God 1
YraUtfe of A, 1 By the affaults and fuggeftions of
§Mt. Satan we feel there is a Devil : may we
not then certainly conclude that there
is a God >
2. Satan labours by all means to
extinguish the light of the Gofpel > to
lead
With an Bxpofition upon the fame* 6$
lead men on in ignorance , error and
prophanefs , and to turne them out of
the path of holinefs : Now why fliould
Satan war thus againft God his word,
and Saints, why mould he feek Gods
difhonour and mans deftru6tion,if there
were not a God, a law> and an everlaft-
ing life-
Q^ Howelfet
A. I5p tfje 1 6 content of nations*
1 7 fcefence m of tftrc&nrcfe * 8 f np<
Soztanu n comfort of rt* goato,-?
nt yrtactpallp bp tfte o Scripture,
wPfalm 9. 1 6' and 58.u.#Jer. 33.^.
0 Ifaiah 42. 8-
Expof Q^ How doth the consent of
Nations prove that there is a God?
■A. (1 ) AH nations in every age? time 6 Argu-
and place of the world, have acknow- ww •
ledged that there was a God. Confent °f
Q 2 ) The Gentiles could not endure
him who denyed a divine power.
(3 ) They adored ftocks^ftones, bruit
beafts, and the bafeft creatures* rather
then they would have no Deity at all.
(4) They were zealous and forward
in the wcrfhip of their Idols., which
(hewe?3 that though they acknowledg-
ed not the true Goda yec they knew
F then?
4 6 A fhort Catechifm>
there is a God to whom divine worfhip
is due.
(5) Such as have ftudied to become
Atheifts, could never blot this truth
out of their confciences ; but the ma-
Jefty of God hath affrighted, and his
terrors made them afraid.
7 Argp q± How fab the defence of the
Vefence church prove that there is a God >
the chub, t A* CO The Devi11 with great
' malice and fury, and ungodlymen with
all their might, authority, malice and
policy, have laboured to find out and
extirpate all thofe that call upon the
name of the Lord Jefus ; but they have
been miraculoufly hid, preferved and
defended by the Lord.
( 2 ) God hath wondroufly fruftra-
ted lU the devices of the wicked ene-
s of his Church ; and by the means
they pra&ifed to root it out, it was
encreafedc
( 3 ) God fought from Heaven a-
gainit the perfecutors of his children,
and executed upon them the fiercc-
nefle of his difpleafure •' dreadful judge-
ments did overtake many of them and
fuch horrour fell upon fome, that they
were forced to leave their places of
favour
With an Expofitlon upon the fame* 6j
favour and rule, and betake themfelvcs8 Ar^
to a folitary and private life. ££„
Q^ How aoth thejupprt and comfort anci com-
of the gpdly frove that there is a God} fort of the
A. The Lord hath ( i ) armed his£0#«
children with invincible courage and
fortitude to endure difgrace, contempt,
poverty, death, andthemoft exquifite
torments that hell could invent. (2) He
hath fupported them under the bur-
then of an accufing conscience. (3} He
hath inwardly refreihed them as it
were fuddenly with fweet peace and
confblation. ( 4 ) And by the power,
ftrength & comfort of the Holy Ghcft,
he hath enabled them to ung Pfalms in
prifon, and in the midft of the fire ;
which courage3ftrength,and comfort of
theirs doth plainly demonftrate that
there is a God. (5) Efpecially if you
compare it with thatfear,faintnes& un-
quietnefg) vexation & dead nefs, which is
in other men, when they fuiFer anything.
Q. what is God?.
A. ^etff/all fpirff, IjaWflS, qW
3l5eins of t &taifelf:/> iohn% 24, 4 Exodt
Expof. J] Qt What mczneyatt by this9
that God ts a Spirit?
F i ^-
68 A fhort Crtechifm,
A. That God is , i . A fpiritual 2. In-
vifible. And 3. immaccriall fubftance
I Tim. 1 . 17 Luke 24. 3 9.
QW'hat is meant by this, having his
being of himfelfe ?
f A That God is without begin-
ning,-P/<*/#2 90. 2, and 93. 2 ^.43-
12, and 44. 6 . and without caufe,^/>0f .
1, %,Ifaiah 41. 4. and 43. 10. and 48.
12.
Q. Jf'/w f allow eth hence ?
A Therefore he is ( 1 ) Without
compofltion. (2 ) infinite Pfal?n 14.7.
5,andi45.3.£^^. 3^ 14^ ("3) Eter-
nal, Pw. 8- 20, 22, 23. tftfW. 16. 26.
(4) Incomprehenfible, Exod. 32. 22,
23. 1 Tim. 6. 16. 1 Kings 8. ij.ffaiah
66. And (5) unchangeable, Jam 1.17.
A4V.3.6.
O How many Gods he there ?
A* ©nelp r one II ®o& ana t tfoee
f ^erfon*, tUe Jfat&er, &on,an& $o*
ip (HSljoff, r D^ut. 6. 4. 1 Cor. 8. 45 6.
Mat 28. 19,1 John^.j.
Expof. U Qllow may it be proved
that there is bm one God I
A There can be but one, 1 . Omni-
potent., Dan, 4. 35. 2 Infinite. 3 Eter-
' nail 4. Moftperfcft. 5 Firft caate, Ard
6. Dir:fter
T'jih &u Ex/; wfition upo/; the fame. ,$
6. £>ire&er of all things* (2) All thing?
are referred to one firft, Rom. n. 35.
Apoc, i;8,and 4, u-
QlfVhat is a perfon >
f A A perfon generally taken ,is one
entire, fubftance, not common to many,
endued with life and underftanding,
will and power*
QVVhat is a perfon in the Trinity i
Ah perfon in the God head, is the
God- head reftrained, or diftinguifhed
by his perfonal property John 14* 19
and 15. 1.
Q^ Is the Divine nature common to
all three per fons >
A The whole divine nature being
indivifible, 1 Cor< 8-6. is common to all
three perfbns, Father, Son, and Holy
Ghoft, Aftsq. 24 2 Cor 1. 3 John
I 1. Rom. 9. 5 Hek 1. 8 Num
1 2. 6, 7; with Atts 1 .1 6, 0 Peter 1 . 1 1
Web U» ARs ^ 25 with 2cJ)eter
1 21.
O What followeth hence !
A. Hence it followeth ( 1) that what-
soever doth abfolutely agree to the di-
vine nature, or is fpoken of the divine
nature by relation unto the Creatures,
that doth agree li ewife to every per--
F 3 fon,
70 A fhort.Catechifm,
on, in Trinity, John i.i. Prov.%. 22.
Apoc. i. S.Mat. 18.20. Jo/^3.13.
J<?£ 26. 13. and 33. 4. 7^« 14.26-
Luke 1. 35.
(2) That every perfon in Trin ity is
equal in glory and Eternity, John 10,
30; John 17. 5. Phi/. 2 6. Eph. 1. 17.
wifeh/fl/to 1.2,14.
( 3 ) And that there is a moft near
communion and union between them.
QWhereinflands this near union and
communion f
A Herein it (lands: (1) Each one
is in the reft and with the rcftjohn 14.
10, 1 1 • John 1.1. And Q 2 ) every one
doth pofTefs, love and glorifie each o-
ther, Prov£. 22) 30. John 17. 5. work-
ing the fame things John 5.19.
J0. What is the Father 1
A. The Godhead considered with
the perfonal property of begetting, is
the Father, &c.
Q. What is the property of the Fa-
ther ?
a, Xobt of ftfmfeif, and tf 0 n beget
ftts §$on,tlobnTf i8and3.i8.
Expof. || Q^ Doth the Divine nature
beget f
A. The Divine nature doth neither,
beget
Vrhhan Expofition upon the fame, ji
beget, nor is begotten.
Q^ How then doth the Father foget
the Son?
A The Father doth beget the Son by
an eternall and neceifary communica-
tion of his effence, wholly and indi-
vifibly to his Son, which yet he wholly
retaineth inhimfelf, "John i, i.Prov.
8. 22, 23.
Q What is the property of the Sontf
AJ&o be u begotten of t&e JFatffc
u John 3 18.
Q. What is the property of the holy
Ghofi>
A,2/0 proceed from fl&ew JFatftee
anDx tbe &on5 t*> John. 1 5. z6.x Rom.
8. 9. (j^i/. 4. 6
Q^ The nature of God is infinite and
incomprehenfib le^ how then may we con-
ceive him 1
A.iBp&tey properties, 11 auto bg
W02 tDOrft0,/Exod 34.(5, j.^Pfal*
\<y 1, and 8 1 Joh 3^24, &c. and 37,
1, 8,
ExpofiH Q What is a property in
Godi
A A property in God, is that where-
by his divine nature is known in it felf,
and dftinguiflied from all other.
F 4 QDo
7* Afbort Catecbifm,
ClJDo the properties in God differ
from the Divine Efsence^ or one from a-
nother ?
A The properties in God do not
really differ from the Divine EfTence,
nor one of them from the other, but
onely inourmanerof conceiving.
What followeth hereupon >
A Hence it followeth, that every pro-
perty in God is infeparable and incom-
municable.
<? What are his properties \
Retell l moffatoffe,tbziIroim,
c* goou, d || 4 gratfou* et 5 juft, f * 6
mere! ful, g 7 perfect, hf 8 bleffet), ana
J 9glortQU0> ^Rom. 16. 27. b Job
12. 13. c Mat. 19.17. *IExod. 2a.
19 ^^^8.,PAl.,45.i7j/Pfai„,
105. u. & 145,8,9. ./Mat. 5,48.
J°b35.7,8. /> Mark 14. 16. Rom. 9,
5^ 1 Cor. 2 ,8,
Expof. || Q^ /^/W i.r *>,'/&« /« GW >
^ Wifedom is that whereby God
doth perfeftly know, CO Himfelf,,!/**.
U.2j9Johxi 18, and 7, 29. 1 C«rt 2,
10 11. (2) And all things; (3) And afti-
ons, 1 /*/>* 3)10 ]0hn 16 j 20, and 2,,
i7jC4) With all their circumftances
1 Sam: 23, 1 1, i2) Matth : 1 ff 21 and
With an Sxpofiuon^upoz the fame. 7%
24, 2 z^ John j. 30jdifcerning amoft
wife reafon of them.
Ojvhat be the parts of w'ifdom >
A Two, 1 Knowledge, 2. Gounfcl-
QHow doth God know all things >
A B (1) one Heb. 413, (2) Infinite, % Know
Eternal, Eph. 1 . 4 (4) Simpb, Exod. 2. Cmnfel.
3,14. And (5) unchangeable aft of his
underftanding, Ifr.^6^ 10.
QAfter rvhatmansr doth God know
all things ?
A 1. Clearely, 2 Infallibly, And 3,
diftinftly> 1 £ArMK 2.89, zTim^ 2.19,
Pfalm 56. 8, and 147, 4, J<fe. 10*30.
QjVhat is Counfe I ?
A Counfel is Gods difcerninga
mod wife reafon of all things and afti-
ons, Eph 1. 11 Prov* 8* 14*
Ojvhat is (irength in God ?
A Strength is that whereby God
doth work whatsoever he doth will ,
Dan 4. 3 5 • Ifa4 40* 28 ♦
In what maner doth Godworkj*
A. 1 Moft Cre&y9Pfaltn. 1 15* 3 and
l3t>i 6, 2, And without remittance or
wearinefW
QVVhat doth God >
A Whatfoever he doth will.
Q. What
74 A fhort Cateehifm,
QJ^Fhatcan the Lord do f
A, The Lord can do whatfoeverhe
can will, Mat. y 9.
Q. What is goodnejfe in God I
3 Proper- * ^- Goodneife is that whereby God
19. Good- being the chief good, Mar i 10. 18
«f/>. ftieweth himfelfe very good and boun-
tiful to all his Creatures, Pfalm$6.<$,
Gen. 1. 31. Pfa/mtf. 5. andad. 6.
and 145.9.
Q^ How many wayes is the goodnefs
of God to be confideredi
A. Two wayes, 1. As it is in him-
felt. 2 As it is exercifed to all his Cre-
atures.
Q^ What is G ration fnefs in God ?
^Property A. Gratioufneffe is that whereby
Graaouf- Qd bdng ^ (l ; ^.^ ^ ^
J ' idk9PfatmS6. 15 and in. 5 hQ2)
freely bountifull unto his Creatures,
Rom 3. 24 loving and cheriflring them
tenderly, without any deferrs of theirs,
Pfalm 145. 8 and 49 3, 7. 9 Luke
130.
Q_ HowtSffratiousnefs in God con ft-
dered*
A 1 As it is inhimfelf 2 As it is
exercifed freely and bountifully unto
nis Creatures.
OWhat
With an hrvoption upm the fame* 75
QJVhat is j^fiicein G:!?
t A. Juftice is that whereby God 1. ^ruth.
is firft true in all his fayings, Ecc£ 13. 2- R'£*w"
10. Rom. 3.4. and (2) Righteous in all 0HW'
his doings) Gene [is 18. 25. Vent. 32. 5 property
4. J^8. 3. and 34. 10. and 16. 23 /*#*•
Pfal.92. 15. jRw#. p. 14. 2 Chron. 19.
7. Xto. 9. 14.
C^ What be the parts of Gods Jufiicel
A, Two, 1. Truth. 2. Righteouf-
nefles
Ck What is Mercy in God ? ulrc^
* A. Mercy is that whereby God of
his free grace and love, is ready to fuc-
cor, 1 Such as are, Pfalm^j. 10. and
108. 4. Pfal, 103 . 4 and 145. 14. Or
(2) might be in mifery by the conditi-
on of their nature.
Q^Vyhat are the kinds of mercy in ypr6pertyt
God? Perfctlion.
A. 1 Succoring in mifery a&ual. 2.
Vindicating from mifery poflible,
Q^ VThat is the perfection of God?
A. 1 Perfe&ueffe is that whereby
God is neceflarily alUCufficient in and
ofhimfelfi Gen. 17. 1. Job 22. 2. and
25,5, 6, 7. Pfalmi6. 2. And 2the
caufe of all perfusion and good«efle
in every thing befides, James 1,17. 2
Cor.
j6£ AftortCatechifiu,
Cor, 3 . 5. and 4. 7. 1 Cor,%, 4,6, Rom*
11*36.
Q^How is the perfection of God to be
confidered ?
A It is to be confidered , 1 In refpeft
of God hhifelf 2 . In refpscl: of the Cre-
ature.
QjrVhatli to be confidered in the
per fell ion of God^ as it is inhimfelff
A God is neceflarily aJl-fijfficient in
and of himfelf.
O What in refpetl of the Creature?
A God is the caufe of all perfecti-
on andgodnefle in every thing be-
fides*
QjThat is blefsednejfe in God ?
8. Trofer- ^ BleflednefTe is that whereby God
ty 1 Fully, And 2 eflentially knowing and
Blejfed- willing,that perfection which is in him-
*fc felff.hath all fullnefs of dejight and con-
tentment in and of hinifelfe. Gen. 17.1 .
1 Tim. 6>> i5,and 11 1. and is the caufe
and objeft of the blefTednefle of his
Creatures^ Pfalm 16, 1, and 17. 15.
John 17. 3, 1 John i3 36.
Qjffow is the blefscdnefs of God to be
confidered .<*
A Two ways, 1 In refaeft of h/ra-
fclft 2 In refpeft of the Creature
capable
With an Espojiticn upon the fame. 77
capable of bleffednefs.
QJVhat is the bleffednefs of Go d i 1 re- .
fett of him f elf e >
A. God 1 Fully, and2 EfTentrelly
knowing and willing that perfection
which is in himfelfe3 3. hath all fulnefs
of delight and contentment 4. 1 n, and
5.0fhirafelf.
QJVhat is this bleffedneffe of God in
refpett of the Creatures capable of bieff-
edneffe ?
A. God is the caufe and object of
the bleflednefle of his creatures ; by
which it may appear > that there is
much difference betwixt the blefled-
nefle of God and of the Creature.
Q, What is Glory in God ?
A. Glory in God, is the admirable
excellency of his moft holy and divine p. Fro^tf
nature, whereby he infinitely excelleth tf-
allcrearutes,£AW 33, iS.Pfalm$mi.Gl°V'
Job 12. 41. Romans 1. 23. Pfalm
29.9.
qJIow is Gods glory man} fc fled ?
A. The Lord doth manifeft his glo-
ry, 1. More obfctirely in this life3 Num.
12. 8- Exod, 33. 20. 1 Cor. 13.12.
Bat 2, more clearelyit is revealed in
heaven> Rev. 21.2%, John 17. 24.
Q^How
7 8 A (bort Catechifm^
Q. How doth the Lord manifefl his
glory more obscurely ?
A. i By his Gbfpel, And2fignsof
his pretence, zCor. 4. 4, 6. Exod> 333
22. J fa. 6 1.
Q^ What -were the figns of his pre-
nee?
A. 1. Some fhining brightneffe
Luke 2. 9. Mat. 17. 2, 5. (2) Or fome
thick cloud and darknefe,EW. 16.10.
and 24. 1 6. 1 Kings 8. 1 1. And(3) fome
excellent a&s btleeming his greatnef?3
Pfa!mi9. x. and 29, 9. Exod. 9. 16.
John 2. H. zThejf.i. 10.
X 2Dbet> are tteee, JDecree, Cre*
atfon,ano#2ot)tDence*
(^ WW /•$" the Decree ?
A, SDfcat fofecrebp <25o& fcatlj from
eterntfg ret &ohm fc tottf) fcimfelfc
toljatfoetjer !l ttall come to paffe *t
fyb.i.il.
Expof. || (V, ^^ rf«rj* ^r* *k-
cresdbyGod 1
A. 1 All things. 2 With their caufes.
3 Effe&s. 4. Circumftances. And 5. Ma-
ner of being are decreed by God, Jtts
2. 23. and 4. 27) 2$.Eph. 1, 11.
Q^ #7^ ^rtf ffo properties of this De-
cree > A This
With m Expofitiott upon the feme. 79
A. This decree is, ( 1. ) Moft wife,
Rom. 11. 33.(2) ]uft, Rom. 9. 13.14,.
(3)Eternall,£/>£. 1.4,5. 2Tbef 2.
13. AEls 15% 18. 1 Cor. 2.7. C4) Ne- >
ceflary>P/^/. 33. u./Wz/.ip. 2i.( 5)
Unchangeable, Heh.6. 17. (6) Moft
free, Rom. 9. 18. (7) Thecaufeofall
good, James 1 , 17. But ( 8 )not of any
fin, ljohni.^.
QJVha t is the facial Decree of God?
A, The fpeciall decree of God is
concerning Angels and Men.
Q^ What is it called ?
A. It is called Predeftination,&?#?, 8.
30.
Q What is revealed touching this
Decree ?
A. Of the former* concerning An-
gels, little is ipoken in holy Scripture ;
of the latter concerning man , more is
revealed , not unprofitable to be
known.
Q^ What is the fact all decree of God
concerning man*
^.Itmaybedefined, The wife, free,
jiiir, eternall, and unchangeable Sen-
tence or decree of God, Eph. 1. 11.
deter mining with himfelfe to create
and govern man for his fpeciall glory.
Q^ What
A jhort Catechifm,
Q^ W bat be the properties of this De-
cree ?
^.Itis(i)Moftwife. (2)Free.(3)
Jtift. (4 J Eternall. And (5 ) unchange-
able.
QjJVhat is the objett of this decree >
A. Man.
Q. What is the end of it?
A. 1 The praife of Gods glorious
mercy : Or 2 of hi* great Juftice3 Rom.
9. 17. 18. and 12 36.
Q^What are the parts of this decreet
A. Of this decree there be two parts-
1 Eleftion, and 2. Reprobation, 1
Theff. 5.9. Judr. 4. 5.
Q^W'hat is E led ion '(
A. Election is the decree of God, of
his free love, grace and mercy, chufing
fome men to faith, holinefs and eternal
life, for the praife of his glorious mercy
1 Thejf. 1. 4. 2 Thcjf. 2.13. Eph. 1.
4, 5, 6. Rom. 8. 29,30.
Q^ What is the canfe ofElelbion >
A. The caufe which moved the Lord
to elect them who are chofen, was
none other but his meergood will and
pIeafure/L«^ 12. 32. Rom 11. 5. arid
9. 1 1 . 16. Eph 1.5.2 Tim 1 . 9*
Q^What is the end ofElettion >
^,The
With an Expofitlon upon the fame. 8 1
A. The end of Ele&ion is the ma-
nifeftation of the riches of his grace and
mttcyiRom.y 23.
Q^ WasnotChrift , faith 9 holimfs%
&c. the canfe ofElelbion >
A\ No : The fending of Chrift ,
faith, holinefs, and eternall life are
onely the effe&s of Gods love 9 by
which he manifefteth the infinite riches
of his grace, John 3.16. I John 4. 10.
Albs 13.4. T/m. i. Col9i. 12. ifow.
6*23.
Q. In what order are men defied to
life*
A. In the fame order God doth ex-
ecute this decree in time, in which he
did decree in his eternal counfel, i.Thefi
W.2Thef.2i}.
Q^ what is Reprobation ? Reprobt*
A. Reprobation is the wife, juft,and rion.
abfolotc decree of God, ordaining to
leave fome men unto themfelves to fuffer
them to fall, and to inflift upon them
eternal punilhment * deferved b y their
fins, for the praife o* his unfpeakable and
great juftice, Rom.9. it. 13. %imJnde^.
Jer.6.$o;
Q^ What is the cm fe of Re^robatU
ani
G A. The
g2 Afhort Cateehifm,
A, The caufe of this decree is the
abfolute will and good pleatlire ofGod
Mat. 11.26- Rom.9 J3
Q;_ Was not mans Jm we caufe of this
dec er
A, Mans fin is the caufe why God
will punifh, but no nccafionwhy he
d;d ordain ro pafs by, or topnnah
man, Rom.9.1%. 10
Q. How may it appear that tki* de-
cree is jtt/kf
A. This decree is juft beeaufe Oo4
hath power over man ? as the Potter
hdtho-er his clay, to make one veffel
to honour and another untod'ftionor,
Remans 9*21. Jeremiah 18.6. Matth.
20 15.
Q^ what is the end of this decr^}
A. The end of this decreed not the
condemnation of the Creature but
the manifeftation of Gods Juftice,
Q. Is not fin the etfett of this decree >
A. Sin is the effeft of mans free-
will, and condemnation is an effect
cf juftice* iuftitted upon man for fin
and difbbedience, J>hn%. i8»and 12.
37 38>39j4o. 2Thef. 2,$ io4 but the
decree of God which is good , is the
caufe
with tn Exf option upon the fame. 8 J
caufe of neither, Pfaim 5. 4.
Q^ May a man be ajfaredof his ele-
ction or repfobauon in this life?
A. A man in this life may be aflii-
red of hi; eleftion, 2 Pet. 1,10 1 Thef>
1.4. and eternal happinefs Mat. 24.24.
J oh. iot289 29. Rom 8.^3,54. 2 Timy2.
19. bat not of his reprobation.
Q^ hhy cannot a man be ajfured of
his rep 'oba.ion'i
A* Becaufe he that is now prophane
may b: called hsreafcer, Mat. 20.^ 6.
Q^_ What is creation >
* ATTOfrat tolj?tebp(Ba& tfta&e aH .
lW'jgffilof notyttg: tit** flp oaga )lfWW'
iHeb. ii.3«mExod.2o3ii.
Expoff|| Q^Was the fir ft matter of
*ll things eternal ?
A. Thefirft matter whereof all things
were made was not eternal 3 Gen.\. 1.
Prev$. 22 , 23.
Q^ Why fo>
A. (1 )For then it could not be fib-
Jeft to alteration, Pfalm 10 2.26, 27.
(2) Neither (hould God be the ^bun-
tain of all goodnefs, if any thing had a
being, and not from him. (3) Then
the word (beginning)eouldnot be refer-
red to all things,
G 2 QjIffT*
84 Afhort Ctiecbifm, •
Qy How was the fir ft matter created-
A. It was made (imply of nothing
in time, Heb.n$.
Q. VVhat things were made of it?
A. Other corporal things were
mack ofit,tf«":/fr i«6. &c- DY no left
power and wifdom > then the lump it
felf, Jer.io.i2. Rev.4.11. Job 38. 4>5>
Q. Inwhat form or manner were all
things create i ?
a. anmin excellent ojtier, anu
tjHtefciwg ogQ8&> n Jer. 10. 12. Gen
1.1. &c-o Gen. 1. 3 1
Q. For what end did God make all
things?
a, jf or tbep praite of W0 gjeat
potoer, goo&nette* tottoom, perfection
ana freeoom> pRev 4. u. Prov. 16.4.
PtaviJtnc* 8j What is Providence ?
*mm a. SDfcat tofcertbp <0od t Dort q
w. tyrttttte. «♦ r ana 11 govern all
mm*> tettli all tfettr actions qP^l
3 8.^36.6.1 Tim. 4. 10 rProv.15.
3. Mat.io429,3o,3i.
Expo£ f Q* How doth God conserve
till creatures ?
A. God doth conferva all creatures-
(1) In their kinde5 Gen .7. 1*2,3. and
VVithAn Expofuion upon the fame. 8$
9. i>2i5- ^#'17.2 5, 27 (2) In parti-
cular, £^.25.4. 1 C cr.99. jvb%%.itlt>
and 39.3. /y^/w 147.9.
Q^IIojv doth he preferve all things in
particular ?
A% He doth preferve them both in
refpcfr, 1 . Of their nature. And 2 of
their qualities, P fa!. 19. 1^2. Job 39,1.2.
&c.Exon.252^DeHt.2%.^.
Q. How doth God govern all things >
\A% God governeth all creatures
according to their feveral natures,/*/*/.
33. 13.T4.15.and 135.6,7 and 101.14.
and 145.15. Job 10. 8,9.10, 114 Prov.
\2.1\Pfal. 1 19. 91.
P. T0 w/w aft -ens doth Gods provi-
dence reach ?
-^# To all aftions, Ppz/. 14.2. and 32.
13^14, l^Ecclef. 3.1,2,3,^. and 8.6.
<j*/*.2o6.and 50.19, 20, even to tnofe
things which are mod cafual in refpecY
ofus,£*W.ii. 13. Dm.19.5.
Q^ /f<?w? ^^/? tf r^r£ fa f£* finftil
aftions of men>
A. Both in refpett of entrance and a-
fter it is entered.
Q^ (What be the aft s of Gods provi-
dence in refpeft of the entrance of fin >
A. God in great wifdom and
G 3 jufticc
$6 A Wort CAtechifm,
5ufticedoth,( i ) Suffer nin to fin, Pfal,
50. 21. ABs 14. 16. (2) Withhold-
ing and withdrawing from them his
grace Pfalm 81. it, 12. Matth. 1 1 . 25 .
Lnke 10.21.(3) Trying them by out,
ward occafions, Gen. 3. 5,6. 2 Sam%
l!.2 and 16. ?o, 21,22. judges 2,20,
21.(4) Giving Sathan liberty to tempt
them, 2 Sam. 24.1. \Chron. 21* 1.
Luke 22. 31. And( 5 ) carrying them
forward, when by their own fault they
are out of the way, Atts, 17. 28. Pfal.
105. 25. Rom. 1. 24, 28. 2 Thcjf. 2. 9.
10, II.
Q^What be the ABs of Gods provi-
fence in refpeft of fin after it is entredt
A. Three 1. Limitation. 2. Punifli-
ment. And 3. Direction.
Q^How doth God limit the fiufull
attions of men f
1. IJmter ^' ^ ^otn ■mi*t **n> anc* deter-
iion. mine the finfall a&ions of men. 2 Kin.
19. 2%*Gcn.yj. 27,28.77*/. 124. 1,2.
2 Sam. 17. 24. 1 ^w. 24.6, 7. and 29.
63 7. /<?£. 1. ^. 1 2. 6V#. 20. 6. both in
refpeftof(i)Time, /«&» 7. 30. £*^<?
22. 53. Afar. 24. 22. (2) Continuance,
..• Hofea2.6,j.Atts 14. 16. and 17.30.
2 Ptf.2 .9. Ape. z. 10. (33Place, A/*r.
ltd
With an Exf option upon the fame. 87
i£.2i«& 2o.i8X^.i3.33.(4)Perfon$,
Ez,e^el 21^ 1^. 20, 21 22, 23 Judges
3, 13. and 9. 23. 2. C hron. 18 31,32.
A&s. 9 25 and. 23. 11. 21, 27 lohn
*8- 8- (5) Inward purpofoExod.34.
24. (6) Manner of finning, /Wi/? fa \6.
9. and 21.7. And(7)progrffs> Gen.37»
25. 26. 28. 1 San;, 23. 26 27. and 25.
2 2. Luke. 4. 24. 30. ^#. 9. 1, 2, 3.
iSam. 12.13. 14.
Q^ How doth God vmi(bfin }
A. he doth punifhone fin with an- 2. f «n^
other, 2 C/?™. 29.20. Rom*\. ib.Exod* menh
7. 3. 2 The f 2 9 10,11.
^X How doth God d<rett the Jtnfrl a-
tbions of men?
A. Hedoth order them to an excel- ? r;rf
lent end„ Prov. 21. 1. Gen.^o. 20.21. jji<^,
and 45. 7./^ 1. 1 1, 12,22. and. 2. 10.
Ifaiah. 10.7.
j?. XP&4? are the fpecial cream es made
freferved and governed by the Lordf
A. Angels and * Men. fHcb. 2. 7.
CW. t . r 6.
Expof * 0 . JT/w are the Angels?
A, Angels are finite. ^eL \.*%. 14.
CoL 1. 16. ^*j. 4. it. and 26, «p. JV*/
68. 17. compleat and immortal Spirits^
Matth* 22*^0. Lnky* %o>$6Metr. u
G 4 7.
88 A fyortCatechifrn->
7. Pfalm 104 4. made after the image
of God, Job 2.1. Pfa. .8.5. Luke 9. 26.
Matth. 25.31. Heb.z.j.
Q. For what end were they created ?
A. fi) That they might praife his
name. And (2) execute his command-
ments,^/. 103. 20. Ifatah 6.3.
Q^ What are the kinds of angels ?
A, Good and bad.
Q^ What are the good ange Is ?
A. The angels that abode in the
truth are excellent, John 8. 44. Eph. 1.
20, 21. and 3. 10.
Qjn what reftetts are they excellent ?
A. They are excellent ( 1 ) For their
nature, Ifa.6.2. Dan.? 21.2 Theff.i.j.
(2) Gifts, 2 S^.14,17. Mat.6.\o. and
2531. £*£* 15.10. l Pet.1.12.2 King.
19.35. Ifa.6.2. Mat. 24*36 1 CV. 13.
1. (3) Offices, Dan. 7. 10. Rev. <$, Iff.
And (4) eftate, Mat.\%* 1 o.
Q^ /« tp/w refpecls are angels and
■ p%en rnoft excellent creatures t
A. Angels and men are mod excel-
lent creatures in refpeft of their (1) Na-
ture?. (0 Gifts, Pfal 8.5. (3) and end
why they were created, Pfa/. 103.26.
Pfal.^.6.
Q^ What was the ft ate of man by cre-
mioni A.$par*
mth an Exposition upon \bc fame. 89
A. #artjellous t %rffa \\ and ftap«
pp,tEccl.7.2p.or3i.
Expo£ || Q^ What was mans holi-
ness!
A. The whole man was made con-
formable to the will of God.
Q^ What be th? parts thereof ?
A. i.Man was made free from all
impurity and lin. And 2 he was en-
dued with all perfect righteoufnefs-
Q. Was the righteonfnefs of man eve-
ryway perfeft ?
A. It was perfett, befitting fuch a
creature.
Q. iVhyfay you that man was holy >
A. IBccanfe betoa* created afto
tftet image of (2Soo> in * fenoto*
ledge, rfgfcfeoufneffe II ant) true to*
itntfe5 Gen.i. 26 u Col. 3. 10. Eph.4.
Expof. f Q. /^to /i f &* Image of
God*
A. The Image or fimilitude of God
( for thefe two are one> Gen.\ . 26. with
Gen.^. James %.f. 1 Cor. i«$. 46. Col.
5. 10.) is a lively refemblance of God
one in eflence, Gen. 1.27.
Q^ How doth man refemble God}
A. Man doth refembk God, not in
refpeft
p 0 A ]bcrt Catechifm,
refpeft of his body , nor cheifly in re-
fpe&of tta immortal! ana (phi mail
fubftance of the fou1, endued wkh rea-
£on and will : but in refpett of the tra-
ces which. God beftow<;d upon the (oul,
Eph. 4. 23, 24. Col. 3. 10.
Q. Is not the whole man faid to be
made after th* image of God ?
A. By reafbn of the union of the
foul and body, the whole man is faid
to be made iii the image of God , Gen.
9. 6.
Q. How did man referable God in
knowledge >
A.t\s God knowes himfelfc, John
8.55. 1 (IV.a.io.andall things befides,
Joh.16. 30 fo man did know God,
Rom. 1.19, 20. his will, Rom. 2. 1 5 .and
works, Gen9 2. 20, 23, hi$ own happU
neffeinGod, and his own prcfent eftatc.
Q. In what manner did man knov*
thofe things?
A.(i') Truly. ( 2 ) Diftinftly. (3)
Perfeftly. And(4)etfe&ually.
Q What things did man know ?
A Man did know, 1. God. 2. His
will. 3. His works 4.H1S own happinefle
in God. And 5. his own prefent effete.
Q. Did man know his turn t eftate ?
A. Ho
With an E*r f)ofition upon the fame. 0$
A. No : He was ignorant of the fu-
ture.
jg. How did man refemble God in
holineffe?
||^. As God willeth himfelfe as the
chief good Ifaiah 42. 8. and can will
nothing but what is good ; Co mans will
was able to choofe God and all goodj )
and to do what was required, I Chron.
28. 6". and 29. 9.
<?. what good was man able to choofe>
A. Mm was able to choofe ( 1 ) God
And (2) \llgood.
Q^What are the properties of willing?
A. Two. (1) Choice or E'e^^lC^f
C2)Profecution. .oMn
Q. How was man able to choose goo a*. % Profc-
A. Man was able to choofe good, cution.
( 1 ) Freely, ( 2 ) Readily, And (3 )
Orderly.
Q^What was the fan^if cation of his
affections >
A. His affections were, ( 1 ) Subjeft
to the rule of perfect reafon: (2) Duly
and with an holy moderation carried un-
to that which is good.
* Qj_W hat good were the ajfettioxs car-
ried unto?
A, They were carryed unco all good
refpeA-
9 2 Afoort Catecbifm,
refpe&ing either i. God/ Or 2.Man>
Tit. 2.5.12. i Tim. 3. 2. yk/^. 2 2. 3 7,38*
Q. Wherein did mans happlnefs con-
m
A, Jn tie enjopfns w of II ttoeet
peace and communion tettft tie
3lorUjwG:n 1. 29.
Expof. || Q. what were thefts of
this communion on Gods part ?
^. God did (1) Love. (2) Favor.
And (3) accept of man.
Q^. What were the atts on mans part *
^. Man did 1. Behold. 2.Rejoyce.
And 3 reft in the Lord with full de-
light.
Q^ What further friviledges did man
enjoy in his eft ate of innocencj >
A. 9tUm* places tax ^ara&tfe,
toto liberty to eate of y tttrv %m
In ttje dDaroen* except tte %xtt of
t fcnotole&ge of gooo ant) etrtl, anil
toa* mafcearnler of all eaitWp ere*
ature^xGen.2.15 y0en.2.i^.Gen.2.
17. a Gen 2. 19. Pfal.8. 6.
Expof. f QVVhy was it called the tree
of good and evil*
A The event of mans eati ng or for-
bearing of that fruit, did give the
name
with An Expofition upon the fame. 9 3
name to that Tree.
A* Becaufe if man did obey , he
(hould be happy, having experience . of
good : if he did eate thereof, he by expe-
rience fhould know what good he loft
thereby, and what rnifery he brought
uponhimfelfe.
Q. Were thefe things be flowed upon
man that he might live as he lift ?
A* $0 : ^ntttjat bemfgfctr feat*
tfteb lltrDlte $?aker5 tofco tftere*
fore gate man a lain, btnfcing c fefm
altoaps to perfect obetrtence » ana a
fpecjai commandment to trg Wm ,
bRev.4. 11.Pfal.95e6.R0m.214.
Expof. || Q. Jn what: refpett was man
bound to Gtdin dutiful obedience f
A. 1 . God being the Creator of man,
Pfal. 100. 3. and inthatrefpe& his fii-
preme and abfblute Sovcraign •' 2. Ha-
ving bcfto wed fo great gifts, and main
liberties upon man freely , might upon
his own wil and pleafure recjuire at the
hands of man, what obedience foever he
had, or would inablc him to perform ,
Deut. 11. $ 1332. 7^.27.4*
Qjn what r effects might God try mans
obedience by a fpecial commandment f
A. God
94 A fhwt Catechifm,
A. God might injoyn him to mani-
feft his loyalty and humility, by ab-
ftaining from feme aft in it felf indif-
ferent, for no other reaibn , but be-
caufe he was fo commanded , Dan. 4,
Q.. What was that [fecial command-
ment>
A. £>: ttjt SDrce of d fcnotolefcge of
gooD and etfll tljno flwlt not tar, to;
fn tie fcaptftat tftou eatett thereof,
tfcon ttmltofc tfte ctatfcdG^n.2, 17.
Q^ Death we hear was threatned if he
did disobey 5 what proinife was made to
encottrafe kim to this &uty >
A. Cfte continuance c boti of
tWmfclf ano tf* *pode;ftp trt flat
gooD6ftate,e(j^.s p,
Expof. f Q* How was man affured
of continuance in that good efiate^ if he
fhoutdobey ?
A. The Tree of life feems to be
afignandfeal of the continuance of his
happinefs, if he had obeyed, Gene ft s
3 22.23,24. Proverbs 3. 1$. Apoc.
2.7.
Q. Wfy j£<?#/^ his pofterity have
continued in that efiate >
* A. (1) Becaufe all mankind* was
created
With m Sxpofition upon the fame. 95
created good in Adam-) Ecclefj. 31.
Rom. 5. T2 1 Cor. 15*22. as other crea-
tures were in their kinde, Gen, 1.31.
and (2) 'God did enter into covenant
with our firft Parents, Gen. 2. 17 as
they were the root of ad their poibri-
ty : fo that what they had actually
promifed to them, we had it promifed to
us all,in them.
Q^ Did man continue in that good
eft ate?
h, #a i but " be fell from <Bo&
ttua iati tfce entttentent0 of &atati i
( 1 Tim. 1 14
Expof || Q^ How cou< d man fall f rem
God be.ng created good>
<4i Becaufe though man was crea-
ted good , yet he was mutable, (b that
he might falU Qenefis %, 17* Ecclef-
7-31-
Q^ Why d'd not God uphold him9 hut
fuffer him to fail*
A God, 1* Not being bound to up-
hold him, Rom. 11. 35 Gen. 17. 1. did
fuffer him to fall '2. Knowing how to
order the fame for the fetting forth of
his glory, Prov. 16.4.
Q. Did not God h^tow that man wonld
trmfgrefs f
A.GqA
9 6 a fhort Catecbifm,
A4 God knew before that man
would tranfgrefle, Altsi^. 18. Pfal.
i 39. 2. yet was he not therefore to for-
beare to give man a rnoft wife, juft, and
eafie precept, whereby he would (hew
forth his Soveraignty over man, 1 Sam.
15-3,9-
jg. How did he fall f
A. J5p ftnntnggfoflfallp f affafntt
0oD>tranrgref0tngbt0latD> g Ecclef
7. 29. or 3 1. Rom. 5. 12. ijoh. 3.
Efcpof -\ Q. what was the principall
outward canfe of mans, fall >
A. Sathan was the principall outward
caufe of the fin ofman5 Gen. 3.1. John
8 . 44. Apoc. 1 2, 9.
Q^fVhat moved Sathan to tempt him?
A. His, envy, 1. At the glory of God,
And 2. thefalvationdfman.
Q* What inflrument ufed ht ?
A. He did ufe the Serpent as his in-
ftrument to feduce (he woman, Gen. 3.
1. 2 C or 11. %. and the help of the wo-
man to feduce the roan, Gen. 3,6.
Q_ Was not the quality of the fr nit a
caufe of mans fall?
A- The quality of the fruit, by ac-
cident was a caufe to move them to eat
thereof, (/^.J. 6.
QJVas
With an Expofition upon the fame. $y
Q^ Was not the law of God a caufe of
mans (in?
A. No 5 but the juft and good Law of
God, forbidding that fm;may be faid to
be anoccafion of the fin, as it did forbid
an aft in it felfe indifferent 5 that a man
could not commit it without fin.
£K What was the principal/ inward
catifeof 'mans fall}
A The principall iuward caqfc o£
mans fall, was his own free will,freely and
voluntarily tranfgrefftng Godacomman-
dement.
Q. Had man liberty to obferve the
haw ?
A. He might and ought to have obey-
ed,, but would not, Gen. 2. 7. 17.
and 3. 23,24. Romans 5, igEcclef 7.
31-
OJVhat was the fin he did commit ?
d> CJe heatfng of || tfc fosbfMtfn
frotfjhGen. 3.£.
Expo£ || Q^The tree of \nowledge was
good by nature-, how could it be fm to eat
thereof I
A. The tree of knowledge in it felfe
Was good,G>#. 1 .1 1, 1 2 . 1 Tim% 4, 4. Gen.
3. &. but the fruit thereof Unlawful!
if ■ tso
9 8 sifhovtCttecbifrn,
to be eaten, becaufeGod had forbidden
it to be eaten, i ^/j.3.4. Gently.
Qu. Wat this fn of Adam g-reat or
fmall?
A. This fin of Adam was exceed-
ing great.
Q. In what refpatts wasitfo hat-
nous 1
A.(i.) Becatife it was the breach of fo
eafiea commandment, Gen .1.29* with
Gen. 2. 17. ( 2) Of that Commandment
which God had given for the trial of his
obedience.(3 )it was committed by him
that had received great favours from
God, (j^.i.26527,28,&c. and(4.)That
in Paradife, Otf.3.6,23. Alfoft) it was
accompanied with an heap of other
fins
Q_ What be they r
A. 1. Infidelity, 2. Idolatry, 3. Un-
thankfulnefs to God, 4. Contempt of
him. 5, Blafphemy, in fubferibing to the
Devil. And 6. Murther, &c.
Q. Did att mankjnde fm in Adam ?
A. |0e0, i for t toe toerc all in
WBlopnc0, i Rom.5.i2.iCor. 15.22.
Heb.7 9,10.
ExpoG f Q^ How may it be p-'oved
that all mankjnde finned in Adam I
A.
With an Expofnion upon the fame. $y
A* Adam was not a private per-
fon3 but the common* parent of as all,
and therefore as he received integrity
for himfelf and my Cohc lofi it for him-
felf anxf us-.
Q, What if the ft ate of all men by rsa~
fotfofM&mf*U?
A* %W&t * Sean ta II fein>
ant* famsSate* u of &stan, £ Eph.
E%poC | Q* #fe & & w & dead
in fin?
A, To be dead in ffn3 is to be utterly
deprived of all life ofgrjee* Eph. 2. 2, J.
(b that we can move to nothing of our'
felves , that is truly acceptable lis the
fight of God.
Q, What is- it to &e bonMams t$
Satan >
A. To be bondftaves t& Sa tfcsrs Is to
be under the power aendf dbmiiMfots of
the Devi!, Co that we do, and cannot bat
do his will and command, 2 Tim.?* ify
26. ^^ 26.18. 2 Cor.4.4.
Q^ i^W ^/? * ^ appear f
a. 3n tftat tfjep are altogether
] unable to good : ana ll p;ont m Iff
ettlUontinaaUp, hCbr.^ wGcn-
S.21.
H 2 ExpoC
I oo Ajhorl CMecbifmy
Expof. || Q^ How is man defiled with
fm?
A. Every faculty of foul and mem-
ber of body, is defiled with iin, i Thejf.
5 23. Rvm.^.6.
Qn. lrVhai are the faculties of the
fmit
i.M'mde. A, \. Theminde, 2. The memory,
3. The confcience9 4»The will, 5. The a-
ffettions.
Q^ How is the mlnde defiled >
A, The mind is (1 .) Blind?, Jcrem.
10.14. and 5 1. 17. Mmb.1^.1^. Eph.
5 .8. ( 2 ) Impotent, Lu l*e 24.25 • John
1.5. and 3.9,10. and 8 42.1 C or.2 14.
T>mt 29.4 (3.) Vain> ZV0v.r4.l-2. Eph.
4.17. 1 Cor. \. 21. Efay 44.20- (4)Fool-
i(h,Prov.22.i<$. Tit."$.3t Efay 29* f3.
Job U.I2. And (5). Apt todevifeevil,
jfcr.4.22.
Q. How is the memory defied ?
tMmry , W"' Ihe mcm°7 %ty FfbIe>
(2)Apt*o forget good, Lu^.2^6 7^8.
And (3) To remember evil , but neither
good nor evil as ic ought, Mat.ij. 63.
with A/at. 26. 75. Deut.%. 10,11, 17.
Heb.12.2. 2 ZVt.3.5.
- ~ r- ■ Q^ How is the confeience defied 1
me. -***• The confeience is (1) Impure 5
Tn.
With an Expofition upon the fame. 101
Tims 1. 15. \Hebr.\o. 22. (2) Benum-
mzd>Gen. ±2. 21,22. Eph.^t 19. Gen.
50.15. H^.9. 14. or (3) Turmoyled,
frhnS.9. I John 2.20. Dan.^.G^.Gen.
4.13314. Afts 24.25. and 2. 37* /Wz/.
28.1. Efiy$7. 20,21. £?&£. 26. 36.
(4) Erroneous and fuperftkious. Mat.
IO.I^j 20.f £*^(? l8.I2. 3/^/7.15.2,3.
J^» 16. 2. (5 ) Doubting, Romans
14.23.
0. H°w is the will defiled?
#. The will is 1. Unable to chufe4. Wri
good, 1 Cor. 2. 1 4. Phil.2.i1.Mat>6. 10.
2 7?^. 2.26 .c &?w.8.8.(0 Strong to evil,
yea (3) Altogether averfe, and rebelli-
ous, /J^r.23.37. Rom.6.1^. Jer. 18. 1 2.
and 44. 16,17.
(J. H0?*7 aethe affethions defiled ?
A* The affe&ions are ( 1 ) LInruly,and 5. ^-
(2) Difbrdered, Galathims^. 24. to, #jow.
10. 2. 1 /G/2jr.r 22 8. and 21. 4. Jam.q.
' (^ //<??? *zrtf /•&£ members of the body
defiled>
A. The members of the body are
tools to execute fin conceived^1, Romi
6.13,19. arid 3. 13. P/V.52.4. 2 /Vf.
2. 14. and inftruments to ftir up fin
in the fbule, Genefis 3. 6* and 6. *.
H 3 i Sam.
ro 2 Afyort Catecbifm9
2 Samuel 1 1 .2 . 1 Kings 21.1,2. Math,
5.28,29.
Qu. Is this pr onenefs to fin ever pre-
fimt
A. This pronencis to fin is ever pre-
terit, Jer.j.y.Gen^.^. even then when
the operations ceafe.
Qj_ How then doth a man finde him-
fei fiefs prone to one fin then to another ?
.16, A man may findhimfelf lcfs apt
to one fin then to another , being 1 • Re-
drained, or 2. Renewed by the Spirit 9
Gen. 20. 6. Jer. $2 ^o*Eph.i*\6. or {y*j&y
reafbn of Tome other defects or letts, 2
Kings 1. 12. and 19. 35. 1 Kings 13.
4. Hof.2.y. John 12. 19. Mark^H.
32. Atts 5. 26. Matth.ii . 46. Gen, 37.
25,26,27. and 39. 839. £#^ 4« 3°« 7*»#
«-5?-
Queft. Doth this corruption caufe a
pronenefs to all fin f
A. This corruption caufeth an ap-
titude to every fin , if it be not hin-
dered.
Q^ What fruits do proceed from this
cr: final corruption ?
AnC CtJll t tfatteW** n toor&*
oanD toorfcs, nGend.5. Col.i. 21.
#Gal.5.i9.
Expof.
With an Exp option upon the fame. j07
ExpoC f Q^lVhat are the thevghts of
natural men?
A. Their thoughts and den* res natu-
rally are, i Ignorant, 2. Erroneous,
3. Unbeleeving. 4, Deceitful, 5. Un-
ruly, 6. Loofe, 7. Wilfuh\ 8. Vain,
9. Idle, io4 Blockifh, 11. Not favo-
ring good, 12. Proud, 13. Difctein-
full, 14. Uncharitable, 15. Filthy, &c.
And 16. in a word, abominable, odi-
ous*
QVVhatare his words andaElions ?
An. His words and works are an-
fwerablc to thefe, PfaU 94, 7. Efay 29.
i^.Pfal. 10.4. and 14.1. Demer. 29.
1 9,20 ♦ Amos 6,3. and 9. IO. 1 Corinth.
i.i^.Efay 5. 19. Pfalm 36. I. Job 21.
145 1 5« Jer.6. 16. Lukjig.n.Ma/.^.iq.
Pfal.j^. 13. Numb. 20.10, 12. /^/w.
3i.22.and 1 16. 1 1. Math. 14. 30. £#£.
18.11. Deut.il 9. P/21/.83.4. I ^r.4.
3,4. GW.38..1 $5i6. 2 Sam.\%.2. Mich.
2.1. ^w^j 8.$. 1 Sam. i. 13,14. and
17.28. Matth.94.Efay 14,14. ^/>6.
1. 12.Obad.v4. 2ta/.i8.7* E/ty 65. $.
y^.2.25. ito/3.17. AfWj.9.18. ^/W/.
30.6. Luke 12. 19. Je;/^ 4, 8,9. Hofji
11,12.^^.24.37,38,39. JereM.%. 6.
2 P^.3.3,4. Pfal.io.j.Prov.l.ll.
H 4 Q:^^
104 A fbortCatecbifm,
Q+_ Are all the attions of natural men
evilcontinuallj ?
Anfw. ptu : || for tljep p fail in
mzm ftttig* > ana a* tljep come
feom tljcm tfjep are q o&totw mi*
toCo&> pMatth. 12. 35. q Proverbs
28.9.
Expof || Q^ Can a natural man do no
alt that is goo dl
A9 A man by nature may do an aft
that is good for the fubftance thereof,
IW4.27. Rem. 2. 15. but never that
which is truly and fpiritually good ,
Mat.j. 18. ^r.13.23. Rom.^.io. Pro.
15.8.&2U27.
Ck IVhyfo?
An[- (i)Becaufehispcrfon is not
accepted, Genefis 4. 4. 1 Peter. 25
nor (2) Sanftified , and (3) So the
good afts he doth , proceed not from
1. A good root, viz,. Faith and the
(birit of fanfttfkation, 1 Tim.1.5. nei"
ther is it done in 2. A right maner,
James 4. 3. Nor 3. To a lawfiill end,
viz,* The glory of God, 1 Cor. 10. 31.
CV.3. 17. all which are required to the
being of a good aft.
Q. W&<# things are required to a good
A. 1.
With An 'Exposition upon the fame^ 105
A, 1. A good root. 2. A right man-
ner, 3 • A lawful end.
Q*what ■ ptnifhmettts are due nnto man
hy reason of theft fins ?
A* au tooe r ana * mtferp, tem-
poral, fpfritoalL ana eternal, r Lam.
3.39. Rom.6.23 Gal.3.10.
Expof. * Q^ why doth fin deferve
death with all miferies accompanying the
famel
A, (i)Becaufe the leaftfin is a very
vile breach of Gods moft holy Law^
iJoh.%.q.Deitt.2j.26, and fo (2) An
hanious offence againft his infinite ma-
jefty,^/.5 1.4^(3) Alfoofits own na-
ture it is always joyned with impeni-
tency, Atts 5.3 1- and 17.30. and there-
fore doth deferve death with all miferies
accompanying the fame.
Q^ Which are the temporal miferies >
J. u dDoD0 curfe upon t&ef area*
tare*, 2f €>nuians botjp, ?♦ &en*
fe*> 4* jPanif > *♦ iFrfentw, 6> t
Mfcatfoetier be fakes in bant) > and
u7« SDeatb u felf5rRom.8.2o.t Deut.
28.25326, &c. uRom.6.2i#
Q^What are the fpirimal miferies 1
A, || ii mtmmtf 0 w of tnin&, <* SDfte
x t fptrit of number, ano & *w*5
net*
1 06 A jhort Caiecbifm,
n$fo * y 4 ^o^ronr of confcfence ,
e t 5- ^ardnefs of bcart, * 6. SL
reprobate a fence , and |i 7* fetrong
fielullon0>wE(ay 6.9. xRora. 11. 8.
y Mat.27.M55* 2 Exod.7.3. a Rom.
1.28. b2ThefT.2.ii.
Expof. || Q^ What is it to bz blind, in
mmd \
A. To be blind in minde is to be ut-
terly deftitute 1. Of the true knowledge
of God, and 2 . Of the life to come, and
to be haftening to endlefs woes, and yet
not underftand it.
Q^ what is the fflrit of {lumber 1
t A, The Spirit of (lumber, is that
which through a vain perfwafion of a
mans good and fafeeftate, lulleth him a-
fleepinfecurity* Dent 29.19.
Q^ what is horronr ofconfeienee I
* A. Horror of conscience, is when
the conscience awakened , filleth the foul
1. With deep doubts, 2. With hellifli
and unrecoverable defperation > and 3 .
With remedilefs fears of everlafting dam-
nation Rev.6.i6,ij.
Q^ what is hardneffe of heart ?
t A. Hardnefs of heart is a fearful
judgement of God, whereby the heart
(i)Is paft all feeling and remorfe ,
(2) Shut
With an Zxpofition upon the fame. 10/
( 2 ) Shut faft up , that neither the
Word nor Works of God can kind-
ly work upon it, Efay tf.^.Zaeh.j*
11)12.
C]^ What is a reprobate fen ft ?
* A. A reprobate fenfe or minde, is
a minde deftitute or judgement, and void
of common reafon.
Q. Wherein doth it f peel ally flan d f
An, i. In taking evil for good, and
good for evil ; 2. Neither fearing God,
nor reverencing man ; 3. Regarding nei-
ther right nor wrong, L*k$ 18.4.
Q. What are fir on a delufions >
|| A. Strong delufions are when men
are given over to take pleafure in belie-
ving lies, and idle fancies of vain heads.
Q^ What may be added to thefc ?
A. To the(e we may add, 1 . Phrenfie,
2. Madncfs, IW.28.28. and 3. To be
given over to vile affettions.
Q. How are men given over to vile
AJfeBions ?
A. God withdrawing from men,
his grace, and in his fecret, but juft and
dreadful judgement; giving them over
to moil fordid and loathfome 3 unna-
tural and inordinate lulls, Pfalm 81.12.
Gen.i?.^
Q. Which
108 AJhortCatechifm,
Q«. Which is the eternal m'ifery >
a, |j etfcrlattfng c Damnation >
Expof. p Q_ Wherein doth this dam-
nation conjift >
^. (1) In an everlafting reparation
of foul and body 3 from the comfortable
pretence of God, Mat.j.2$. Rev. 22.15.
and (2 ) An enduring of 1. Eafelefs, 2.
Endlefs^ . Remedilefs torments with the
Devil and his Angels, Matth.i ^.^.j.Rev.
3o.i 5. Lftl^.16. 24525
Q^ <dfier a man doth know his mifery^
what muft he learn in the next place }
AnG %\}t true means t tioto fjt
d map efcape tie forefaf a tnfferp ,
and be c reftarea to bappintf 0 >
dA&s 2.37»eA&s 16.30.
Expof. f 0. Hath God prescribed
means for the recovery of all creatures
that fell ?
^.No:God in juftice pafled by the An-
gels , who fell without the enticement
of any other, 2 Vet^^Jude &. Math
25.41.
CJ. What moved the Lord to prefcribe
means for mans recovery ?
^nf God of his infinite love, free
grace and mercy, EJay 4325. le r.3 1.3.
Hof.
With m Bxfofition upon the fame. I op
Hof iq.q.John 3. 16. Rom.^. %g. Eph*
1.5,6. 1 "John 4. 10. hath prefcribed
means whereby man might efcape mi-
fery and be reftored to happinefs, Alls 2.
Q^what then are the parts of this re-
cover J ?
A. Two:i. An efcapingofmitery ,
2"i A being reftored unto happinefs, AB.
Qu. By whit means may -we efcape
this mifery^and recover happjnefs ?
A. fl)nelp t fcp f 3ef«0 Cfcrfff*
f A&S4.12.
Expoff Q; Whywasitneceffarythat
fuch means (ho aid be prefcribed >
^(i)God in juftice dothhatefin,
Efay 1.3./^/. 45. 7. and (2) Hath de-
nounced death againft the tranlgreflfors
of his Law? Gen,2. ij+De?tter.2j.26*
Efay 30.33.^.4.4.
Q. For what end was the means pre-
fcribed?
A, 1, To fatisfie Gods juftice, Col
1 .20. and 2. To make way for mercy.
P/^.145.9
Q. Who found oat this means >
A, God in his infinite wifdom founds
out a mean?, Gen 3 , 1 5,
■ Q.what
A fbort Cateckifrn,
Q. what was that means >
A\ JefusChrift
Q. Who laid this office upon Chtifit
A. The Father laid this office of
Reconciliation upon him, Pfalm 40.
6,7. Hc£>r. 5.5. John%. 17. and 5.
i Q^ Chrift was innocent , &<?w *fo#
1*00/4/ f to 0jJEf r £<? laid on him ?
_/4. He willingly undertook it, H*£r.
1 0.759. and did faithfully difcharge it T
Hebr.\o.^fiq,
Q. WhatisJefrsChriftt
a. SCfcc ' eternal g &on of C3od;
tobo in time became man for W0 elect ,
gGal.4.4^.
Expof. || Q^ Why did the Son of God
become man ?
A. i.The Son of God by nature be-
came the Son of man • 1 . That he might
make us the fons of God by adoption ,
who were by nature the children of
wrath, £^2.3.
And 2. It was fit that our Reconcili-
ation (hould be wrought by the Son,
Efaj6i.i. l John 1.3. John$.$6 $y.
C0/.1. 16, 17. Heb<\\.$. John^. 17. &
3 . i7.and fealed by the holy Gho&>Eph.
1.13. & 4.30.
Q^Hot*
VVithan^Lx Dofttion upon the fame in
Q^ How many things are we to confi-
der inChnfti
a. fJMsi pejfon, ana M&k office ,
iGol.2.9. kHeb.2. 16317.
Q. What is his per [on t
a, 3t (0 1 0od and mam t mU
tea together Into m one perfon :*
ljohni.14. Efay7. 14. Romans 9.5
m 1 Cor. 8.6.
Expof.f Q. Why [ay you that Chr 1ft
is God and Man ?
A* Becaufe in Chrift there arc two
diftintt natures, Hebr.i.^. Mmh.
18.20. with 1 Tim. 2.5. Luke 1. 35.
Mat.i$.2o.Rev. i. 8. K^. 1.11,12.
John \6» 30. />^/'/. 2. 6. J-o^/ 1. 3. and
5.17. A/^«^.8. 13. with Luke 22.43.
Matth. 24.36. and 27.4,6. ^u 4.6. *
and 1 1.35. and 14.28. £^4 10.
Qil. How are 1 hefe two natures uni-
ted?
■Anf. They are infeparably united,
I Pet.$.i$.john 10.18, //>£.?. 14. not
confounded, i?<?w.i .3 4. and 9.5. j^/w
16 30. with Lui^e.2 52. Marl^i^.^2.
Q^_ >4n? r^er^ wr ?/?<?« wwr/^ Chrift si
A. No, there is but one Chrift, not
many Chrift si Cor \$, 6, 1 7W.2.5.
Q Why foi
A.Ktr
A {hort Catecbifrt,
A. Becaufe the Godhead didaflume
the humane nature to it fe]fe->PhJ p. 2.7.
Heb. 2.16. (b that the manhood fubii-
fteth in the Godhead, Afatth.%. 17.& 17
5 . and they are fb infeperably unitedjthat
tht (elf fame perfon which is God is alio
man Job. $. i^.Eph.^.io,
G. Being God before all time^ how
could he be made man \
A. \$z toa*n * concetticD bv tfje W
ipdSljott ; bornoffl)etrirgUiMary,acs
torfcfng to the a J3ropfcet0, n Luke 1 .3 5
oGen.3.i5Efay7. 14. and 11. 1.
Expof * On. What is Chrtfis concep-
tion ?
A. Chrifts conception is the forming
of his humane nature in the womb of the
Virgin Mary. Efay 7. 14. Genef. 49. 10.
^£.1.35.
Q^ What are the properties of his con-
ception 1
J. It was 1. Miraculous, 2. Superna-
tural!
0u. By what power was his humane
nature formed ?
A. By the power of the holyGhoft,
Mat. 1 18. 20. who did perfectly fan-
ftifie it in the very firft moment of con-
ception
With an Expfitlon upon the fame, i 1 3
ception3 Luke 1 . 35.
Q. what things are to be conjidered in
the conception oft hrift ?
A. Two. 1. The forming of his hu-
mane nature. 2. The fanttifying of it9
and that 1. Both perfe&ly. 2. In the very
firfi: moment of conception.
Q, Why was Chrifl conceived by the
holy G ho ft?
oat tin, tofeejtWtft all are q ftafn*
eft, tofto are concetteti after t^e or-
fcfnarp manner pLuk.i^.q Joh.3.6.
Q^ Why was he God?
A. u %\&t fce tnfgW bear tije
toetgftt of dDots Uuatfj tottf)Qtit llnK*
trig nnoer it s.^DDercotiie &eatb.?. $$e
tfte ijeaa || oftbe Cburck 4* Repair
W* image f n u*. $♦ Conquer tfce ene*
mieaofoar Caltiatlom attoDefeua utf
agalnttt&em.
Expof || Q^ W&7 jjfctf /Y neceffary that
the He ad of the Church fbould be God >
^. (1) Becaufe the dignity of be-
ing head of the Church is fo great3 that
it cannot agree to any meerman3 Eph.
i.2i.Phil.2.9,io9ii.Heb.i.6'. . ;
(^) Becaufe the offices of an Head>
and the benefits thereof, he that is man
I onely
1 1 4 A fbort Catabifmy ■
only cannot beftow upon the Church.
Q^What are the offices of the Head?
A. The offices of the Head, are
(i) To give the power of life, feeling,
andmoving> to the body, Job, \. 4, Rem.
8.2f And (2) to dircftby his power, the
inward and outward funftions of the
body, £^.5.23,24.
Q. Why -was he man ?
a. 1. SLtyrt be mtgfet t fuffej
r beartj to; u^ 2. feanctf fle f ou>
II nature, B« 3nD toe inigbt bat>e
t accede UHttj bol&neffe te tbe tfjr one
of grace, r Heb.2«i 4. f Heb. 2. 1 1. 1 Heb.
4.15,16.
Expof f Q Why was it necejfary
that Cbriflfhouldbc man that hemirht
A. (1 ) The divine nature could not
fuffer, Jam. 1. 1 j. Mal.%.6. Rom.^%^.
and without (bedding of blood there
could be no remiflion of fins , Heb.y.
22 Chrift therefore took our nature
that he might fufler death, Philipfians
27,8.
(2) Ic being no waies meet, that one
having nofpecial communion with an-
other, mould endure puni foment for
anothers fault, /W.2.1^17.
with an Expojition upon the fame.
Q. How doth Chrift a$ manfanttifie
our nature >
\\A. Fulneffe of all graces above
meafare > were poured into the hu-
mane nature of Chrift our Saviour ,
Matth.$.i6. John i. 16. and 3.34. CoL
2.9. and 1. 19. And we being united to
him, and having communion with
him, do, by way of influence receive in
meafure of his fulneflfo Epk.4. 7, 16.
Q^ How is.fr/nejfe of grace in Chrift ?
Am 1 , AH graces. 2. Above meafure^ are
in Chrift.
Q^ How are we partakers of Chrifis
fulneffe?
A. By being united to him » and ha-
ving communion with him.
Q. what is his office ?
a. 2Do beua#etitatourtto recon-
cile ®oa ana man, u 1 Tim. 2.5.
Expof. t Q? What is a Mediator t
Ak A Mediatour or an Advocate, is
a third perfon that takes upon him to
agree and-reconcile two that be at vari-
ance, as Chrift being bouxGod and man,
did (et at one, God and man, Ef h. \ . 10.
Col, 1.20. 1 John 21. who before Were
(eparated by fin, Efay 59.2. Jsrfyify
iX/j Chrift, our Mediatour as man only*.
I a A. No
1 £ 6 A Voon Cttechifm,
A. No, "but Chrift is our Media-
tour both as God and manyjohn i. 26*
34. and 3. 14, \6Kom^%%. \ Jobm.j,
PhiLi.6.
Q^ How mJJ that be proved ?
>4 .( 1 ) Becau'fe in the work of our
redemption he performed many divine
works, Heb.2.1^. John 10.18.
(2) AsMediatour, he is the King
and HtdA of his Church, Luke 1.33.
j^.3.3 5 , Act. 2.36. Pb/I.2.1 o 1 1 . Mat.
28.18, f/^. 1. 6. and 2.7.
And (3) the fpecial offices of Chrift
our Mediatour, do neceffarily require^
that the divine and humane nature
joyntljxdo concur in the execution of
them, John 1. 18. Mattb. n. 27. John
3.12,13. 2 Cor. 5. l8,19,20. &"».5. 10;
1 1 . Heb<$. 1 4. and 7.25.
Q^ Is this office peculiar to Chrift f
A. This office is peculiar to Chrift,
John 14.6. 1 Tim. 2. 5>6. Hebr.j.2^.
and neither in whole,norin part can be
tranfferredto any other, Acts 4. 10,11
1?. 7/^.4.14, John 11.42. I John 2.1.
Heb.j.2<$.Eph.$ i2.Heb.:,ifa i^.Atts
10.42.43. and 17.31:.
Q£ When was Chrift given tc be a
Mediate a? ?
VThh an Expofition upon the fame. \\n
A. CO In the decree of God Chrjft
was a Mediatour from eternity, Fpk . i
5 6
(2) In thevertue andeffbacyof his
mediation, he was given to be a Media -
tour , fo foon as necefllty required, Rev,
13.8.6^.3.15.
(3) In the fulnefle of time) he was
manifefted in the flefh. Gal.^fi . -.
Q_H<w did he reconcile God and
man >
A.wi.Bp W* fulfilling II tbe lafo,
2. &n& by fcte t * fttfferfng0, w Mat.
3. i5.xH?^.9.i9« ^^.5.10,11.
Expof. || Q.^ Why was it necejfary that
Chrift (ho u Id fu /fill 'the Law >
A, Ic becam j him who was our faith-
full high Prieft to fulfill all righteouf-
nefle.
Q^ why was it necejfary that Chrifi
foouldfufer >
J A- The juftice of God muft be
fetisfied, and the debt of fin muft be
paid , before God, who is true, juft ,
and unchangegeable , could be pleated
with us 1 Joh9 2.2.FW.9.14, 15, 1 Pet,
1. 18,19.^.1.5. '
Q. What underftand yon by his Of-
ferings >
I 3 A.
1 8 A fhort faecbifm,
A.^tsMnntatry bnmtUatfonbotb
in * * foal ant) b o&p. W 0 a crttf fptng«
b 11 fceatfc bur f aland c abf Ding t unfcer
tbe d 0 min t on of Death tax a time,y Phil.
9ti4.aLukci3.23»biCor» 15, 3,4.5
CA&S2.27,
Expof. * Q. How may it be proved
that Chrift did foffer in foul \
A. (1 .) Chrift in his incarnation did
affume our whole nature, Luk^ 2 . 40.5 2.
Heb. 2. 6X^23. 4^* * Tim, 2, 5. £#^.
19. 10. Matth. i6>$%. Mark^ 14* 34.
Jrfatth.zj, ^o.John 19. 30. /W. 10. j.
-'kfo*. 26. \2.Heb*2.ij. that by offering
it up a (aerifies for fin, he might redeeme
us, £fr£. 8. 1,2,3. Heb 9. 14, & 13.10,
11,12,(2) In our nature he became
our furety., Job 19.25. Heb. 7.22. there-
fore he fuffered properly in foul as well
as in body, Mat. 27 . 46. Gal ,3 . 1 3. Heb.
2*9,10,14. (3) This is fet forth in the
Lords Supper> 1 Cor. 11.25. And (4") it
was fignified by the facrifices in the Law,
Heb. 9.19.20. 2 1,22.
■ #i || What was the death of Chrift >
■A. The death of Chrift was the fepa-
ration of the foul and body? Matth. 27.
50.^^.23,4^.
Hi
with an txpofnion upon the fame. 1 19
£K Was the foul or body of Chrift fe-
farated from his Godhead >
A. No, but they both continued (till
united to the Godhead, Matth.i. 23.
Joh.i.i^. i Pet.3.12. 1 Or.2 8.
Q. Why was it necejfary that Chrift
(hottlddie*
A. It was neceffary that Chrift fhould
die, (i.)That he might fatisfieGods ju-
ftice, Heb^.iz. (2 ) Abolifh and kill
Sin, Mat.26.2%. Ront.<$<io. Kom%,^%
Rom.6. 10, H. 1 jfah#3.8.(3) £>eftroy
death. (4) And him that had the po-
wer of death , that is, the Devi!, Ueb.
2,14.2 Tim.i.lO. John 12. %i-> Hof 13.
14. (5) Deliver us from the fear of
both, Heb.2.141 L»ksi*74. ( 6 ) That
he might confirm the Teftament or
Covenant of grace , which he made
with us, Heb*9,i6>i? and 15.20. Zach.
9.11. And (7) obtain for us the fpirit
of grace, Atts 2.33. Gal 3. 14. and
4-4>5-
O* What difference may beobforved
betwixt the death of 'Chrifi , anddf the
Martyrs ?
A% Betwixt the death and differing
of thrift and of the Martyrs , we may
obferve thefe differences.
I 4 !• Chrift
1 2 o A fhort Catechifrri)
i.Chrifthis paffion was an accurfed
punifhment, Gal. 3. 13. The fufferings
of the Martyrs and holy men, are only
chaftifements or trials.
2. Chrifts paffion was a meritorious
facrifice.' H^.9.14. the paffions of the
Martyrs, are of no value to merit any
thing, Rom.%.i$>
3. Chrift bore all the Martyrs fuf-
ferings , and that in his own ftrength, but
the Martyrs bore not others fufferings >
nor were left to their own ftrength in
bearing their own \ and therefore they
were not forfaken 5 though they were
not delivered out of the hands of their
perfecutor?.
♦ Q^ How was the -punishment of the
Jllett /'aid upon Chrtfi f
A . As the fins of the Elett were laid
upon Chrift, Lev.16.21. Efay 53.11.
H^.9 • 28 . (b was the punifhment of their
fin for fubftance and kinde , though not
for circumftance of place or continuance,
H^4.i$.
Qi Did Chrift fujfer 'every p Articular
punijhment that every particular [inner
meeteth withaW*
A. He fuffered both in foul and
body the wrath of God, which was
due
With an Expofition upon the fame, I % i
due unto us for fin, though he fuffered
not every particular -punifhment of fin
which every particular finner meeteth
withal), Rom.5.19. H^.1014.
Q; What is the fourth difference be-
twixt the [offerings of Chrifl and the
Martyrs ?
.^.4. Chrifl: was in himfelfpure and
innocent , but he fuffered for our fins >
2 Or. 5.21. The Martyrs were not free
from fin, neither did they fuffer for the
expiation of finu
Q. -j- Row long did Chrifl remain un-
der the dominion of death ?
A. Untillthe third day, death had
power and dominion over Chrifl: , for
(b Jong death kept afunder foul and
body, Luke 24.7. Matth. 17.23. Afls
10.40.
qL D)d Chrifl alwaies abide under the
power and dominion of death f
a/ $0, fortije pqtoer of beatbbe-
fngy tabooed tbe tbtro % ur> be || roft
again, aafcenueo into beatieib anfc
ffltcttt«ttfee rfgbebana t)f (be JFa*
tber, Afts 2.31.*, 1 Cor. 15.44 Mark
16.19.
Expof || CU What istherefltrreclion
ofChrifi *
122 -^ fbort Catechifm>
A. Therefurre&ion ofChrift is the
firft degree of his exaltation.
Q^ What are the farts of this refur-
reftion ?.
A»i. His (bill was joyned to the fame
flefh that died. 2. He was raifed up to life,
Q^ Why was it neceffary that Chrifi
fhottldrife again?
A. It was neceffary that Chrift
fliould rife again, ( 1 ) In regard of the
excellency of his perfon, ACls 2, 24.
(2 ) In regard of the Covenant which
he had made with the Father, Pfalm
24657. Efa.y 53 l0' C3) *n regard of the
dignity of his high office of eternall
mediation, Pfal. 1 10.6,7. Rom.^% 25.
And ( 4 ) that the truth of thofe things ,
which were foretold concerning the glory
of the Meflias, might be fulfilled.
Q. By what power did he rife again >
A. Chrift by his divine power rofe
again from the dead, &»*♦ 1.4.1 Pen
3 18. iTim,$.i6. John 5. 21. and 10.
i7,i8.^#.r 2. 24. & 3.15. £/>£. 1.17,20.
jftwx8.1i..
Q. Did he rife as a private 0 r apnb*
liekjer fb»>
A. He arofe, not as a private, but as
a pub-
With an Ex vojition upon the fame. 125
a publick perform Rom^ . 14.1 9. 1 Cor. 1 5
45 .//*£,! 0,1 4 1 P^.2.20.21.
^2» What is the fruit of Chrifis refftr-
rettion >
^. He thereby fheweth that his fatif-
fa&ion is fully abfblute, Rom^, 25. and
6.9,10.
^. For what end did Chrlfi rife a-
ga'in ?
A. The ends of his refurre&ioti
meant> 1. That he might prepare him -
(elfe to the performance of the glorious
functions of a Mediatour. i. And fliew
himfelf to be the conquerour of death. 3.
And the Lord of quick and dead,&?z«,i4
9.^#j 17.31.
(^ f What is it to fit at the right
hand f
A. To fit at the right hand, is a
manner of Speech borrowed from
earthly Princes, whoufe to fet at their
right hand fuch as they fubftitute to
rnle under them in their names, 1 King.
2.19.
Q^ what is ftgnified hereby ^ That
Chrifl is faid to Jit at the right hand of
the Father i
A. Thereby is clearly noted that ex-
tent, 1. Glory, 2. Power, and 3.
Domi-
124 AJbortCatechifm^
3* Dominion that Chrift received of the
Father, whereby he doth execute his
Kingly, Prieftly, and Propheticall Of-
fice in glory, Mat.2$.i$. John 17. 2.
7Jb}/.2.9, 10. Pfa/.i 10 L.
Q^ What are the fpeciall parts of
Chrift s Medlatorfhip *
A. ^e || f0a b propftef,c ^rieff, ana
d fttng* b A&s 3 . 22. c Heb.2. 17. d Pfal.
.110.1.
Expof. || Q^ Why was it nccejfary that
Chrift fh0u id be both Profhet-, Prieft9 and
Kin a ?
A. (1) In the time of the Law, Pro-
phets, Priefts, and Kings were anointed,
iKT/W.f9#i6. EA-0.28.4l. 1 Sam.i&.i%.
who were types of Chrift, truly anointed
our Prophet, Prieft, and King.
(2) Alfo our Mediatour was 1 to ob-
tain and purchafe for us full redempti-
on. 2 Tobeftow uponusrighteoufneflej
and eternal life obtained .3 .And to mew
unto us the way of falvation; which do
neceflarily require this threefold office of
Chrift.
Q^ Why was Chrift a Prophet ?
a. 2Loeretealt unto ns tfettoap
to et)erlaftitTgUfeeLuk:4 18,19.
•' Expof. f Q, Row did Chrift make
hnown
iVimm Zxpfimn upon the fame. 125
known the wilt of God before his cominv
in thefle(h>
A. Before his coming in theflefh,
our Saviour Chrift made known the
will of God; (1 ) To the Patriarksand
Prophets? 1. Either immediately, 2 Per.
i. 21. a Sam. 2%. .2. Gen. ^^^ 10, 11.
2. Or by the Miniftery of Angels, Gen.
3 1. 1 i# Judg.6.1 2. 2 King.i^. (2)And
by the Patriarks and Prophets, he in-
formed the Church of the old Tene-
ment in all points neceflary to falva-
tion 2 Peter 2. 5.1 Peter 3. 19. Jade.
1 4. Luke 1.70. Ephef.2. 20. 1 Prt*r
1. 11.
Q. Did not Chrift execute his pro-
phetic a II office in his own perfon ?
A. In fulneflk of tinie, he did in his
own perfon preach, opening both the
Law, and the Gofpel.
Q^ How was he prepared to this of-
fice?
A. 1. By taking upon him our na-
ture. 2 . Being after a moil excellent man-
ner fan&ified by the fpirit, Lukei. 35.
JW.9.2-4* And 3 being furnifhed with
all gifts ueccfTary, Matth.%. 1 6 1 7. John
3* 3 4-^/^45 7 .Ef*>) W^.Jchn \\%t
and 3.3-2.
Xi6 AJbortCateckifmy
O. Of whom was he culled to this
office*
A. God the Father called him to
thisoffice,£#i. 3.21,22. Mat.$% 1^,17.
ykfar.17.5.
Ch Tow hom did he pre ach in his own
per [on I
A. He did in his own perfon preach
unto the Jews, Ails 1.1 Luke zi* 37.
Heb. 1.1. Dan. 9. 27. not altogether
paflingbythe Samaritans and Canaani-
tes, John 4. 40 • Mat. 15.22.
j5. For what /pace?
A. About the fpace of three years
and a half.
Q, In what manner did he preach ?
A. (1) With admirable wifdome,
Mark 6.2. Afatth. 21,2$ 27.8c 22.46.
(2) With ardent zeal, John 2. 14, 17.
jfo6» 4 34. ( 3 ) With excellent grace,
PfaLtf.i^. Matth.j.29. Luke 4. 22.
and 1 1 . 2 7 . (4) With fmgular meekneffc,
Mat.\U 29. C5) And with authority un-
ufual, Mat,7.i9> Mat.*}* 21.22. (6)
Not refpe&ing any mans perfon, >*/*?. 2 1 .
42,43. ^r£ 12.14.
Q^ What DoUrine did he preach ?
^. He (1) interpreted the Law,
-*/*«£.$ .2i,22,&c- and 194^5-C2) ReT
proved
With an Sxpofition upon the fame. I 27
proved the corruptions of the Scribes
and Pharifees, John 2. 16. ^^.23,1 3*
(3) Foretold fome things that were
to come. Mat. 10.21. Luke 19. 43* 44*
./terror. 24. $, &c. And (4) taught the
Gofpell, or the laft will ot God, con-
cerning the falvation of man, £/a/6i.
1^2.^^^.4.18.
(^ How did he i lift ft rate his doEhrine ?
A. He did illuftrate hisdoftrine for
the moft part by parables and fimili-
tudes, as the people were able to bear
it. Max.. 13.3. Mark^ 4. 3 3. confirming
that which he taught.
Q^ How did he confirme his doElrine^t
^. (i.) By the Scriptures of the old
Teftament, John 5 46* Matth.22. 32.
Luke 24. 26,27,44345. (2) By holi-
nefle of life exactly anfwering to his
Doctrine ; (3 ) With divers fignes of
all kinds, 'John 3 2. and 5. 36. John 6m
61,62. and 2.25 Matty ^ John 9. 6.
and 1 1. 43 45 And ( 4 ) by that moft
cruel and bitter death, which for the
truth of God he did voluntarily undergo>
1 Tim. 6 13.
Q. How doth Chrifi teach his Church
fmce his ajcenfion into heaven ?
A% After his afcenfion; our Saviour
doth
**8 A fjjort Catecbifm,
doth teach his Church by his Apoflles
and Miniftcrsj Eph. ^ny 12. Atts 10.
41,42.
Q. How were the Apoft'es prepared
for this office ?
A. The Apoftles being ( 1 ) fully
and perfectly inftru&edby Chrifthim-
felf 5 in thofe things which concern the
Kingdom of God, Atts 1, 3. John
15.1^5. and iy.g (2) And extraordina-
rily furnifhed with gifts. (3) and infalli-
bly affifted by the Spirit; Aits 2. 3,4. John
14.26. and 16. 13. were fent forth to
preach,
Q. What did the Apoftles pr*ach ?
A. The whole counfel of God, (0
far as concerns man 5 and the means
of his falvation, Alls 20.27. Mat. 28.
20. 1 Cir.2.9,10 11. 1 John 1.3. Rom.
1. 16.
Q. To whom were they fent to f reach f
A. Unto all Nations, Afof.28 i8ji?.
Mar*\6.i^.
Q^ How did they confirm their do-
Brine *
A* Their do&rine they confirmed
CO Both by the Prophets of the old
Teftament,y</tf.2 6.22.and 28.23. 2 Pett
1.18,19. (2) And °y divers fignes and
wonders
VVith an Expofition upon the fame.
wonders which God wrought by them*
Hw. 2.334. Mark^\6 20.
Q^ How doth Chrifr reach his Church
fine e the death of his A po files ?
A, In the daies, andfince the death,
of the Apoft!es,uur Saviour dotb execute
his Prophetical office by his ordinary
Minifters, whom he hath commanded us
to hear.
Wow far <$re xv: to hear them >
A. So long as they preach accord-
ing to the Scriptures, Ephef.^. 11, 12.
Lake 10.16.
Q;_ What difference Is there betwixt
the Mini fir j of Chrifi^ and his Mini-
fters ?
A. Chrift is the Author- oftheDo-
&i«ine which he taught 5 Minifters are
*he Inftruments ofChrift> to teach, not
their own. but his Doftrine, 2 Cor^. 20.
7^33.23.
Q. What isthe fruit of this off.ee of
Chrifi?
A. The fruit of this office is, (1) The
reftoring of knowledge decayed in the
firft fall of man. And 2 the manifefta-
tion of divine myfteries unknown to
the world, Rom.16.2^26^ Ephef^.p.
Cel,t.26,*7.
iz9
130 A port Catemjmy
Q^ Why was Chrifi a f Priefi >
A* Xof purcfcafeforus rigfttwuC-
neCe ana Itre eternal, f Heb 5.9.
I£xpof. f Qu. /j Chrift, our high
Prieft after the crier of Aaron ?
A. Chrift is our high Prieft, not af-
ter the order of Aaron, but after the
order of Mel 'c hi fe dec, Pfa/.i 10.4.
Qj_ V/hat difference is there betwixt
the Pr -left-hood of 'Aaron and ofChriftl
A% The differences are thefe (1) In
the perfon. ( 2) In confecration. (3) In
the Priefthood. (4) In the Sacrifice.
(5) In the place whither they entred.
(6) Aaran was a Prieft only, Chriftis
both King and Prieft (7) Aaron was
a Minifter, but Chriftis the Author.
Q^ How do they differ in perfon ?
A- AarwvjdisU) Of the tribe of
Levi, Heb. j. 4. but Chrifi: of the tribe
otjma^ fJei.j.t^. (2) Hisftockand
lineage was known, Excd.6.16, 18,20.
but Chrift was without father , touch-
ing his humanity ; without mother,
touching his Deity, Heb.j.$. (3) He
was compared with infirmities, and
was mortal ; but Chrift immortall ,
and continuing for ever. (4) Aaron
was a firmer, and had need to offer for
himfelf,
with an TLxpoJition upon the fame. 131
himfelf, and for his own fins, Hel/.y. 28.
and 5.2,3^4. & 9.7. But Gb rift was holy,
harmlefle, undehled , having no need
to offer for himfelf, but offered himfelf
for the people onel y> Hch 7. 3 5,26,27.
Q. How do they dlfrrr in conCecrattoUk T
^. (1) Material oyle was poured r€cration.
upon Aaron at his confecration, Levn,
8.12. but Chrift. was anointed v/iththc
holy Ghoft, Acts 1038. (2) Aarm
was inftituted without an oath, buc
Chrift with an oath, Jleb.j. 20. 21^28,
/y*/, 110.4*
Q.. How do they differ in the Prieft-
h?od?
A. (i) The Priefthood of Aaroni \n
was typical! ^ Hebr, 10. 2,3. but the Fritjllwd.
Priefthood of Chrift is true and reall,
containing the very Image and body of
things themfelves. (2) The Priefthood
of Aaron was not available to takea-
way Cm, Hebr. 91,4,15. But Chrftls
Priefthood was perteft to abolifh fin,
and to obtain eternal redemption, H b,
101,5,11. Heb.y 12,14. (3) The Le-
vi ticall Priefthood was to be abroga-
ted, Heb.%.i$. butChrifts Priefthood
is to continue for ever, Hebr. 7. 24.
(4) Aaron died and had fucceffor?,
K 2 Heb.
1 3 2 -A fbort Catecbifm,
i/^.7.23. but Chrift fucceeded none,
hath no fuccefTors ; but is our onely and
unchangeable high Prkft for ever, Heb.
73-
Q^ How do they differ in the Sacri-
fice ?
it. In the r A. -Aaron and his fuccefTors O)0*",
facrijice. fered the bodies and blond of beaft?,
Heb.y.i 2,14. but Chrift himfelf is both
the Prieft and Sacrifice, Eph.^ 25 . Hcb.
9.26. and 10.10, Qi) They offered of-
tentimes one manner of Sacrifice ; but
Chrift hath offered himfclf once for all,
Heb.7. 27 and 9.25,26. and 10. 12,14.
1 Pet.% 18.
Q^ How do they differ in the place
whither they entred >
l.lnthe A. Aaron and his fuccefTors entrcd
place vrh'i into the Tabernacle made with hands,
tberikey f/^.8,5 and 9.6 But Chrift is entrcd
entered. jnto ^ V£ry neavcn^ f/*£r. 9, 1 1 24>and
4.14.
6 ^ ron Q* ^B? f'^ ^ (K r'ft an<^ Aaron
*«? dtjfer'
frieii on- -*.(ii) Moreover, A a on and bis fuc-
fcCfyifl ceffors were pricfts onely, but Chrift
is both ;s ioth King and prieft", ticbr.y. 1, 2*
Ktrgant r2w^r<wjmd his fuccefTors were but
L A' Miniftcis
With an Expofit'cn upon the fame.
Minifters, but Chrift is the -author of ial- r* L"
vac ion, tfeb.^. 9. "V
CK what doth a 7 thisjhzw >
A. All this doth (hew, (0 The ab-
iolutenefs. (2) The perfe&ion. And
(3) the excellency of Chrift his prieft-
hood.
Q. What axe the functions of his
PrieftJv-officel
A. ^iferfng il up g fcfmfelf a fa*
erf gee once for alb ano t mafcfitgre5
qaeilforu0» gHeb 5. i.andp. 26.and
7.25.
ExpoC || 0 . Who of eyed up him-
Mr
A. Chrift through the eternal Spirit^
HC09.14.
0, What was the Sacrifice that he
offered >
A, He offered up his foul and body,
as a fweet fmelling (aerifies to the Fa-
ther, £/>/.?. 5. 2. whereby he wis con-
fecrated , and did enter into Heaven,
prefenting himielf before the Father for
us, Heb. 9*24 and 10.20.
O . How often is this facrifice of-
fered?
A. Once for all, Heb. 10. 12.
Q± What be the parts of this oblation f
K 3 A. Two
134 ji fbort faecbifm,
t.txpia- A. Two.^ (i) Expiatory. (2) Pre-
"V- fcntatory.
taforj Q- Whm is Chr*fis intrceflion >
f ^ Chrifts interceffion is hismoft
gracious will, frequently andunmove-
ably defiring , that all his Members for
the perpetual vertue of his Sacrifice,
may be accepted of the Father. Rom.
8.34.
Q. What are the proper t'es of his in-
terceffion f
A. Ic i?, t llniverfui and Particu-
lar. 2. Heavenly and glorious, 3. Ever
effe&ual. 4. Nowiy reciprocals And
tendred onely for the vertue of his fa-
crifice.
Qt Why was Ckrift a f Kin^f
A. %o || brffcle h ana fnbdue all
W* tmmlts , but i to f gather ana
K ^oDern * Ijte (Elect anD Ctjoten,
hPialm iiq. 1. Col. 2. 15.1C0r.15.
28. i Join io. 16. H g. 2. 7. k Ezek.
34-23>M-
Q^ WW if the Kingly Office of
Chrijl >
■A The Kingly office of Chrift is his
fpiritual, eternal > and abfolute Domi-
nion, L/iketrjizo Joh. 18.36 JW.2.44.
and 7. 14. Heb 1. 8. Rev.^.y* where-
by
with an Expoftion upon the fame. 1 3 5
by being appointed by the Father ,
Pfial.2. 6,7. and 45.7. /y^/*# no. 2. ,
Mat. 11. 27. dtts 2.33. Lord of all
things in Heaven and earth,* Heb.i, 7^ 8,
and peculiarly King and Head of
his Church, Ep.h. 1 .2 1, 22* he doth con-
found and deftroy all his enemies , but
doth gather and govern his ele&, Hof.
1 7. Ifiaiah 33. 22. by his word and
fpiritj for their felvauon and glory of
God.
Q^ what are the properties of Chrifis
dominion ?
A. It is, 1. Spiritual. 2 Ecern al 3
Abfolute*
Q. Who appointed him to this office * .
A, God the Father.
Q, what is the dominion Tphereunto
he is appointed ?
A. To be Lord of all things in Hea-
ven and earth, and peculiarly King and
Head of his Church.
Qj. what are the Functions of his
A. two, i . In refceft of his Enemks. flS« 2
a-InrefpeaofhisE!^. - tnm}'
O. What in refpeti of his Enemies?
A. He doth confound and deftroy all
hi$ enemies.
K4 Q^what
I 3 6 A fhort C Atechifniy
Q^ What in refpeCt of his Efe<t ?
n.\nre- ^„ He doth gather and govern his
fpetfofkisEkft.
How doth he gather and govern his
EUft i
A. By his word and fpirit.
O , For what end. f
A For their falvation and the glory
of God5 Ifaidhjyi* 15. and 59. 21.
I Theff. 1.5.
Q. Who are the enem'.es ofChrifi f
A. || The enemies of Chrift, are
1. Satan and all his Angels. And.2# all
their works.
Q^ what Are the wcrhs of Satan ?
A. i% Sin. And 2 death, 6^7.3.15.
Efh.2 2. 2 Cor, 4.4 2 C or* 615.
Q. Who elfe are ChrifCs Eatm'es >
A. All wicked men who be the In-
struments of Satan, jW.w8.44. 1 John
3.8.
Q. Amongw'icked ffitn^wbo >s the
chief enemy ofChrifi ?
A. The Antichrift of Rome is chief,
2^.2.3.
Q^ How doth Chr'ifi fubd.nc thefe
JLnemies ?
A. The(e enemies Chrift hath al-
ready overcome in his own perfbn,
With an Exposition upon the fame. 137
Eph.^%. CW.2-. 14. John 1 2.3 1.
<9. How doth he bridle and reprefs
them daily in refpeft of his Members 1
-<*• He doth daily bridle and reprefs
them, 1. By his wifdom. 2. Power.
3. Word. And 4 Spirit3Luke 10. 18,19.
and 2. 34 Rev. 12.5. and 2.27. 2 Cor,
10.4,5.' ^
0^ When will he perfectly fnbdze them
in rcfpect of his members ?
u4. He will perfe&ly fubdue them at
the day of Judgement, 1 Cor in. 15.
(?. HowwJl he fubdue them?
s*. He will fubdue them, 1. By ad- x Ad'mdt
fudging fome; 2. By abolifhing o- ing$me%
thers. z.AbolU
_g. Whom will I e ad) '<& <re ? fhing 0 *
^ ^. He will adjudge the Devil and all jhers*
his partakers to eternal condemnation*
-Mat, 2<j. 46
i?. whom will he utterly abo/i[h ?
^. He will abolifh fin and death j
1C0r.15.26.
Q. What is farther to be noted in the
execution of his Kingly office^ in refpstt
■of his enemies t
-d. Further it is to be noted, That
Chrift.as a Mediatour in the execution
of
138 -^ \bort Catecbifm,
of his Kingly office, doth(i) Outward-
ly call fome wicked and ungodly men.
Matt. 22. i, 1 4. and 20.16.(1.) Pre-
fcribe a Law how they ought to walk ,
James 4. 12. (3.) Beftow many good
things upon them , both fpi ritual and
temporal , though not dich as accom-
pany Salvation , Beb. 645. Matth.
13.19 20, 21. £#^8.13,14. Job 22.
18. And 4. inflift divers punifhments
upon them, in this life and the life to
come, for their fin and difobedience,
Matt. 13 12. and 25.28. Ifaiah 6. 10.
zTheJf. 2,iOj 11. Luke 16. 23.
Q_ What are the functions of / is
Kinqly office in refpect of his e!eEb 1
1. Vocation. J?/ Two, 1, Vocation. 2. Govern-
2. Govern- m„ntt
mn Q^ whatisVocat'onl
t A% Vocation is that whereby Chrift
doth not onely by his word call his
Eleft to Faith, Repentance, and the
participation of the Covenant of Grace ,
ALv\ 1 r 1 -J., 1 5 . Mat. 1 1 . : 8 . but he doth
effectually move them by his Spirit to re-
pent and believe, Pfrl. 1 10. 3. 2 Ihcff.z.
13, 14. £^.3.16,17.
I .Outward , Q^ Which be: he farts of it ?
%. Inward yf. Two, I, Outward. 2. Inward.
Q. what
yVitbanExpofitjon upon the fame. 139
(^ What is omvsard vocation >
A. It isGhrigs calling his Eleft by
his word, to faith and repentance.
Q^ lVh<it is the imvard vocation ?
Jt. It is Chrifts efFe&ual moving
his Ele^tby his Spirit, to repent and be-
lieve, .
Q^ What are the functions of Chrifts
Kingly office appertaining to the govern-
mem of his Elect ?
*J.Thc fusions of Chrifts King-
ly office appertaining to the govern-
ment of his Eleft ar> three, (1) The
prefcription of Laws , according to
which his Subjects ought to believe and
live.
Q^ Wherein [lands this, &C ?
A. It ftands not only in 1. Ap-
pointing the faithful by the Miniftery
of his word to live godlily, juftly and
fbberly. But al{b. 2. in writing his Law
in their hearts by his holy Spirit, and
enabling them by the fame Spirit to do
in fome meafure what he requireth ,
Tit. 2. 11, 12. Jtfr.31.33. Zech. 36- 27.
John 1. 16. ,
Q^ What is the fecond ?
A. The communication and be-
ftowing of all good things upon them
apper-
A fhort. Cfrecbifm,
appertaining to this or a better life, Co
far as he knows it needful or profita-
ble.
O. V/hat comprehend you under tne
communication of all good ?
A. Under that, we are to compre-
hend the removing of things hurtful ,
and the defending of his . Subje&s a-
gainftthem. Pfalm6%. 18 James jj, i65
17. Pjfkfm 23.1,2,3. 1 Cor. 12. 8,9,
io, 11. £/>/?. 1. 7. Acts 26. 18. Mat 9.
6. Gal. 44,5. Rom.% 15, 16. 2 Cor.
12 9. ^7.4.13. £*& 22. 32. jW>*
17.113 12, 2? j 23. I John^+.Gen.f
36*27. PfiUmti.*3J+4#*4' i9-and
5.13. Pfalm $4.9*10. * *t. it 15. tow*.
14. M> 15//^- 27 7- -?!r" 4^ *8.
<p. J#Brt /j f /bff thnd f*$ltion of
Chrijh Kingly office in governing his
Eledt
A. The receiving of his El:&. unto
Vjimfelf 3 and the giving of eternal life
unto them, having pronounced fentence
on their fide? Mat 25 49.
jg. What benefits da wo receive by the
death and refurreciien of Chrifl >
a. Wit are ret>eemefc from tfce
II gutlf, I pmrffiwnent 4- an* pofoer
m nf Un> an* ffiall te ratfe* up at
in
With an Expofition upon the fame, 141
fljFialt&aMCol.i. x4« m Luke 1. 74,
Tit-2.i4.i Cor. 15.13.
Expof || Q. Hoxv are we redeemed
from the guilt of fin by the death of
Chrift*
A. 1. Chrift hadi paid our Debts >
and anfwered whatfoever the Law did
require at our hands, 1 Pet. 2. ai, 24, Co
that die Law hath nothing againft us,
C0I.2 14.
2. Laid down his life accord-,
to the will of his Father, John 10. i^*
(6 that Chrifts death muft needs be ac-
ceptable , Eph.>$.z and confequently
we are not bound over to punifti-
ment
Gk H nv may -it be proved that we are
delivered from the -whole punishment of
fw j • tmporal and eternally the death of
Chrifl ?
f A. (i ) Pumfbment is inflicted be-
oanfe 'of Un joh^ 8. Prov. 22.8. and
28 18. hof. 10. 13 and 1 4. 1. being
freed from fin , we are not lyable to
Judgment, .2 Sam. 12. 13. Jer.\, 14*
Ez.ech. 18.32. (V.) Itftands not with
the Juftice of God, being once fully
fatisfied, to require a fecond payment
at our hand, Qttil 18. 25. Man. 3. 17.
3. Nei-
142 A jbort Cdtechifm,
C3.) Ndtherwill itftand with his glo-
rious mercy* (4.) Nor with the honor
of Ghrift who is a perfect Redeemer ,
Tit. 2. 14 (5.) Nor with the price of
his Blood, 1 Cor.6- 20. (6.) Nor with
our Faith in praying for tull pardon of
all our D:bts? Matth.6> 12^7.) Nor
with our peace with God, Ropi. 5, 1,
(8 )Nor yet with right reafon, that the
guilt offinfhould be removed, and yet
punifhment for fin inrlifred.
iQ. How are weredzeptedfrom the
guilt and pun lament of fin?
" A, <§qd tfee JFatljcr accepting tfce
UeatS) of Cfjritf, a0a full n ranfom
ana fattsfactioti to fcfs juftfee, Dotft
freelp fcffc&arge $ acquit 30 from
all onr Um3 n Rom. 3. 24,25 Col.1.1 4.
Eph.1.7.
Q^ How tfirewe redeemed from the
power and tyr>v,my of fin f
A. Cftrtff bv II W0 o Deacli feillttft
fin in U0> ana bv ty0 1 tefarrectfon
fcotftqaicfceu U0tbnetonef0ot life, o
Rom.6.3^4*
Expol. || Qi. How doth the death of
ChrijrkUlfin bf**l
A. Chrift by his death did conquer
fin; and the old man in us; is truly faid
to
With an Sxpofmon upon the fame. 143
to be crucified, dead and buried, with the
body of Ch rift, we being ingrafted into
the iimilitude of his death, CW.2.1 2 ,20.
Q^ How doth Chrifts refptrreiihn
qtiicken us to neiv^efs of life ?
f A. Having communion with Chrift
in his life, we are raifed up to a fpiritual
life, Rom, 8. 1 1. and have our converfa-
fation in heaven, PhiL$M,
Q^ Is the life of grace perfeft in us in
this life >
A+ No, the life of Grace is, 1. One-
ly begun here. 2 And groweth by de-
grees. 3. Being perfected in Heaven.
Q* What are the benefits of Chrifis
afcenfon ?
&♦ *♦ SDbe leasing pof capttirtfp
captiUe* ** 2Dde gffcfejof gifts onto
men\ 3. &bz ponding qfcte Cpfrit up-
on Ijfg people* 4. &ni> preparing r a
plat? fort^em, pEph.4, 8, u.qA&s
2.16, 1 7. r John 14.3.
Q_ /^>W are the benefits of his inter y
A. 1. 2DljePerfons of tfte faltlj-
fall fco altoap* remain jaft. 2, gnu
tftcfr Morfegf acceptable in tfje
tiS^t of ®o&* $. ffcreiJf? alf.o tftep
are sefenw) agstait tlje acenfation
of
1 44 ^ fhort Catechifm^
cfallt&efr cnemfe0>f i Pet.2.5. Gcn.4
4. £#0^.28.38.
Q^ Hw rW// jrfe \<now!edge of thefe
things worl^in the heart of him whom
Godfdves ?
A* 1. 3t brings Wm to a ferfott*
* condocratfon of \\i* oUm effete :
»'. 2Do u grfefce for fia, ana tbe fou
of (H3o&3 fctepleafure , toljtrebp w
3. 2D$e fteart ts t broken am> bam*
bleO*tJer,8.6^7.Luk 15 i7,u Afts 2.
37. wA&s?.6.
Expof. f Q. FF#«r istbi heart bro-
ken*.
A. The heart is broken ard humbled,
when it is call down with the fight of
fin , Pf 51.. 17. bruifed with the weight
of Gods wrath , and melted away for
fear, Pfalm 119 120.2 Kings 22. 19.
knowing that God hath advantage a-
gainfthim, and that he is worthy to be
condemned
Q^ What elfe will this knowledge
TVOylzJ
A. 3t 4 totll bring x a man II to
tonfefs Wjbs tin. 5 *£fgbip to yprff$
Ctjrttt , ana to 6 ganger t after
2 Wm, tmttl be obtain b<0 Uefire >
x Luke 15. 18. y Matthew 13. 44*
z /faiah
With An Expofitton upon the fame. f * -
Ifaiah55.i Job 07.37.
Expof. || O, In what manner ml! this
humbled fo&l confeffe his fin ?
A, He will acknowledge hisfinnes
to God ( 1.) as particularly as, he can*
1 Tim. 1.15. ^nd^i) with ,fighs and
groans for pardon and forgivenefle, Rom9
8 26.
Q^ What 'are the properties of this htin-
gring after Chrifl f
t A. Hunger after Chrifl: muft be,
1. Fervent, as a thirfty man longeth
for drink, -^nd 2. concinuall, never
giving over till the defire be obtaine-
ed.
Q^ What doth accompany this hun-
grino- after Chrifl ?
A.^With this defire there is alwayes
joyned. 1. An high prizing of Chrift ;
A\y& 2, an advifed willingnefle to forgoe
all things for Chrifts fake, P/^*/. 1 . 2 2 ,23 .
with 3.7,8.
Q. How are we made partakers of
Chrifl with all hi s bene fits £
A* JBptfaftti a alonr, a John 9.16*
and i.ii.ABls 13.39.
£xpoff 0^ How may it be proved
that we are made partakers of Chrifl by
fa'tth done on onr part .? $
14^ A jhort Catechifm,
<4. ( i. '1 By \ faith alone we are ingraft-
ed into Ghrift, Rom. u. 20.(2) By
faHi alone we receive him John 6.56.
(3) By faith alone we have communi-
on with him , Rev* 3. 20. and Co are
made partakers of all his benefits, J*b*
3.36- (4) Alfo faith is the condition
of the Covenant of grace. Aott 16. 31.
Johnq. 1 8. MarkjlSm 16. John 20 3 I.
Rtm.^ 3, 5
Q. What is Faith 1
a. 0n f| obetrtenttal refffng b up-
on Cbrf ft alone forfalt)atien3bPfa. 2.
n.A&s 16. 31.
Expof. || d, Why do yon not define
faith by an affent ?
A, Becaufe bare affenting to the
truth of Gods promifes, upon the cre-
dit of the revealer, is not true and juftify-
ing faith, Mat, 21. %z.John 2.23 Luke
24.25. and 8. 13.
Q. When doth the poor foul believe
unto 1 vilification ?
A. When the poor foul doth caft it
(elf upon the free promife of God
made in Jefus Chrift, for pardon o
fin 3 it, doth truly believe* Atts 9. 42f
John 14. i.and 5. 24. with Rom.$. 5.
Ifaiah 28. 16. with Rom.f. 33 Atts.
IS.
with an Expofitionupon the fame. 147
18 8. with ^0.10,10 11 •
Q^ What are the properties &f thu
faith ?
A. This faith is, 1. Certain, Mat.
i6f 18. though mixed with many
doubtings \Luks. *• 1^. and 17. 5.
Mirli.p.2^. .^nd 2. continually Lukt
22. 31, 3 z. though often fhaken, %fM
24.21.
Q^ Why doe yon not define Faith to be
a full per fw ad on ?
A. Becaufe a full psrfwafion feems
rather an cffeft of a ftrong faith, Rc?n*
4.21. then the n3 ture of true fai ch.
Q^ Is not joy an individual! compani-
onof faith J
A. Joy is a fruit of Faith, 1 Vet. \.%.
Attr$~6,j)$t Rom. 5, 3. but not an
infeparable companion thereof ; a man,
may have true faith, and fcele little or no
comfort, Vfalm. 22.1. and 31* 10. and
77.2.
QjSf/hat inhe ground of Faith f
a. £Se freetpromffc* of c <0a&
mass fn Cljrfft concerning tfa m*
BfDeneffc cf tins, an& .eternal rtgfev
teoufnclTe* c Rom. 4 ..l&. Heb. ii« t
Expof. f jj^i ^re ilot temporal b ef-
L± Ji
nm
148 A fhortCatechifm^
fingsfec. the grounds of faith, together
whh the promlfes ofGocfi
A. Temporal bleflings., Ecclef?-
1 5. civill vermes j Luke 1812, 1314-
agcnerall notice that Chrift will fave
theelefcV ^^.13.20.21. fenfe, reafou>
ex , perience,feeli ng, Pfalm 1 o . 1 . a nd 1 "J .
12" are not the grounds of faith ;but only
thePromifes.
£K what is the caufe of the -promises?
A. God of his grace hath made them
unto us in Ghrift3 which ought to be re-
ceived.
Q. Why ought they to be received*
A. Becaufe God that cannot lye
hath fbokenthem, Tit. i3 2. 2 Tim. 2.
Q, How is faith ,*7 wro.'t 0 lot in us ?
X 3ntoartilp bg d tie I! fpirtt aa
t!ie autfto;, onttoar&lp bp tbe c
p^eacfctag of fte. toaro, arfctCa5
tecWn^astbtfnfframmt thereof, *
jjfis\$ 14 e Ron. 10. 14 H:b5»ii5i2#
and 6- 1,2.
Expof. || Q^ How may it be proved
that faith u the work^ of the Spirit,
A. Becaufe faith" i$(i) The gift of
Gcd> Phil. 1. -2 9. And 2. a grace fii-
p^rnaturall .* anianofhimfelfecanno
mors
With an Expofition upon the fame, j 40
more believe , then a corrupt fountain
can (end forth fweet waters, 1 Corin~
2.14.
A. ysbat is Catechiftng ?
A, Catechifing is an inftruftipn of
people in the chief grounds of Cbrifti-
an Religion, 1 Corinthians ■ 2*4/1 Cor.
3.1. I ^,3. 15. Heb. 6. I, 2. Rom.
6.17.
Q^Wbat are the properties of it?
A. It muft be, t .Pure.2. Plain. 3. Brief-
Aud .4. orderly.
Q^ What is the end of Catechifing I
A. 1. That the people may clearly
and manifeftly fee the way unto (alva-
tion.-a, That they may know how to
make ufe both of the Law and of the
Gofpel, for their humiliation and com-
fort- And .3. underftand how one thing
dependeth upon an other, goeth before>
or followeth after.
Q. What are the fpecial benefits of
Catechifing
A. Hereby Chriftians are enabled
(1) To refer that which they read to
fbmehead. (2) Readily to apply what
they hear to fitptrrpofe. (3) To try it.
(4) To have it in readinefs in the time
of need. (5) To profit by the pub-
L 3 lique
150 A (bort CAtechifrr?)
licjue Miniftery , HtOnwes «^. U, 12.
, Q&) To know how to go forward in
godlinef?, in an holy method. (7) It
is profitable to inform the judgement.
(8) To reform the affeftion. fa) And
to quicken to the duties of a godly
life.
Q^ How doth the l?ordwoi\ Faith
in hs >
A. 1* TU5y fljefotr.g as f oaf tnf*
ferp , atifc tfct true g means? qf owe
recovery, 2 <3£nctmragfo£ m h
being II (rambles., t0 recede tfte
premtfesaf ttje <DQtp?ll, f Rom. 7.
7. Gal. 3, 22. g Gal 4. 4> 5. h Mat.
11. 28. Ifaiah 61. i>2,3. Revelation
22. 17.
' "Exp/. |1 Q. Hto ^rA r£* wod
encouraoc the hawbedi* be ! 7 eve f
si. The word (1) Commandeth
the humbled to believe. (2) Promifeth
them comfort, Af^'.^.i^, Luke\%. 32.
(3)Setteth forth the neceffity and ex-
cellency of Faith,??/*/* 3.18.36.(4) The
danger of unbelief, Marl ' t6 16. John
12/48. d&s 13. 46. (5) The tender
mercies and companions of the Lord^
Pf*t< 103.8. 12. And (6) how God
1 Inviteth % 2 Perfwadeth. ?. And
in-
With an Expofnion upon the fame. 151
intreateth them to believe, 2 Covin.
5.20.
Q^ How doth thefpiritwori^ by the
word?
A. i. 3t tsotlj teaeti m tetfoom
i to applp tftfnga generally fpoftcn »»
particularly to cur felted 2. &c-
crctlp upbolmtb k agatnft aetpdr.
3* fettrretft up trt us pad fceffre**
4- 2Pot& m f of ten tfe be*uf« $ #n&
Draft n uss to red upon Cftriff for
faltmton, before toe o bafts t&c feel*
tng of comfort, iEzek. 36. 27 31. k
Pfalm5i.i2.1 Phil.2. i3.mEzek. 11.
19. and 36.26.11 John 6.44.. o Mat. 11. ■
28,29.
Q. By what means Is Faith increa-
fed?
A. U5|? tearing q tie fame Mora
^reacbeo or Catecbffeo , an& Iffee^
ioffebp e^rneft * Praper,p 1 Pet. 2.2 q
Luke 17.5.
Expof f Q. what fhould move men
to hear the tv or d\
A. Becaufe hearing the word preach-
ed is an Ordinance of God.
Qj_ What a-e the facial Benefits of
hearing f
A. It is ordained of God as a means
L 4 (i)To
x 5 s ^ /fort CAtechifrrj)
(i) To encreafe knowledge , Mat. 15.
10. Prov.i.^tandS^^.PfaLy^.i6) 17.
1 Cor. 1.2 1. and 14.24925. (2) Xo re-
frifethe Judgement (3) To givecoun-
fel in doubtful cafes, P/^/iw 119. 24.
and 73, 16, 17. (4) To perfect the
Faithof the weak, Kom.io.S.i Theff.
3. 10. (5) To make ftable the ftrong,
sifts 20.32. Rom. 1,11,12. (6) To
comfort them that are in heavinefs,
1 The f ,z. 1 1. and 3. 2. and 5.14. (7) To
raife them that are fallen, 2 Sam, 12.
12, 13. Gal. 6.u (8) To call back
them that wander, Ifi1.30.21. (9) To
ftir up the graces of Gods Spirit, Cant.
4.16.2 Peui. 13.(10) To refrefh the
fouls of the Saints with fweet and
heavenly confolations , Canticles \. 1.
Pfalm 119. 162 Co/2.2. And (11)
to build both weak and ftrong , unto
perfect holinefs, E^.4.11, 12. 1 Pet.$.
2. 1 Tim^.16. James. 1.21.
Q. In what refpefts is liberty to pray,
a fweet priviledje ?
* A. Liberty to pray isa-fweet pri-
viledge, Eph.2. 18. Becaufe (1) there-
by we do (2) And may continually
commune with the Lord after a fami-
liar manner, %Smq* 18. Pfalm 5. 1,
2,3.
with m Expofition upon the fame. 153
29 3, (3) And lay open our griefs into
his bofome, 1 Sam. 1. 15. Pfalm 136.
1,2. and 61. 1, 2. (4) Hereby we do
teftifie our dutifull atfettion to God,
Lnks 15.18. And (5) become helpers
toothers* Rom.i<y.^o.PhiLi.i^.2 Thefi
3. 1.C0/.4. 12.
Q^ Wat are the [pedal benefits of
prayer ?
A. 1. It doth adde ftrength to faith,
Luke 17.5. (2.) It gives life to the other
graces of God that are in us. (3) By
it we obtain at the hand of God what
good we ftand in need of, Matth.j.j.
Ifaiah 65.24. (4.) We grow better ac-
quainted with God, Genefis 18.23.27.
James 4*8. (5 ) We fight manfully ,a-
gainft corruption , Epl.\6.i$. (6.) We
learn to d;re& our felves in a godly
life. (7.) By it erodes arc prevented,
removed or fanttified, Pfalm 3,4. I fa.
37.1,6. (8) AH things are fanftified
thereby, 1 iimothy 4. $.(9.) We are
kept that we fall not into temptation,
Matthew 26.41. Yea (10) often We
obtain much more good then we defire or
expeft, 1 Kings 3.13* fyh. 3 .20.
Q^ How elfe may the benefits of pray*
er becenceived >
ul Prayer
I ij/L A fhort Catechifrriy
J. Prayer is5 (i)Akey toopon the
door of Gods treafure-houfe, Mat.
7*7. (2) A prefent remedy to an op-
prefTea fpirit, Pfalm 6.1 # 8. and 31.
21, 22. (3) A preferver of the godly
minde, 2 r//?*/f. 3.5. (4) A giver of
ftrength to th^ weak, Epb,$. 14. 16.
And (5) in efpecial means to make a
man fie to live in every cftate, CoUu
9,10.
Q^ Rowwnfi we bear that tve may
get profit?
a. 1. tHUftft reference, a. f q&eck5
net*. 3. 1 3op- * #n&r4*longfng &e«
Arc v to leant. 5, SUiu w gttrfngt
crcDft totfce frutft,tlfa. 66.2.fjam.i.
21. t Mac.13.44. u 1 Pet. 2.2. wHeb.
4.1,2.
ExpoC || Q, what is reverence .?
A. Reverence is an affcttion of the
heart, arifing from an apprehenfion of
Gods majjfty , and our own vile-
nefs.
Q^ what are the effetts of reverence ?
Af Thereby we are prepared to
hear the Word, (1) With humility.
(2) Fear. (3) And attention, Atis
10. 33. 1 Tbejf. 2. 13. John 12. 48 and
1 1. 28, 29. Hebrews 12. 28. 7^42.5? 6.
Pfalm
PYith an Ex rofition upon the fame. 1 5 5
Pfalm 6*. I ft. -^#* 16.14.
Q^ #$** k meekness ?
A. Mceknefs is an affection, where-
by we are contented- 1. To bear the re-
bukes of the Law. And 2 to have the
duties of the word to be preffed upon us*
I Sam. '3. 17. 2 /C/Wj 20. 19. Pfalm
25P5 n.H^.13.22.
Q. JVha: !s]oy?
* A* J°y *s a delight of the foul for
fome good thing that is prefent^lb 8.8.
Exod. 69.
Q, || What is a longing dejire to
learn f
A. A longing defire to learn, is an
eager appetite to be further acquaint-
ed with the knowledge ,of the truth,
that we may reap fruit and benefit by
the fame, Prov.Zj 7. Prov.i.$ 49. Pfal.
QV I What is it to give credit to the
truth >
A, To give credit to the truth, is to
believe the whole truth and every part
of it, as true and certain, both to others
and to our felves, fo as we expeft the
benefit and promife therein, and the ef-
fecting and making good of what-
ever is there fpoken}2 Chr.zo.io. I fa.
7.?? Qj-bw
15* A ffjort Catechifm,
Q. Howelfe?
A. u TMz muff x tneMfate ll of
ffcat toe beat* t «♦ £pplp ft to our
felt)e0* ?♦ Confer of yft toftft * c-
t6er0:aitO4»toittiztJtlfgence |l feta*
bottttlje practfce of tobat f0tequfreO x
Pfal.i42 and 119.114, 115. yjohn^s.
Ifa.2.3. Luke 2.51.
Expof || Q^ what is the pro fit of *me ^
ditatton ?
A. Meditation is the very life of read-
ing and hearing, 1 Tim.^, 15.
Q^ fVhat is meditation on the word>
A. It is a (eparation of our felves pur-
pofely from other matters, that we may
ferioudy think of what hath been taught,
Gen. 24.63. b *
Qi VVhat is the end of this meditation
upon the word ?
A% 1, xnat jt maybe fetled in the
minde. And .2. work upon the affecti-
ons, Jer. 2j&
Q.. What mufi accompany meditation
for the attaining ofthefe ends ?
A. We muft joyn. 1. Examination.
2^ And Prayer, Luke 18. 1. there-
with.
t Qi What is it to apply the word to
wr felves f
A. To
with an Expofition upon the fame* 157
A. To apply the word to our (elves,
is to lay it to our heart as concerning us>
1 Cor.i 1.28.CV.2.13.5.
QJVhat are the parts of [be word >
A. i.TheCommandements. 2. The
Threatning?. 3 ♦The Exhortations . 4.
The Promifes.
Q^ }\?w are the Cowmandemems te
be appJytd ?
At That they may guide us.
Q. How are the threatning} to be ap-
ply ed*
^.(i.)That they may humble us for
our fins pa ft. 2 Sam. 12.12, 13. and 24.
10(2 .)That they may affright us from
fin for time to come,
Q^ How rnufi we apply the exhortati-
ons >
A. That they may incite us to our
duty with chearmlneffe, Ecrl. 1a.1t.
Q^ What ufe'a to be trade of the pro-
wife si
A. The promifcs may be, 1 . For our
fupport. 2. For our comfort., whether
they be in plain fpecches, or myfticall
prophefies,/^/. 1 1^.71,72, 52.
Q^ How muft we confer with others*
A. 1. For inftruftion . 2 . for edifica-
tion in holineffe and comfort.
158 A fhon.Catecbifmy
Q^_ How forlnftruttion ?
A. 1. We muft communicate to o-
thers what we have lea raid, And
2 learn of others, 1. What we are igno-
rant of. 2. Do not well underftand, Or 3.
have forgotten. -
Q> how for tdi fie at ion Inholinefs and
comfort ?
A. We muft 5 1. By admonition, 2.
Exhortation, And 3. comfort help
to ftrengthen and edifie one another,H<?£.
3.13. 7^16.4,$. Rom.i.ii)i2. Levit.
19 17. Prov. 27.5,6. 1 Thejj, 5.11.14.
fade v. 20.
Q. How mnft we frattifc that which
istanclnl
|| A. 1. Inwardly we muft heartily
denreand ftrive ; And 2- outwardly
we muft be, 1 . carefull* 2. without de-
lays take opportunities of doing
the good that God requireth, 2 Chro.
17.6. and 19 3. and 27. 6. Luke 8.
Q^ What muft accompany thisfrac-
tUce >
A. 1. We muft be humbled for
negligence and finnes paft. 2.Watching.
3* And fighting againft corruption for
the time to come, iCorin. 9.26, 27.(4)
Che-
With an Sxpofition upon the fame. 159
4.Cherifhingone another wkh befitting
comfort, Ifaiah 40. 1 .
Q. Vlrhat is prayer?
A, St t0 t a calling apan ®o& fa
t%t name of Ctetftltotttj tfjea fctarf,
an&fometfmefoft&tte* tjoiceaccor
fctng to b fete tofli for our CeltJe* ano 0-
tljer&aExod. 14. 15. 1 Sam. 1. 13. 15.
b 1 John 5. 1 4.
Expof f Q. VVhat reafons or motives
be there to induce us to prayer ?
A (1) The Commandment?, Tf*!.
105 4* and 81. 10. I[a^f6. 1 Thef.
5-17. Romans 12. 12. (2) Promifes,
Matth.nq* and 21.22. Mark^w. 24.
Pfa/mc^i. 15. Ifa.fo. 24- J^/% 29,
12. Ifaiah tf, 19. J*/?» 16. 23. C 3 )
Threatings of the Lord, ^<?/>/?. 3. 1,
2. and*. 6. Ez:k. 22. 3o9 31. JX^.9.
13, 14. jfcfcf. 26. 41. (4) The exam-
ples of Chrift himfelf 3 and all his Apo-
ftlcs, Lake 3.21. m&9.i%>z9. Aits 1.
142401^2,42 and 4.24. and 9. H3I4.
2 7;w.2. 19,22. (5) Oar own nxeffi-
ties3J^/.3.95i5.and4 3. If^'ahz6.\6.
Vfalm i8.6.P/^'/.4.6. And (8) the fuc-
cefs ofpnyer, PfiA) 20.1. 'P/^/w 3.4.
/y*/» 32.5,6 are {hfficienc Motives
and reafons to induce us to th? pra-
aice
1 6o A foort Catechifniy
ftice of this duty.
O.For what ends is it law full to ufe the
voice in prayer f
* A. It is lawfull to ufe the voyce in
?rayer ; i. To quicken our dulneffe.2.
o inflame our devotion. 3. To prevent
rovings. And 4. to edirie our brethren,
Zepb.$:p.Pfa w88.i-
Q, 1 0 whom m ft we pray >
A* %o ! CDcfcc alone tntfte name
Of t SlttiftyC John*. 23. Coloflians
3.17.
Expof. || Qjvhy nmft we pray to God
alone 1
A. (i) God onely is every where
prefcnt, 7^23.23,24.(2) He know -
eth all hearts, 1 Kings 8 . 3 9 . Jer . 1 7 9 .
10. Pfalm 94.9, 10. (3) Hehearethall
prayers, JVeh.i. 6 Pfalm 65 2. and 66.
19, 20. (4.) He is moft able to help?
Pfdm 57, 2. Eph. 2. 20. (5) Prayer is
a divine worfhip, Pfalm 5015. and 44.
20, 21. (6) It is a fpirituall Sacrifice
Mai, 1. 11. Pfalm 141. 2. Rev, 8.4. and
5 %.Exod. 22. 20. And (7) in God one*
ly we ought to believe John, 14. 1. there-
fore he onely is to be called upon, Rent.
10. 13, 14. ^s the very heathen fa,w
by the light oftULturcJonah 1.5.
With an Expcjitton upon the fame.
" Q. What is it to pray in the name of
Chrift 1
f 4. To pray in the name of Chrift is,
not rudely and cuftomarily to fay thefe
Words? Through Jefrs Chrifi onr Lord,
&c but in ths confidence of the merit and
interceffion of Chrift, to call on our hea-
venly Father, Van. 9 . 1 7
Q^ Why mttft we praj in the nameof
Chriftl
A- Becaufe fince the fall of man, (1)
None are called to come to God (2.)
Or have promifeto fpeed but in the name
of a Mediator, John 14. 6- Heb. 4. 16.1
Tim.i^, 1 John 2. 1. Rom. 8.32. Heb
.7.25. (3.) In Chrift alone We haveaccefs
to the throne of Grace? £/>/?. 2. 18. and
312.
Q^ Do not an gels ^or faints departed ,
prefent our prayers unto God .?
A. Angels or Saints departed , do
not prefent our prayers before God ;
For(i.)Chrift onely, is our Mediator
and High Prieft.( 2)He onely getteth
our Prayers acceptance before God ,
Heb. 1.3. and 4, 14. #^.8.3.(3.) \nd
toprefent our prayers before God, and
to procure them acceptance with
God? is, in phrafe of Scripture, all one ,
M Dm.
1S1
1 62} A jbort Caecbifm,
Darnel 10. lZ.Atts 10.4,31.
Q Otitrht we not hi prayer to make
particular con f>ffim of our fins >
A. pta> to far 1. 2* tee d can
tome to ttje fertotoleoge of tftcm
* 3n& tfct* tee malt do e teitb t
grief. I! 3. !£atrt&. #nfc * 4 (bame.
S jfreclp f accuffug. 3n& 6. con*
fcemntngourfeltes before <IDotJ,tottft.
gbicfeett ano contrite beart09 d 1 Sam«
12. 19- Pfal. iV^J-i Neh.8.?. fNch ?.
33. gZach.12.10.
Expof. f QVVhatforrow for fin is re-
quired''
A. Sorrow for fin nurftbe. 1. Hear-
ty. 2. Continual. And 3. as much as
may be Particular, 9ft 'm 1-2.4. e%ci~
ally for the fins which have made great
breaches in the foul, Pfittm <$i. 1,2, 4.
Yea 4 fin Ihould be our chief for-
row.
CK Hhyfbotildthe fia! abhor fin>
|] A The foul (hould abhor fin ,
especially for the loathfomnefs of it,
Pfa'myj. 10- and 119. 163. Job 42.6.
yimos ^. 15.
.£. //fln? ^<tt& rfo loathfomnefs ef fin
appear 1
A. In that(i)Itdarkneth Gods glory
Gen.
with an Hxpofition upon the fame. \ 62
Gcnefis 39. 9.(2)lt breaketh his Law.^3)
It foileth all it touched^ 2 Cor.j. 1.
James 1. 21.13.^.2.12,13.
0. Why \bould we confeffe our fin?
iviihtyamel
* A- Becauf* God is infinite in Ma-
)e&y9PfaIm%6, 10. and of pure eyes?
H~k 1. 13. A man therefore fhould
blufli at the remembrance and confeir
fion of finnes before God, Jfaiah. 9,6*
Dan. 9.7* feeing his face would be co-
vered with flume? ifam.n fliouldknow
them.
Q. What are the parts of prayer ?
A. ja*tftf on ens SBahWg(btn&
Q^What 's Petit;en>
a. 3t is a draper, Utyere&i foe
uellre tie p^efemitag h oi i remotMng
ot ttynga ftttrtrall, ana tbe cbtaf*
ntng of tlMnga neeofalU either ft*
ttt0 life oz tftdtt tefcfdj t0 to come,
hlfa, 37.20. Mat.dt 13-iPial. 6.1.2,
^. //#)? may we make our requefls
that we may be heard J
a. i. afHi k atifcerttanfctag, ii
I «♦ JFcelfngttf our foants* m $
JFertencp. n \\ 4> Ifcetarence* o 5. ,
^ops to t tprtOt 6. J3uD p lot* *
M2 1kiCor.
I £^ A fhort CAtecbifm,
k i Cor. i4.i$?lMatth. nf 28.m Jam.
5.i7nEcclef.5.2 (o)iTim.2.8. pMatth.
tf.i4.Mark 1125.
Expof. || Q^ Why fhouldwe fray with
under Ji landing ?
A. Becaufe blinde devotion is not
pleafing to God, Prov.19 2. Attsij.
22,23,24. John 3. 22. who requireth to
beferved with the ir.inde, Mat. 21. 37.
Luke 1 o. 27. We muft therefore know the
will of God,
Q^_ How is the will of God known ?
A. The will of God appears- 1. By
hisCommandements. 2, Byhispromi-
fzs* 3 . By threatnings. ^nd 4. by the ap-
proved pra&ifes of the Saints.
Qj^ . Muft we fray for nothing Jut on*
ly according to the will of God ?
A., i, We muft defire and pray i r
that. And 2. onely for that which w e
know Gods word doth warrant us, 1.
7^.5.14.
Q. PVhat is meet to be underwood in
Prayer ?
A. 1. Our words. 2. Matter- v4nd?.
Meaning in prayer, are meet to be under -
ftood.
Q^ with what feeling \hould we pray ?
A. 1 . In prayer w e mould feel fin as a
bur-
With an Expofnion upon the fame. 1 6 <
burthen? Jer. 31. 18. Ifaiah 63. \7*
and(2)be pinched with our want of
Grace, Pfa/m 51. 10. 11. 12. J ante*
1.5.
Q^ Whence arlfetb this fenfe and
feeling >
A. It arifeth from, 1. A confedera-
tion of Gods judgements due to fin,
Ez,ra .96,7. And 2 of the neceffity
of faving grace > Luke 17. 5. 2 Or.
12.9.
Q. What fervency is required"*
* A0 As the things we beg are more
or lefs excellent, and of fit u(e for us,
fowe muftbemoreorlefs eager to ob-
tain them, Pp*//#5 1.1,2 3,9. and 80.1,
Q. Whence arifeth this fervency ?
A% It arifeth, from a confideration
ofthe(i) Neceffity (2.) And excellency
of what we defire, Pfalm y9$i9. and
86. i.and 102.1314. (3.) Asalfofrom
a burning zeal of Gods glory. (4) And
hearty love of our brethren, If "a t6 2.1.
Pfa!m 122.6,7,8.
(^ what is of fofite hereunto ?
A. Oppofite hereunto is hypocrifie
and vain babling, ,^£#.6.5,6,7.
Q. Why muft we fray with reverence ?
M 3 || A%
i6£ A (hort C*tecbifm,
\\ A. Confidering Gods excellent
Majefty , we may not rafhly conceive
or utter any thing before him, but
with reverence, Gencfis 18. 27-, 30.
32.
0 . VVbat is this reverence ?
A. Ic is an unfain:d abatement of the
minde.
Q* Whence proceedeth it ?
A. It proceeds from i.A confideration
of Gods divine Majefty. 2. And our own
indignity, Luke 15. 21. Gen. 32. 10.
Ezra 9-6. Heb. 12.28.
Q^ Why rmtfl we fray with hofe to
fpeed*
f. A. Having i. A promife from
God that he will grant our reouefts >
•P/^.34.19. Ifaiah 30.19. and 58.9. we
mull believe his word, for he is true
and faithful!, Heb. 11. 1 1. 2 Tima.tfa
( 2 } If hope to fpeed accompany
not our prayers, they are vain, James,
1.6.
Q. Is hot this hope many times
weakj
A. This hope is weak , feeble, and
many times feems to be overwhelmed
in the godly, Pfalm 13.1, 2. and 31.22.
and77.7>S.?»
a What
With an Ex f option upon the fame* i £n
O. what is meant by lo ve f
A. By love is meant, i . That wq mnft
forgive our enemies. And .2. carry an
hearty affection to the children of God,
Eph.q.. 32. CV 3.12,13.
Q^ What is 'thankjffivwgl
A. 3t iss I aq pnwer toficrcta toe
ren&er rttymttff to (P^ for fete gene*
ral gootwef*, ana alfo prtfcular f
fat)Qr0jqi Sam.2.i.r P(al.i36.i'.andf
103.1523,4.5
Expof- j| O^ What motives be there to
this duty >
A. Motives to this duty there be ma*
ny. C * ) *c is an excellent, Pfrhn 92,
1. C2) An antient) 7^38*7. (3) A
fpiritual duty, Heb. 1 3 1 5 . Col. 3 . 16.
1 Pet.2-5.Qfi It is to be continued in
heaven when other duties ceafe. Rev.
l9- 3i 4> 5- (5 ) h is acceptable to
God, 1 Thef 5. 18 Pfalm 1 47. I.
(6) It is comely for the Saints? Pfalm
3 3 . 1 ♦ and 1 47. 1 . (7) It is pra&ifed by
the Angels, Lake 2. 13 (8) it fets on
work all the graces of God in u?, Vfal.
103. 1, 2,3. (9) It is the end of G >ds
benefits, Pfal.i$.6. & 118.29. (io)0,
our life. (ii) And of all our fervice?,
I faiah%, 19. (12) And it is the ready
M 4 way
168 A fhortCatechifrrj,
way to obtain that we ftand in need of,
/y^.50.23.
Q^ What be the means of true thanks
fulnefs.
^. The means of true thankfulnefs,
are (1) A due confideration of our
own vilenefs.(2) And a ferious medi-
tation and remembrance of Gods be-
nefit^ 2 Sam. 7. 18. 1 Cbrfffi. 16. 16,
17. Pfalm \o$. i3 2,3, &c 1 Sam.2^.
3?. GVtf.24.27 Luke f. 1*). Rom.ji2%.
G) A perfwafion that God hath in
love beftowed them upon us; Pfa'mii6.
12, I4.
>. Q^ hat things are required \n thanks-
giving 1
' if't. EotattoCoD, anfcu 2. 3op
in fcte mere?* 3. 3 x oedre to fcjato
others to cbep and glo^tflo Cod, 4.
#nD an y enseal to proceeo in sou*
lfnet0 onr felt>e03 t Pfal. 1 8, i, 2. u
Pfalm 126, 1, 2. and 104 34- x Pfalm
34- *'• and 66*16. yDeut.6. 10,11, 12.
13. 1 Sam. 12. 14.
Q^ What rule ofdirettipn is there^ ac-
cording to which we otttrht to frame onr
payer ?
a. %\% gsncral fchtctfon is
t&etDorfc of Cod. V$% raort efyecfal
with an Expofition upon the fame. 169
UtMt%om prater.
Expof. Q. May not the Lords prayer
be Pi fed as a prayer i
<d. The Lords prayer is fo a directi-
on, that it rmy be lawfully , and lauda-
bly, ufedasa prayer, Mat. 6.9. &c. Luke
ii.2}&c. Ntim. 6. 23,24.. Pfal.22. I.
and 92. 1.
Q. Why is it called the Lords prayer*
A. It is called the Lords prayer, be-
caufe the Lord Jefug taught it to his
Difciples Luke 1 1. 12.
Q^ How many things are to be confi-
dered in the Lords prayer ?
J. SPfcte, m preface, tfte draper
itfeif, ant) tlje Concludon*
Q. Which is the preface ?
a. £Dur JFatfctr foWctj art in
tfeatmr*
Q^ what learn you out of this Pre-
face >
A SDftatdDoD te onr a j| JFatfcer
bg> grace b and adoption > tferougft
iefus Cfcrfft , c glorfons in #aje-
ffp> ana d infinite in potoer , rtat
botf) ecananoffcatftprmntCet) totjelp
U0, alfa.63.i6.b i^w.8. 15, 16. Gal
44,5. c Pfalm 47.2. dPfalmii5. 3* e
Eph.3. 20. f Pfalm 50, 15.
Expof.
j 70 At \roort Latechipn,
ExpoC || Q^ Who are allowed to call
Godfather >
A. There is no Chriftian Co poor,
weak or unworthy in his own eyes,
bathe is allowed to call God Father,
jf.r2. 29.
Q. What are you to confider in the
Lords Prayer it f elf?
A. &t* Petftton*, ano a 2D&anW-
gttrtng,
CK Whic h is the fir ft Petition X
A, ^allotoefc t bt tbg * jftams
Expof.f 2* What doth the word Hal-
low fignttie fometimes >
A. To hallow, is fometimes of un-
holy or prophane to make holy^ 1 Cor.
6. ie. 11.
O. But what doth it comprehend f*
this Petition >
A. (1) To fet apart to an holy ufe,
Exod, 20. 8.
(2) To acknowledge, confefs, and
profefs holily the Name of God, Mat.
11. 19. Lev. 10.3. 1 Pa.3 15.
Q. what is mea>it by the name of
God r
* A. By Name, is meant (1) God
himfelf, Pfalm v.j.and 1 15.1,(2)1^5
^titles, Exod.$% 14, 15. Pfiilm 83. 18.
(3) His
Vvttban Exrojwon upon the fame. 171
( 3 ) His properties , Exod.34- 5> 6> 7-
£ 4 ) His ordinances, Pfalm 1 38. 2. and
1 iim,6.i. (5) His works, Pfalm 19.
1.(6) His jadgementSs P faL 9. 16- //*.
30. 27. (7) His mercies * I fa* 48.9,
10, u. £^^18.26 (8)Or anything
whereby he makes himfelf known, Exod.
20.7.
O. Wh.ttdefireyju of God in this Pe-
tition >
A. 2£ftac<§ofc0 infinite ejwellewep
map be magntSeu g by u* on cart ft u
in fceart> t to tooru > attain * Sees g
Pfalm 40. 1 6. and 1 1 5 • 1 .
Expof.|| (X Ihwis the name of God
magnified in heart ?
A> By an inward and faithful
acknowledgement; Wuh 1 . Confidence.
2. Fear. 3. Love- 4 Hope. 5. Humility*
6. Patience. 7. Joy. And 8. defire of
his p*e&nce in H.aveti; (7^8.13.1 Pet+
3. 15. Romans 4. 20. P/j/V. 1. 20, 21 ,
22,23.
Q. How in word ?
A, By fpeaking good of Gods name
toothers, Pfalm^^.7, Dm.32.3. Pfah
105.1, 3. and 145*21.
CX. How in deed ?
A, 1. By walking in holinefs and
righte-
j j 2 -^ /^' Catechifm,
righteoufhefs before God, Mdtfy 16*
John 15.8* 1 Per.2.%2. (2) Patiently
fubmitting our felves unto his will,
Jojbnaj.x^^ (3) Conftantly and un-
dantediy profiling his truth, PfdL 119.
46. John 21.19. Ani (4) reforming our
lives, if we have gone aftray, Jer. 13.16.
Mai. 2.2*
C^ Which is the fecond Petition f
J. %\vp || $rtng&om t wait.
Expof. || Q. why mufi we fray that
Chrifls Kingdom may come ?
A% Becaufe Satan hath his King-
dom on earth, 2 Corin.^. Luke n.
18.
Q^ Who be the bond-Jlaves of Satan?
A. All men by nature are his bond-
flaves, Eph. 2.2.2 Tim.2.26.
Q^ By what laws is Satan Kingdom
governed f
A. (1) By ignorance. (2 J Error. (3)
Impiety. And (4) difobedience, Eph. 4.
18.
J9. What is the Kingdom ofChrifi ?
A. Chrift hath his Kingdom, CV.
1.13, to wit, his Church> which is the
company of mankinde, 1 Pet, 2. 9.
Eph. 5. 23 . in heaven and earth, Eph.
3.15. Colof. 1. 20. called from the
world,
jvithm Expofition upon the fame. \j*
world, Romans. 8. 30. unto falvation
through him ABs 4.1 2 .
Q^What be the degrees of thu King-
dome f
A, i.MiIitant.2. Triumphant.
Q^ what be the Prerogatives of the
Church Militant'.
A. In this world it is, 1 . Redeemed.
2. Called. 3 . Sanctified, i Cor 1.30.
Q^ What is the Prerogative of the
Church triumphant ?
A. The Church triumphant ( which
is after this life) is glorified, Matth.n$.
34.2 Thef.i.io.
QjVhat doth the word^Kmgdome^/ig"
nifie in Scripture fometimes I
A. The government which Chrift
exercifeth over all men^and al other crea-
tures,E/?A.i.2 1,22. Heb.i. 6,7.
Q* What doth it more fpecially Jignifie
in this Petition ?
A. The (peciall government which he
exercifeth over his Ghurch,£/>£. 5. 23. in
this life>and the life to come.
£K What doe yon defire of God in this
Petition ?
A. Mnt * Cfjrfff toonto h torn
tort ftub a* be nnfcer tfte pofoer of
£atan> i rule in (6e feeartg of W*
c6ofeti
1 74 A tbort Catechifm,
fenb? tjte Spirit liere, ana k perfect
tfcefr faltDi ton frt l^eatren hereaf-
ter h Can,icics 8 8. Afts 7. 60.
iEphef. 316, 17. k Phil. 1.8,9.10, 11,
12.
Expof. * Q. frhm defre you of God
f Articular h) in re;'pcii of them that be
und:r tkt powr of Satan ?
A- Particularly we cbfire, That 1.
God would fend forth his word, M*t*
9.38.(2) Give it free paffage, £/?/i. 6.19.
Rom. 1530.31,3 :. ^Powerfully ac-
company it by his Spirit, D;ut, 338.10.
2 Cor, 10.4,5 (4 Bring his chofen from
the power of ^acan to God, Ails 26.
18.
_£?. what in refpett of the?n that be con-
vey ted 2
~ A. \. That God would uphold fuch
as be converted 9 Pfi/m 51. 12. John
17. 15. (2) Strengthen the weak Cant.
\.±.Lu\;e iis 31,32.2 ' ^12.8, 9.(3)
Comfort the arHifted, Pfktm 5 1 .12. Cant.
1 . 1 . ( 4)Rec;d the wand ri rig, /yWw. 1 1 9.
2f.Lfikj 1 9. 10 (5) v^nd make all grow
in grace and knowledge^ Pet. 3.18 .Luke
means whereby the faithfn/l are. built for-
ward in gracs? ^>^
With an Sxpofnion upon the fame. 175
A. (1) That the fame word may
be continued, Gal, 25.(2) The Sacra-
ments •' And difcipline purely adrhini-
ftred, 1 Cor. 11. 23, 24, c^r* 1 ( or.^.
3,4,5. Wb 3. 3, 3,-}, 5,6. Heb.%. 5.
(4) That good Mi'nifte'rs, and (5) Ma-
giiirates may be 1 . Prefer ved, Deuttf.
1 1. 2 The if . 3 1,2. P/*/.2o.l'._2. Prof-
pered, P/*/*w 1 22 60 7, 3. 1 T/ra. 2.2.
And 3,Increafed) trifyi 10,2. (R49.23,
(6) That Cacechiilng may be more
ufed, 1 Corinth.?, 2. And (7) that
Schools for piety may be erected and
maintained, 2 Kings 6.1, 29d"^ If*.
62.7.
Qv WW dfe^r* you in refpetb of the
per felt falvation of the eleff ?
A. That Chrift would come to judge-
ment Rev. 22. 20.
Q^ Which is the third petition 1
a. SCfoM! toUl be* tone in ear ft a*
itfainl #?atienr.
Expof. || Q^ W&7 mufl we pray that
Gods will may bs done ?
A. Becaufe man by nature doth the
will of the fleftb and of Satan, £p£. 2.3.'
J^«8.44.
Q Whofe will ought heto do ?
A. He ought to defireand do, not
his
Ij6 A fhort Catecbifa
his own will* Rom.%.6. Mat. 16.39. but
the will of God, ffa.26. 8. Pfal. I 1 9. 5.
105.
f 2« What is the w\ll of God }
A. The word of God revealed in the
old and new Teftament, is the will of
God.
* J0. What is it to doe the will of
God*
A* To doc Gods will, is to obey ic
Exod.2 4.7.
II Q+ Wb° °be] the W'M efGod in Hea-
ven ?
A. In Heaven the Saints departed3and
the Angels obey the Lord, Heb. 1 2.2 3 .
Pfalm 103.20.
Q^ Who ought to obey the will of God
on earth ?
A. On earth all men Iking are to
be obedient, Exod. 24.3. iSam. 15.
22.
QJVhatdefireyQKofGodin this Pe-
thion •
A, SSat 1 t*atf cetor Goto fcoilletl)
in fti0lDoru,mtgWbe obepeUmi,C6ear^
fallen 2.&peeullp5o 3. JFattljfaUp ant)
4*Conffantlp bptnen on eartb,a*p#n*
gel* 1 &0 tn JeatJeiT,lExodt i5>-8Romans
12.
V
Vi Vi th an Exposition upon the fame. \jj
12.2 m Pfalm 27.8. and 4. 8. n Pfalm
1 19.32)603 oRev.2. 10* p Ifa.6.2»
Expof; f Qi Vfhat do yon pafticu*
larly defer e of God in this Petition?
A. We particularly craye of God,
0) The knowledge of his will, Pfalm
119-18333334. CW.19, 10.(2) The
fupprellion of our own vile wills, Rom.
7. 24. (3.) Faith in Gods promifes ,
Romans 1. 9, 12 (4.) Conftancy and
chearfulnefs in our fuffering?, CoU 1.
9,11.
0. What inward, difpofetion to obedi-
ence do you defer e >
A*\. An inward defire. 2. Care,
3 Delight, Pfalm 119 .36, 143, 145.
4, Endeavor. And 5 ability to walk
in holinefs* Pfalm 119. 112, 167 9 168
PhU^.i%.
Q^ Are we Able in this life perfectly to
obey the Lord as the angels do ?
A- In this life perfectly we cannot
do the will of Gocl> 2 Samuel 12. 9,
and 13. 39. and 24 10. 2 Chron. 35. 22.
Luke 1 . 6, 20. as the Angels do : But wc
muft i. Defire. 2. Strive after. And. 3.
hope for perfe&ion* Lnke 13.24.P&/,
1.6.
Q. How then do we obey as the angels
dot N A. When
I j 8 A (hort C*tecbifrrt,
* A. When we obey with fincerity
Gen.i.%, 24. and 17. 1. Mich, 6.8. as
the Angels do, though not in the fame
degree, iO>r. 1.1^9, 10.
Q. Which is the fourth Petition 1
A. |!<DltJe aatbtet&ap'onrii&afte
threat).
Expof. j| O. JP&0 w# /? pray, Give us?
A. All both poor and rich muft pray>
Give uj.
A. t. Becaufe we have nothing but
by Gods free gift \ C or. ^.n fames 1.
17.(2) We have title to nothing, but
in Chrift Jeflis, Hefai.z. with Rom, 8.
32. (3) We can keep nothing but by
the Lords licence, Job 1. 12. (4) Nei-
ther cm any thing profper with up,
but by his bk fling, Deuteronomy 8. 16.
Prov 10. 22. Pfa/m 127. H2. Hajr9 1.
f Q. Sceingwepray but for adayy
may -we not provide for the time to
come 1
A. We may provide for the time to
come. 1. In a lawfull manner. 2. And
when God gives opportunity, Eph. 4. 28.
Gen, 41. 34, 35, &c. and 50. 20. 2 Cor*
13.14^^11,28.
Q^whae
with an Expedition upon the fame, \C$
Q^ What then is reqmred of us in this
particular >
A. We mhft ever wait upon Gods
providence, i /Vr.5.7. Pfilm 55. 22.
both 1 . When we have the means, Prov. %
3.5,6. And 2. when we want them,
Ija.2S.16.
(K What cares for the things of this
life is to be abandoned ?
jI.Wc imift caft off,i.Diftruftfull,2.-
Exceflive? 3 . Diftra&ing , 4. Unprofita-
ble, And 5 needlefs oares, Mat. 6. 25. &c-
to the end.
* Q. Vfhen is bread f aid to be Ours ?
A, Bread is (aid to be ours, when
it is,(i.)gotten by juft and lawful means,^
Eph.q. 28. (2) In a good and honeft
calling, Gen.^. 19.(3^) Our perfons be-
ing accepted of God in Jefus Chrift, 1
CVr.3.22,23.
Q. Why is this brea d Qurs>
A. Becaufethat which we fa poffefs
is given us ofGod in love and mercy.
(K What is meant by dally bread >
A. By daily bread, is meant bread ,
1. For the fupply of our prefent nece-
flity. 2 . Or rather that which is fit for us5
or agreeable to our prefent condition 9
Prov.$o,$9 9.
N 2 Q. what
1 8 o A fart Crtechtfrft)
Q. what doth the Word Bread ftgnifi
fometimes in Serif ture >
A. The bread of life which is Chrift,
John 6.48
Q^ What doth it fignific in this Pe-
tition ?
A. AW outward things, Trov- 27.27.
Jer.i 1.1 9. Frtiv. 59.1 4.(1 )For our ne-
ceffity (2) AndChrifh™ delight, P/V. 104
Q. what defire joh of God in this Pe~
tit 'on >
A. Sljac || 0o& tooula beff oto on ua
all tbtngs ueceCTarp fei ttfs life as
footsniafntenanct, tc»
Expo f. || QJtkat do you fray for under
then awe of bread ?
A. We pray for (1) Food. (2) Ray -
ment, Sen . 28. 20. (3) Sleep. Pfalm 3
5 . and 4. 8. (4 ^Fitting delights, Pfalm.
23.5. Prov. 5.18, 19.C7ftf.21. 8. andap.
22.
QzJVhat defire you under the name of
Our bread ?
A. 1. Contentation with oureftates
Hebm 13.5. 1 Tim.6.6. though they be
mean, Z^//. 4. 12.1T/w. 6.2. (2)Ke-
fiing on Gods providence, Prov. 16
3. (j)Loveofjuftice, fob. 29.24. (4)
Fa i th-
VFitb an Expofition upon the fame. 1 8 j
(4) FaithfLdaefs.(5^ Painfulnefs in our
callings, 2 Thef$: i2. CO Joy- (7)
Thankfulnefs, Dent. 28 47. and 8. io,
1 1 • (8) Gods blefllng upon them, Gen.
24. 12. Pfalm 67. 1,6,7. (?) Thcfan-
ftitication of whatsoever we enjoy , 1
^w.4.4. (10) Asalfoforpace, Pfalm
122.7,8.
Q^ What dc fire yo% as means hereof >
Am\. Protection by the Magiftrate,
1 Ttm.i 1,2. (2.)Sea(bnable weather,
&c. 1 Kinqs 8.35336 Jjh.l.2lDetit.
28 12 (3.)Valianc Souldiers, 2 Sam 13.
8) 2, 10, 1 . to 39. (4.) Learned and good
Pny/itians* O/.4 14.
Q. What do we pray agamft- >
A. We pray againft, 1 . Govetuoufc
nefs, Pfal.i 1946. (2.}Diftra$ing cares,
Mat. 6.3^ (3)Diftruft, Pfilm 78.22.
(4.) Difcontent with our eftatej 1 Tim.
6. io.(5.)Idlene6, A^r,20.3,6(6)Op-
preffion (7.) Injuftice (8) Carele nefs
(9) Unjuft war. And (10") whatfoever
doth unlawfully hurt and impeach our
outward profperity.
jg. Which is the fifth Petition ?
A. 2n& t jFo;gfte u* oor tnt*
paffe* 10 toe il rorgitJt t%% m t tfja t trcf*
wfi*safutt«*
N 5 Expof>
1 82 A Jhort Catechifm9
Expof. f Qi What is it to forgive
Jin f
A. To forgive finne is, i .To cover
it. 2. To put it away out of fighc
3 . -^nd not to impute it. 4. Or not to
call to a reckoning tot \t%Pfalm 32.1,2.
* Q^Why arefinnes called trefpajfes or
debts >
A- Sinnes are called trefpaffes or
debts. Mark 8. 35. becaufe we are
bound to make fatisfa&ion for theni>
by fuffering the juft judgment of God
J-»ti\>e 1 1.4. Gen. 2. 17. if the divine ju-
ftice be not fatisfied by another, CoU 1 .
20.
|| Qi Is our forgiving other s^ a caafe
why God for gives us ?
A. Our forgiving others^ is not a
caufewhyGod forgives us, Matt. 18.
32,33.Co/.3.i3,i Johnq.. 10, 11. but a
Sgn whereby we are aifured that God
hath pardoned us, Adatu6.\ 4, 1 5 . and 5.
22.24. Matt. y.ii*
(| Q. Are we ever to for give the tref-
pafs that is done again ft us >
A. The wrong that is done unto us
( though not alwayes the dammage,
2 Chron*\iy\6t iTim*^. 8, Ej>h.2.9.\
Exec'
With an Expojition upon the fame. 183
Exod. 24.14, 15, Alii 16. 37. comp.)
we ought to forgive Mqrkji 1.25.
0^ Every trefpafs is a fin 3 how then
can we for give it ?
A. The fin being the breach of the
divine law , God only can pardon ,
Pfalm 51. 1,4.
Q. i^yhat de fire yon of God in this
Petition >
A, Statu <©ot> in W0 free * mer*
f?fn9efU0 Cfcritf, fooutafullpbpap
Don all our Una, a* c \w do par&oti
tfte torong* and tnfarieg toe recette
from Others a Ifaiah 43.2$. b Pfalm 51.
2. c Luke 11. 4.
Expof || 2. What do we acknowledge
in this Petition >
A. In this Petition^i) We acknow-
ledge our {elves to be nrifcrable miners,
Pfat.qo.iz- and 25.11. Mx;?* 9.6.(2)
That we have no power to {atisfie for
fm9Pfa/.^.y92. ACts 2.37,38- Ez,e\.
1 ^ -4^5 -C3 OThat God is patient, bearing
with us Co long, Lam- 3.22. P/a/«* 1 45 .
8. Pfalm $6. 5, 15. and 103,8.4. And
merciful^ not giving leave onely, Dan. $.
18, 19. 2 Ckron.j.i^, but commanding
us alfo to pray for pardon, Hof 14.
ij 2;
N 4 Q^ #*4t
184 ^ fhortCatechifm,
Q^ What is the effett of the tonfidera-
tion of Gods titer cy in this particular >
A. Hereby he gives us hope of for-
givenefs.* arid hence> we arc drawn to flee
to the throne of grace, ?falm26. 15,1^.
X? . What do we pray for, in this Peti-
tion *
<A. For the full forgivenefs both oV
guilt and puqiftirnent, P/^i.i, 2.
Q^ Why muft we beg the pardon of Jin
every day *
A. 1 . Every day we fin, Ecclef, 7.
21. Job 14.4. and therefore every day
we muft pray for pardon, Pfalm 55.17.
and 2. Our faith is weak, Luke 24. 2 1,
22,23. Rom. 14. 1. we muft therefore
pray daily » that we may have greater
aflurance of our falvation, Luke 17.
5. 2 Samuel 12. 13. with Pfalm 51.
1,2.
O. Which is the fixth Petition ?
a. ams | lea* us not Into rem*
ptatton , but Deliver || 00 from
etill.
E^pof. || Q* Why mufi we pray3 not te
be lead into temptation >
^. Becaufe forgivenefs of fins, ancj
grievous temptations are infeparable
com-
mth an Expofition upon the fame. 185
companions, Lu^e 2i# 22> 23,24,25.
Attsg. 17,23,24.
Q^ What is temptation**
A. Temptation is any tryal, where-
by the heart is incited to fin by Satan,
the world, or the flefli , 1 7hetf.$. 5.
James i. 14.Mat.26 41-
Q. JVbo are f aid to temp ?
A.i. God. 2. Satan, the world, and
theflefh.
QjVhy doth God ttmpt his ferv ants >
A* God is faid to tempt hisfervants,
to try and humble them*
Q. How doth God tempt them 1
A. 1. By offering occalions of fin,
2. Sending afflictions. And 3. deferring
to help, Deut.i% 3* and 8.2. G^/, 22. 1.
Pfafm 1 0.1 ,
Q. Is not God then the author of fin ?
A. No •' This in refpeft of God is ever
good, Mat.19.1j. Hahi.i$Jam.i.\$.
Q^ How are Satan^he world^and the
fiejbfaid to tempt .?
A. Satan, the world, and the flelh
are faid to tempt, by inciting always
unto fin.
Q. How doth Satan tempt ?
A. Satan doth tempc5 1 . By inward
fuggeftions, 1 Qbron.zui/johmyit,
2. A»d
1 8 6 A fyort Catecbifm,
AndC2)by outward obje&s,2 Sam.ii .2 ,
3.^^.4.3,4,8.
jg. How doth the world tempt ?
/4. The world doth tempt, 1. By
bad examples, Jer. 44. 17. Or 2. by
wicked perflations, allurings,or terri-
fying,*^/*^.and 36 7. and Job 2.9. 1.
.KVtfjrr 13.8. Mat. 16. 22. Acb s.2i9
12.
Q^ f-W *Wj r/v H e(h tempt ?
A. The flefb tempteth when we are
incited of our own corruption, Obad. 3 .
James 1. 14. 1 Pet.i.i 1.
Q^ What be the degrees of temptati-
on?
A. Temptation hath thefe degrees 5
1. Suggeftion. 2. Delight. 3. Confent,
And 4. pracYice,J^»^/ 1.14.
Q^ What is it to be lead into tempta-
tion ?
A. To be lead into temptation, is
to be overcome of temptation ; fo that
Satan doth prevail againft us, and get
the victory, Matth.i6. 41. 1 Chron.
21. 1.
Q^ How is God f aid to lead into temp-
tation ?
A. God is faid to lead into tempta-
tion, i. When in any tryall he doth
for-
With an Sxgofition upon the fame. *8y
forfake man.fa) Doth with-hoid or
with -draw flroni him hl§ grace, (3)Doth
faffer him t(5 fall, 2 Chhmkles 32.31.
f 4.) Doth harden his heart, Exod.j.$.
>4nd (5) ddth^gkeiHm wholly up into
Sataifs power, and the full fway of his
own corrupt heart, Romans \. 24.26.
28. i
d^ What is it to deliver ?
|| 4. To deliver, is either 1 . To fupport,
under. ?» Or elfe to proteft and defend
fronievil,2 Cor, 12. 9.
<^ Whatism?amby evi/}
A. Byevill,the power and poyfon of
fin> Satan, and the world is underftood,
y^fr.5.37.
,'jg* what de fire you of God in this Pe-
ril ion ?
A. 2Do be freeo from* trials tbem*
teltie*, fo far da* it toiil ttanotoitb
0oo* poo pleafttre : ana alteapea
from tbe cUtt tftereof , e cbat tee faint
hot twoer ttym* n be foiled bp
t^em, d Mact26. 39, e Rom.8. 28, 1 Cor*
10.13.
Expof. * Q . tf^* do we acknowledge
in this Petition ?
4* Here we acknowledge, (1) The
£oreU power over our enemies that
tempt
1 8 8 A fhort Catechifm,
tempt us, Zach. 3. 2.' fade 9. And .2.
our own frailty, Pfalm 1 03 . 1 4, 1 5 .
jg^ What do we bewail ?
-id. We bewail our pronen:fs to evil
and corruption, Rom .7.24. 1 8 .
jg. What do we de fire in particular ?
A. Wedefire God, (1) To bridle
Satan, 2 Cor. 12.7, 8- (2) To kill fin,
Pfal. 19. 13. (3") To fupport us by
his grace, Eph.$% 16 1 77?<?/f. 3. 13.
(4) To ftir us up to be watchful in pray-
er. Eph% 6. 18.(5) To give us, 1. Hope.
2. Patience. 3. Confolation, Col. 1. 1 1.
a Thef.i. 17. And 4. A good iflue out
of all tryals, Pfalm 6.4. that we nei-
ther 1. Prefume. Nor 2 Defpair, Prov.
30.9. And to free us from miferyfo far
as may (land with his good pie ifure.
Q. Which is the 1 hankj giving in the
Lords Prayer ?
*♦ $oz Writ to tie fcfng&om, tbe
t potoer, ano tic * glorp foj tter
anDctm
Expof || f?. How do thefe word** Thin J
is the kingdom, prot/* that all bleffmgt
mufi Be asked of God ?
A. (1) Baraufe God is the right
owner, and fupreme and abfolute ru-
ler over all things in heaven and
earth,
With an Expofition upon the [ante. 18^
earth/7 en, 14.19.1 Chron.29.11. Vfalm
24. 1. 3. all bleflings therefore are to
be craved at his hands, Vfalm. 145. 14.
15, 1 6 . (2) Whither fhould fubje&s flee*
but to their King ? Pfa/m. 705. Pfalm
29,10,11,12.
Q. How doth thefe wcrds^ Thine is the
power prove that al bhffinqs mufi t?e era*
vedofhim ?
f A.\i} Beeaufe God can give
whatfoever we ftand in need of, Matt. v
77. and 8.2. ( a) He can ftrengthen
us againft any finne, 2 lim% 4, 18. Ji*de
34. and unto any duty, Htb, 13.21.
^nd ( 3 ) we have no ftrength bat from
him, 1 Chronicles 29. 15, 16. 2 Cor in.
3.5. therefore we muft call upon him a-
lone.
Qjfow do thefe words. Thine is the
glory con fir me it >
*A. 1. Bccaufe God ought to be glo-
rified by us in all things. Collojfians j$.\j
2. He gaineth glory by hearing the
prayer* of his people, Pfa/m. 79.11.
Pfalm^oi^zxsA 3©. H512. And 5. for
his glory he will not deny them any
thing that (hall be good, Man, 7.1 1 .Luke
u. 13.
Q^ Doe rot thefe Words contain area*
Con
190 -A fhort Cattcbifm,
fon alfa why we be a the former blejfintrs
et the hands of God i
a. pt&, for feefng tfce fcfng&om,
potoer ana giorp , are tfce Horaa,
toe lljoalD call upon Mm in ail oar
neeefstttes-
Q* whtchis the Cone I ft fon of the
Lords Prayer }
J. A MEN, foWcti <0 a fottnef*
0ng of our faitft , ant) Dcflre of tije
tying* pjape&for, Jcr. u. 5.
Q. What doth Simen || fignlfie >
A- &oitf0>o^&obeit, 1 Kings 1.
36.Jer.286. ana 1.15.
ExpoC|| Q^ What doth Amen figni fie
in Scripture fmeumes ?
A. Amen^ (i) Its fometimesa title
of Chrift, Rev.%. 14. becaufe of his
faithfnlneis and truth in performing all
promifes, 2 Cor. 1. 20.(2) In the be-
ginning of fentences 3 it is an earned
arTeveration> John 6.26. Mat. 24, 47.
Lul^e 12.44.
Q« what doth i t imply when its ad-
ded in the end ofBleffwgs, Prayers^ or
Imprecations ?
A. When its added in the end of
Bleffings j Prayers, or Imprecations, it
in)plyeth,(OA defireof the thing, fo
to
vVtw An&xvojiuon upon the fame, ipi
to be. And (2) confidence that,fo it fhal
be, NumK^. 22. Z^r.27. 15. 1 Cor*
14. 16.
Q^Wh at learn you hence \thatChri ft
teacheth us to end our Prayers with
Amen ?
A . Chrift teaching u« to end our pray-
ers with^#z^ doth chereby admonifh
us, i.Todefire grace of Cod. And .2.
to believe.
Q^ What muft we believe ?
A, That God presently hearcth and
will certainly iu due time grant our re-
queft> 1 Cor. 14* 16.
Q^ What things then are to beftriven
again ft in grayer ?
- A, 1 . Coldnei?, 2 . Doubting;, 3 Di-
ftruffi, are to beftriven againft, 1 Tim t
2.8. James 1.6.
Ck What muft we do after we have
frayed. ?
A, €>bfert)e fcoto f tot f tyrefe* onto '
toljat anftoer toe recefte, fPfa-3,4
and8<;.8.
Expof. t Q^ What rules are to be
obfcrved touching the fuceefs of our
prayers I
A. 1. We muft know, thai: God
fomecimes doth hear and grant our
requeftj,
1 9 2 A fhort GatecktjTBj
requefts, when yet he doth defer to give
us the (enfe thereof, /fit. 64* 24* 2 Sam.
12,1 3. with Pfalm. $1.1)2. Dan. 9.22.
23. andio.i23i3.(2)^lfohedothnot
alwayes give the particular thing we ask,
but what heknowes beftforus, Rcm.i.
10. 2 Cor 12.7.8 9.Heb.^. 7. (3) Fur-
ther we muft take heed that we limit
not the Lord to our own t\mc9/faiab 28
16. (4) Nor yet receive Satansanfwer
for the Lords.
Q. How may Sat am anfwer he de-
cerned?
A, Satans anfwer is either, 1 . Con-
trary to the word of truth, Or 2* if he
fpeak the truth, it is to a wrong end,
viz,. 1. Defpair. 2. Or Prophane-
neffe.
Q^ when doe wee fpeed well in pray*
trf
A. We fpeed well, ( 1.) When God
giveth us the fame thing that we crave,
being good? Lam. 3. jj.Gen. 30, 19.22.
and 20. 1 j.PJalm 21.2. 4. Exod. 17.11.
Jofh. 10. 13 (2) Or another as fa, or
more fit for us, Gen. 17,1 89i 9.Mark^\^
3 5. with £M.^.7.0r(3)more patience &
ftrength to wait> 2 C<?r. 12. fiS&.PJ aim
401.
Vfhhan Expofition upon the fame. 1*3
Q. What benefit fhall we gaine there-
by ?
A. i* 3t toill ttir m tftt II &cart
tog ttoankfulneOtt 2. UUmofcehf
fculneffe, 3. flno * negifgence. 4.
^trengtycn 11 oar i faftti, $. 0n&fn«
flantet our \\rsxU totth k je«l , to?
an&lOt)S, g Plal 2,r, -ai, 22. hPial 88*
1 3. and 4.1, 2.iPfal. 4. 3, and 116. i.k
Pfal.28 6>7.
Expof. || Q. How doth it flir up the
heart to thankjtdneffe 1
A. 1. The hearing of our holy pray-
ers is a pledge of Gods love* 2. ^nd a
fweet and comfortable ceftimony of his
mercy Pfalm 3 1.21, 22. provoking the
heart chearfully to praife God9Pfa/m.^o
8.10,1 I5I2.
Q. How doth observation of fuccejfe
inpraveryferve to remove dulnejfe ?
[j A, When God anfwereth our pray-
ers, the light of his countenance fhineth
upon us,and this reviveth the dull fpirits
rpfalin 1 16.6,7 9. 1 $am*7 2 7«
Q*How doth it remove negligence J
* A. Experience of good received from
God,and begged in prayer, doth quicken
us thereunto, Pfalm 68. 6, 7,'andu6.
O QHot*
A jbort Catecbijm,
l^ q. How doth it ftrengthen onr
|j .4. God is unchangeable, lb that
former mercies given doe affure us ot fu-
ture bleirings,Ppz/.6l.5>6.
Qj. How doth it enflame onr hearts
with z,eal)&c,
f A. Though our hearts arecoldby
nature, yet the fight of Gods love doth
move us effectually to love the Lor J a -
1 gain PJalm 105.18^19^0,21.
q; What mn ft we doe if Godanjwer
us not. the fir/} or fecond time >
jl u diamine * l>Qto toelprae
ano m 2. Continue Ufcrtent t&erc-
in : 3.Mattfngnttpnnfte Jlojo untu
tefpeei5jljames4.3» m Luke 18. 1. n
Hab. 2.3^1.5.3. .
Expof .* Q;. Why mnft we examine km
we fray if we [feed not at the fir ft {
A. "Becaufe fometimes we ask and
receive not,becaufe we ask amifs.
Q. How many wales do we fray amtfs ?
A. Three waies(i) For the manner,
when we pray 1. Ignorantly,2* Rafhly,
3. Coldly, 4. With wearinefs, 5 P;*™1}-
fully 6. And without love, pbzj.6-
Prov zi.l}. _
CO For the matter, asking 1. l-bu*g»-
not:
with an Expofition upon the fame. T a r
notgood,Mat.2Os2i022.Ltfl>e 9. 54.55.
Of 2. not fit for them for whom we pray.
(3) For the end, when we aske to a
wrong end.
Q. What rules are to be observed here-
in }
A. Here obferve, That(i) They
pray well that take notice of their
wants in prxycrsPfalm 31,32.(2) ^nd
fometimes the childe of God prayeth
beft when he knoweth not that he
prayeth at all, Rem. 8. 26, 0)Alfo
God fometimes giveth us what we
pray for, when we pray but coldly,
^^9.22.24, 25. that he might en-
courage us to pray; and denies us fomer
times when we pray fervently, that we
mjght not truft to our prayers, Pfdm.
22.2*
Q. Why rnufi -we continue fervent m
prayer, if God deny us at the firfti
II Am Becaufe God for a time m ay de -
ny what we ask, Vfalm6.%m and 13.
Q^ Why doth God for a time dm us
•what we askjt
A. ("l) That he may exei-cife oar
.humility in regard of our wants, Lam.
2.4. Judges 1^.13,14. (2) Oar Faith.
O2 (3) ^nd
I p 6 A fhort CMechifrr?)
■ (3)And our patience in waiting, Matt ht
15.22,23, 24.26,27,28. (4) ^ndtry
our obedience, whether we will in con-
fcience obey, though we want the com-
fort promifed, Pfalm 44. 17,18,19,20.
Moreover he deferreth to help for a
feafon, To(5 ) quicken us to prayer. (6)
To make us know our felves.(7)That
we may carefully preferve his graces,
when once we have them ^nd (8) that
he may doe u? good in the latter end,
Judg. 20. 26. Therefore we mould not
be faint hearted, but hold out unto th*
end.
Q. How is a man fupported tope fe-
vere in prayer f
A. 1. By faith, 2. Hope, 3. And love,
Pfal.40.1. and 37.7.
Q» Who ought to fray j?
jf- SUoagJ (0oD reqafrettoof
all men npoti eartf>> pet ft moit
fptrfallp belougeftj to tbe mem*
ber0 of p tfc Cbnrrt) militant,
oMatth. 7.7, 8. Pfalm 14.2.P John 16-
23.26.
Q. Who can or may pray wijk hope to
fpeed f
a. £Dnelp tfep q t bat || depart feora
fntqtiftoq«P&UJ.i8r
Expof,
ft*
Vnoim Ex f option upon the fame.
Expor. || O, why mvft he thatpr^yn^7
depart from iniquity >
^. i . Bccaufe fuch only as feel the
burthen of fin, and have a defire to be
eafed, are called to coqie unto Chrift,
2. And they onely have a promife
tofinde good fucceis, Ifa.tf. 1. Mat.
11.28.
3. Others do but mock God, Pfalm
78^35* 5**
4. Neither can they pray with the
graces required 3 as faith, reverence,
fervency, love, &cm Co long as they
love wickednefp, Zach. 12. 10. 2 Tim.
2. 19.
5. Prayer is not a work of nature
but of the fpirk of fanttification> Rom.
8. 15, 26. 6V.44, <5- and he cannot
fulfil the lufts of the flefti, that hath the
fpirit of grace dwelling in him, Gal.
5.16.
6. The Prayers of the wicked are
an abomination unto the Lord, Prov.
15. 8. Jjhny. 31. I fat ah 58.7,8, 9.
£^^.17.18
C^ // our dep arting from fin perfett in
this life ?
-<4. Our departing from fin is at the
firftyery rude and imperfefr, John si.
O 3 15.
97
I g 8 ** ftort C*t&bifnr,
15. i Pet.z.i. but we muftpray daily
to be renewed, Col.i. 9. Phil. 1.9, 10,
11,17/^.3.13.
Q. For whom mnfl we pray ?
A* jfo* tallr torts- mr men nofo
Ifttng* or tftat flrall f&crcaftet ltt)e>tmt
* not for tfce t Deal'* r 1 Timothy 2 . 1 . f
John 17.20. tLuke 16.24,25.
Expof. f 5: ^7 mttfl w*fr*y for all
forts of men ?
^/i(i) The Commandment of God
James 5. 16- Eph. 6. 18. Cat. 4. 3.
Rem. 1 5 . 3 o; (2) Our love to our bro-
ther. 1. Who is of our flefh. 2, And
may appertain to the Kingdom of
grace.* Rom. 10, I. 2. John 5. 16. do
require that we pray for all forts of men
living.
Q^ What forts of men muft we pray
A. (1) Both private, James ^ 14.
1 Sam. 12.25. (2) And publique per-
form, iKihgsi. 36.37. Ifaiah 6. 10.
(3) Friends, J^ 42 8; 10. ^4) And
toes, Pfalm^ 13. (5) Near in blood.
Num 12.13. ^^.25.21. and 17, i8.ana
27,28. and 28.3 #i Chro.iq.i 9(6) And
iirangersj CW. 1, 9. ( 7 ) Weak. Or
(8) ttrong Chriftian?, 1 Tkef 5. 14.
Col
with an Expofnion upon the fame, ipp
CV.4. 12.2 Cor.i. ii. Heb.\^% 18,19-
(9) Such as Hand. 2 Thef 3.5. (10) Or
be gone aftray, Cant. 2* 8. £-*W. 32. 3 1 •>
32* Rom, 10. 1.
Q. Why is it our duty thus to pray for
all forts I
A. (1) All need the prayers one of
another, J^w^ 5. 16. (2) Satan feeks
to moleft and trouble all men, L%ke 22.
31. Job 1. $, 10. Eph.6.12.1 Pet.CyS.
(3) The fall of any man is adiftionor
to God, Rom.2. 23, 24. (4) A finners
conversion brings glory to his Name ,
Apoc. 16.9. M&L 2. 1, 2. (5) The
prayer of the weakeftChriftianis avail-
able with God, Pfa/m6^. 2. and 14$.
18. P[alm 102. 17.. (6) At lead, it
(hall return into his own bofome, Pfal.
35. 13. E&ek^ 14. 14. (7) Icis a fpe-
cial aft of love » Mat. 5. 44. (?) A
means to reconcile our enemies unto
us, Rom. 12. 20. (9) Or to prevent
danger or hurt , that otherwise we
might receive from him, Pfalm 109.-
4-
Q^why mufi we not pray for the
dead?
* A. £1) Becaufe prayers cannot
avail the dead, Rev.\^. 13. 1 Pet. 3. 19.
O 4 Bet.
200
A fbortCatecbifrfi, ,
Hcb.o. 27. {*) Neither can a prayer
forthembeaworkoffaith.
q^ ^ <*»*** prayer for the dead be <
<* work^of faith ?
^.i.Bccaufe there is not any com-
mandment to do it. 2. Or promife ot good
to come by it. 3. Or approved example
to warrant it in Scripture.
*CL *h*t is the foundation of theje
pr^^Supcrftition did firft hatch thefe
prayers, and fuperftition now is the foun-
dation of them.
£. What pretence do the tgnoiant
make to defend them'* ■
^. Love is the pretence which tne
ignorant fort make to defend them.
6 Q. What are we toth.nl^ of them tn
deed? XT . _ i^.
J, Indeed they are, 1 Vain, 2. ig
noranc, 3 M* 4 Atid uncharita-
blCQ. May men content themfehes to
pajln private onelj, or onely in p«*'
***** #* Imtllflw? multu nte botb
©antique ano w private t PWer* u
Aftsa. wLukcii.i. ■ s
With an Expofition upon the fame. 201
J. Publique prayer is that which is
ufed in the publique meetings and afiem-
blies of Gods fervants.
Q^ What ren\ons may jbew the necef-
fity and ufe of d%b like prayer ?
* A, fhis is (1) A principal part of
Gods tvor (hip, ACh 3.1.(2) It is accepta-
ble unto his Majefty.
Q^ Why is It acceptable to God*
A. Becaufe (0 We acknowledge
him openly to be the giver of every
good gift. (2) And fpeak of his free
favor, to the praife ot his grace, Pfal
22. 25^1^40.10.(3) It was ever ufed
in the houfe of God, Matth* 21.12
(4) It fancYificth every other duty,
1 //7W.4. 5. Ce) It Is commanded by
Chrift. (6) fchrift hath promifed his
pretence in a fpecial manner in the con-
gregation, Pfalm 27. 4. Matt<i%. 28.
(7) Alfo hereby we are quickned to
pray more fervently, Zach%. 20, 21,
22. (8) We do teftifie our faith, hope,
thankfulnefs. (9) We profefs our
felves to be the fervants of Chrift,
(10) We ftir up others by our example ,
Pfol.9%.6. and 96.1,2,7,8' (11) And
it is much to our comfort , that what
we ask, is approved and fought with
common
2Qt A\hort Catechifm^
common confent ; publique fervice be-
ing of more worth then private, as a
focicey exceedeth the worthinefs of one
man, Pfa/,2^.9. and 87.2. and 3$. 18.
and in. 1.
j£K What is private prayer ?
| A. Private prayer is that which is
performed, 1 . In a family : Or- 2. by one
alone, Zach.\ 2. 12,1 3,14.
CK Why is prayer in the family nece f-
f*ry>
A. In the family, prayer is necefTary :
COGod by his commandment binding
Parents and Matters to fee it perform-
ed, Jofhua 24. 1 5 . Gcnefis 18.18 (2.)The
faithful have followed the Lords di-
rection herein, fob 1.5. (3.) Hereby the
affairs of the whole family are fan&i-
fied, 1 Chroti. 16. 43. P faint 127. I.
1 77^4.5. And (4.) God will pour
down a blefling upon that family 5
that joyntly feeketh his favor by hear-
ty fupplication, Atts 1 . 14, 15. and 1 2.
Q. Why mufl we pray alone ?
A- VVemuft pray alone, Gen. 2 4.63.
and 32. 9, 1 o. Luke 11. 1. Mat. 6.6*
O) That we may be more fit to joyn
with others to our edification. (2) And
have
pVithanExpefitton upon the fame. 203
have comfort when we are alone, PfaL
30.10, 11,12(5 .) Alfo we have private
1. Sins to confefs : 2. Wants to be-
wail. 3 . CrofTes under which we fhould
be humbled, Pfalm 6.2,3 ,6,7. Matt.
14*3 1, 4. And 4. favours for which we
fhould be thankful, Lam. 3.23. f/fc/jg! 1 .
23,24* and 66. 19, 20.
Q^_ What other means hath the Lard
anointed to increafe faith ">
A. fl&e fcat x atjmtnlflratfcn ,
ana receding cf tte t &acra~
mente, * Gen. 17.9, io,n. Rom.4.
11.
Expof.f Qjf'hat did the word Sacra*
merit jignifie in ancient times ?
A. The word Sacrament did in an-
cient times fignifie an oath $ whereby
Souldiers bound themfelves ro be true
to their Captain, and the General in
like manner did binde himfelf to the Sol-
diers.
Q. What is it now ufed to fignifit f
A. Now it is ufed to fignifie the
Seals of the Covenant , whereby Che
Lord doth binde himfelf in Ghriit
Jefus to be merciful to us , and we
binde our (elves to be true unto
Chrift.
Q. How
C04 -^ fyort Catechifn?)
Q^ Horv are the Sacraments fecial
means to confirm faith >
A. The Sacraments are fpecial means
to confirm faith, becaufe i. Chrift
is after a fpecial manner reprefented?
2. And offered unto all. And.3. effe&u-
ally beftowed upon every worthy com-
municant.
Q. Who ought to admmifler the Sa-
craments ?
A. tf)mlptfceptbat yare I latofullp
calleD tbcrrunto bp t&t Cfctucfc, y
//*£. 5 4.
Expof*|| Q. Who are lawfully called
to adminijter the Sacraments >
A. Such are lawfully called to ad-
minifter the Sacraments, who 1. Being
furniflied with gifts of knowledge and
holinels* 2. Are fet apart for that of-
fice by the Church, Dext.'fi. 10. Ma!m
2.7. Matth.$. 14, 15, 16. 1 7"#.3.
2,4556,7. 7/M.7,8 9. Matth. 24.45,
Mom,i.i.Ttt.i, 5.
Q^ ff&rf* #V 4 Sacrament ?
[A* atfeal of y tfce cetenanrof
grace, yR0m-4.11*
Expof.f Q^Why are the Sacraments
called Seals?
A. Sacraments are appointed, not
onely
With an Expofition upon the fain ^ 205
onely, 1 . To help the underftanding :
and 2- The memory, But 3. al(b to per-
fwade3and allure the heart that Ghriftis
ours.
Q ♦ VPhy call you the Sacrament a Seal
cfthe Coven an t of Grace ?
A. Becaufe the Covenant is fealed in
the Sacrament.
Q^ what is the caufe of that Cove-
nant t
A, God of his meer grace and favour,
made it with us.
Q. /» whom is it made >
A. In Jefus Chrift.
Q^ With whom ? •
A. With us being mi(erable finners,
Gen.ij.j 9)io>il,&c.
0. In what words is this Covenant,
ex ore (fed in Scripture }
A. 3 totii be ! tftp 2 ©o&, an* fyou
foalt be mp people, 2Jfcr.3t.551
Expof. || O. What doth Godpromljein
this frvenant >
A. In this Covenant God doth
p»oni(e> 1. To be our Saviour, King and
Father. 2. To pardon our finncs. 3. To
fanftifie our nature. 4. To bellow all
good things upon us. And 5# pro-
teft us from all evill, Geneftsiy,i92.
Lev,
2 o tf A fbort Catechifniy
Lev.i6.i\\ii. 2 C0r.tf.16, I73i8. Heb.
8.10,11.12.
Q^JVhat do wepromife to God }
A. Wepromife, t. To choofe God
to be our God. 2.T0 truft in him- 3. To
love. 4. To fear him. And 5. to walk in
obedience to him, pxodxr. 15. 2. and
20.19.and 24.3.7.
Q. what are the parts of a Sacra-
, tncntl
a. Ctoa : an t outtoarD fciflble
0gne> fantttfUfc to * repjefent ant
f eale another tltfng to tfje mtn&e arm
tjeart ; ana an fntoaro . grace, fijttfcte
tbettytigtfgntfiti).
Expo£ f 0. i/w is It proved that
there be two parts of a Sacrament ?
A. Of a lign there muft needs be two
parts, the underftanding thereby concei-
ving one thing, and the fenfe another, Gc-
nefis 9. 11, 12, 13, 14, 15*1 6,1 7. //*/*£
38.7,8. therefore ofa Sacrament there
mult needs be two parts, one inward, a-
nother outward.
Qi What h a ft an f anil i fled f
* A. A fign fan&ified, is that
which, is appoynted by the Lord himfelf
to fign 1 fie, Exodttf 49. 11. 13. and
xwt by man upon any conceited ana-
logy
With An Sxpofition upon the fame. 207
logy or proportion.
jg. What is the inward grace ? ,
|f A. The inward grace is the fres
and tpirituall gift which God beftow-
ethupon the foul) Gen%ij.j. Matth. 26.
28.
Q^ who is the dmhor of the Sacra-
ment\
K ttht HQ#)a onelp t fofco tnafce
tfce Covenant, a Ifaiah7fi4; and 38^
7-
Expof. f Q^ How is it proved that
God onely is the Author of the Sacra-
ments ?
A. Becaufe 1. God is the only Law-
giver of his Church, fame s 4.1 2. Match,
?3 8 10. Afts 3.22. to teach it by word
and figix*
2. And, as to forgive finnes, and re-
ceive unco grace , is proper to the
Lord alone, Michel 7 . 1 8 . Hofea. 1 4 \ 1 y2 .
foicis his peculiar, to inftitucea figne
and Seale for the confirmation there-
of.
Q^ How many Sacraments be there ?
a. 3n tfce * &t\n K,z%wmmt
Dtxtlv tfoa : b I5aptfCme tttMJje
&O2U0 c &nppcr> b John 1. 2 6t cLuie.
22.19,20.
Expof.
qo3 A jhort Catfckifrr^
Expof. * Q. Why fey joh there be on-
ly two Sacraments m the New Tefta-
ment f
A, In the Old Teftament the Jewes
had many Sacraments .-fomeordinaryj
Gen. \j, 9# ii} 12, &c.Exodi2. 1,2,3.
&c fome extraordinary, 1 (or. 10. 1? 2,
3.5. Buc the N^w Teftament hath ontly
two.
Q, How may t hat be proved ?
A. Becaufe there be no more Sacra-
ments of the New Teftament, then
Chrift did inftitute and receive before his
death.
(^ Why was it neceffary that Chrift
(hozld receive the Sacraments of the New
Teftament f
A. It was neceffary that he fhould
receive both. 1. To fan&ifie them in
his own perfon, And 2. to feal that
Communion which is between him and
us.
Q^ What fay y oh of the five other Sa-
crament? which the Papifts adde to thefe
two?
A. The nature of a Sacrament a-
greeth not to the five forged Sacra-
ments of the Papifts. 1. Becaufe they
are not proper to the Church. 2. Nor
are
With an Expofition upon the fame. 20£
are hot inftituted of Godv 3. Or con-
lift not of an outward vifible fign ,
and inward grace : 4. The Cove-
nant of grace is not fealed in any of
them.
Q. What is the proper tie of the Sacra-
ments in the New 'Ttftatncm >
A. Thefe Sacraments of the New
Teftamentare perpetual, and never to be
abrogated, Heb.%. 13.
Q^ What is Baptifm ?
A. a |! Sacrament c of our f ngraf*
ftng tato Ctulft* communion tott!}
i|fai> and entrance tnto tfce Cfcarcfc c
Mat.28. 19.Aas8.31.
Expof. || Q^Doth not Baptism make
mcnChriftian forils >
A, The feed of Abraham^ Gal. •$.*].
or children of Chriftian parents , ard
1. Within the Covenant. 2. Are Chri*
ftians and Members of the Church 1
Co . 7. 1 4. Rom. 11.16. Baptifm there -
fore doth not make them Ghiiftian
fouls.
Q. What then is the ttfe of Baptifm f
A. It doth folemnly (ignifie and
feal, 1. Their ingrafting into Chrift,
2. Aad that communion which the
members of Ghrift, have with Him their
P Head,
31© Afhort Catechfmy
Head. 3. U doth confirm, that they
are acknowledged Members of the
Church , and entrsd into it> 1 Peter
Qi What is the 0 utwardfign ?
A. Mater, f to&eretottfc tip par-
tp baptff efc t* g toaibiD bp dtpptng
m fpjbtfeltng* h into tftt f jjaame
of tbe ifatljer > &on > and bolp
CPfcott, f Afts 10. 47* g Matth. 3. *,
11, 13) 16. A&s 16. 15. h Matthew
*8. J 9.
Expof. f Q^ Wi><# ii it to be baptised
into the name of the FatherySon^ and he If
Ghofi ?
A. To be baptized into the name of
the Father, Son> and holy Ghoft, is to
be confecrated unto the worftrip and
fcrvice of the Father? Son, and holy
Ghoft.
Q. What is the inward grace or thing
fignified 1
A- J^&ttaitfc i of * Oit0» ana
it fanctttUatfoit> i Mark 14. Afts 2. 38.
k Tit. 3. 5.
ExpoC * Qi How may it appear that
tin ivward grace in Bapttfm u the
forgivtnefs of Jm$ avd Sanflkificati*
A. Water
With an Hxpofition upon the fame* 2 1 1
Am Water in Baptifm doth lignifie
1. Chrifts bloo4> by which all our fins
are waihed av\ay. And 2 Chrifts
Spirit, by which we are regenerated?
Rom.6.%- Manb.%. 11. John 1. 26.
Col. 2. 12. Wherefore the inward
grace in Baptifm, is the pardon of our
fins, and renewing of our nature, Tit.
3-5*
Q^ To wha: condition doth the forty
Baptised blnde himfelf f
a. 2Do belletJe d fn ll Cbrtff, an*
cto forfakefcf* ftn*,d /vas 8. 37. c
Matth 3. i%
Expof. || Ql How is it proved that the
party Baptised doth tfinde himfelf to re-
pent and belkve ?
A. Gods promife to us, and our
promife to God, implyed in the Cove-
nant, is fealed in Baptilm, Aftsi&^i^
15, 31, 32, 33. Co that we binde our
felves thereby to the performance of our
duty.
Q, Infants baptized have not the ufe
ofreafon9 how then can they bind them*
felves to believe >
A. Infants Baptized have not the
ufe of reafon, much lefs faith to be-
lieve; but yet as they be in the Cove-
P 2 nanc*
212 A fhort Cdtechifrri)
•nant, fo they oblige themfelves to be-
lieve in Ghrift, and depart from ini-
quity ; which they are bound to per-
form, when they are come to years of
difcretion, Acts 2. 39. with 2 Cor* 6.
C^ How 9 ft ottght a man to be Bapti-
sed?
A* 3t te enough once to be f bap! f*
jea : foj Bapttf m if a pleuge of our g
tietobirfb,fAa.78.gTit.3$.
Expof. |) Q. why is Baptifm to be ad-
min, ftred bat once to one man ?
A. We never read that Chrift or his
Apoftles did admin? fhr Baptiim more
then once to one man.
2. ^nd Gircumcifion, the Seal of
entrance into the Church of the Jews (in
the place whereof Baptifm is come) was
only once applyed by Gods appoint-
ment, Gen. 17. 23, 24, &c.
Q. Who oHphttobe Bapt.'z»td?
A. 3nft&el* b contorted to t tie
fattb, anD * Infants i of one , o:botlj
Cfcftttan II parents h Afts 8. i2.i Afts
2. 39- 1 Cor 7. 1 4-t
Expof f Q: Why are not Infidels to he
baptised before they be converted to the
fothf -'
^.Be-
With an Expofnion upon the fame. 2\l
A. Becaufe all they who be within the
Covenant, and ftich onely, are to be re-
cei ved into Baptifm.
O. How i* it proved} that infants
of Cfcrifl/an Parents ought to be bapti*
&d!
* A. (i) B:caufe Infants ofChrifti-
an Parents are within the Covenant,
(2) To them appertained thepromifi
of forgivenefs of fins, and the Kingdom
of God. (3) Circumcifion among the
Jews ( wkich anfwereth to our baptifiii )
was adminiftred to infants, Genf 17. 1 2,
and 21. 1, 4. Luk£ 1. 59 and 2. 21.
And (4) when the faithful which the
Scripture faith , were, converted with
their whole hoffjhold^ and Baptiz>sd-> it
may probably be thought, there were
(bme children amongft ttaro of thofe
houfholds , who were not excluded
Afts 14 14, 15.
Q. Who a-e to be acknowledged Chri-
ftians >
|| A. Though we acknowledge fuch
onely to be fincere Chriftians , who
(erve God with upright hearts, Rom.
21. 28, 29. yet thofe are not denied
to be Chriftians , who make fo much
as a -genco) profeffion of Chrift> A 8s
P 3 tu
A fhort fatecbifm,
3*4 11.26. iCor. i« 2. with 5. 1, 2,3. and
J5'I2.
Q, What. is the Lords Supper >
a. t 3 k Sacrament of our con*
ffnnance ano grototfc in Cferitt k 1
Gor. 10. 16-
Expof. f Qi #*» ^ f £* IWdfr Sup-
per proved to be a Sacrament of our
growth in Chrifi ?
A. Becaufe there Ghrift is given to
be fpiritual nourifbment unto the foul,
that we might grow and increafe in
him, John 6. 33, 48,50,51,52,54,
56. as plants are not onely grafted, but
00 grow in the ftock • and this is fealed
, « in this Sacrament.
Q. who is the author of this Sacra-
ment ?
A, SDfce & orts 1 3tfiw !i in tlje fame
nlgftt f tbaf tie teas betrapeM 1 Cor.
n.23,24.
Expof j| O^ How nttrj it be proved
that Chrifi had authority to infiltute this
Sacrament \
-^. (1) Becaufe Chrift is the Lord
and head of his Church, Atts 10.36.
Eph. 1. 22. Col, 1. 18. (2) He hath
aathority given from the Father to
Inftitute Sacraments* ^#£.28.18, 19'
(3)Aad
With An Expofithn upon the fame*
(j) And potter cffe&ually to perform
whatsoever is fignified and fealcd there
in, /0/w 1.4. £/>£.< 1,4.
Q. Mow did drift inftiwte this Sa-
crament *
A. He did in his own per(bn inftitute
and ordain it.
Q. What f pedal things may be con-
ft deredin the time -when this Sacrament
was inftitute d f
f A*\* When Chrift was preparing
himfelf to the greateft work of love that
ever was. 2. Having his thoughts wholly
bsnt to procure the eternal good of his
EIe& ; then did he out of his infinite
ldte, 3. Even in the fame night that he
was to be betrayed? appoint this holy
Sacrament.
Q^ Why was it inftjwted before his
death .?
A. Becaufe the inftitution and f eating
of the Teftament, ought to go before the
death of theTeftator.
Q. What nfe is to be made hereof?
A, Thisfhould ftirusup, 1. With
care and reverence to receive this
pledge of Chrifts love. 2. And to
come unto it as unto a fpiritual feaft.
Being* 3* perfwaded that Chrift will
P 4 re-
215
% 1 6 4 fbort Catecbifrn,
refpeft us now he is glorified , feeing
he did not forget us in his agony and
pafDon.
Q^fVbath theoHtveardfign ?
A. 552ta&*an& mWSiinu tottfi rte
actions pertatntng to tbem> as | break*
ttiS'SMns, recettitng , tatins , an*
ttftnfctng, m Matthew 26. 26, 27,
28.
ExpoC * Q^JVhy were bread and
relne ordained to be outward figns of the
Sacrament ?
A. Becaufe bread and wine (1) Arc
mod ufual, fit, and neceflfary nouriftr
ments, Pfalm 104. 15. CO They do of
all others beft ferve to exprefs the
Body and Blood of Chrift, John 6.
Q. Mttft the bread be leavened or un-
leavened ?
A. Leavened or unleavened bread
areoffreeufe, Acts 20.7. Mat. 26.17.
26. But it is expedient that it be bread
that hath fubftance in it.
Q, Whatthin^euofufing the wafer
cake \
A. The ufe of the wafer cake it
Juftly blamed as Superftitious, by our
Church*
\Qjvbat
mth an Expojition upon the fame,* zif
Q. What bread and wine for quality
mnft be ufed )
A, Becaute the Sacrament is a fpiri-
tnal feaft, therefore the fineft Bread
and purcft Wine is of moft laudable
ufe.
Q. What tlunk^yon of mixing water
with wine ?
A. Out of niggardlinefs to mix wa-
ter with wine? favofeth of an ill minde >
Mal.i.f)%.
Q^ Why did Chrifi inftitnte both
bread and wine ?
A. £hr! ft being not onely thstrue,
but the Efficient nourifhment of the
foul) intending to give us a full meal, ap-
pointed both bread and wine, and that
feverally to be ufed in the Lords Supper, i
Cor. 1 1.23, 24.
O. Is it lawful to adminifter this Sa-
crament in one kjnde onely ?
A. It is Sacriledge to deliver this
Sacrament in one kinde onely.
Q. Mnfi the b, end and wine be ad~
miniflred feverally or together ?
A- It is preemption not to admi-
nifter them feverally, feeing Chrift in-
tended to fet forth his violent death ,
wherein his body and Wood was fepa-
rased. . Q^whj
2i3 -^ ]hort Cateehifm,
Q^ Why is the bread to be broken ?
A. The bread is to be broken.
i. According to the example of Ghrift;
2. And of his Apoftles ." 3. Becaufe thif
Sacrament wag anointed fpecially to re-
prefentthc death and paflion of our Sa-
vior Ghrift , in which his body was cru-
cified,and his blooa fhed. Mat. 26.26, vj%
28. Atts^o.j.
Q. What is the inward grace >
A. Cfofttn toftti allt tfce benefit a
cfflfa SDeatti anu ^af*fon5 n 1 Cor.n.
24.
£*/>*/. f Q. Why fay y oh that Chrifi
with all his bete fits is the inward grace
in this Sacrament $
A. Becaufe not onely Chrift his be-
nefits, but even Chrift himfelf is offer-
ed unto us ; For we cannot be parta-
kers of the benefits of Ghrift, unlefswebe
united unto him, "John 152. Eph. 4. 16.
Col .2. 19.
Q^ How is Chrifi prefentin the Sacra-
ment?
A. Chrift is truly and fpiritually
prefent in the Sacrament) exhibited to
the Faith of every worthy receiver 9
but not corporally united to the bread
and wine in refpeft of place, Atts 3.
21.
WitbanExvofition upon the fame, ttp
2 1. with MaLi%.6. John 1 6. 1 8.
Q, ff^<# <&/•/? the bread anil win fy and
the breaking of bread in this Sacrament
fi^nifie I
"|| A. The Bread fignities the Body
of Chrift, the Wine betokeneth his
Blood j the breaking of the Bread ,
fetteth forth the crucifying ofChrihS
&?.
Qf What is the duty of the Mini ft er
in the Adminift ration of the Sacra-
ment ?
A. %o o confecrate * it bp Declaring
tfce InfMtntlon thereof, anstpraper
Jopneb toftb . tbanfcfgtbfog ; * *♦ £0
•Koto breafctijebreatr. 9. 3nfc after «
toarb* to Deliver ttje 15 ;ea& and Mfne
to tbe people of ®oc5o 1 Cor. 11.25,
24#Matth 2d. a6, 27, 28. Mark 14. 2».
Luke 22. ip.
Expof. * Q^ What is it to confe-
crate }
A. To confecrate, is to (ec apart
the bread and wine unto an holy ufe,
1 Timothy 4.5. Exodtts 13. 2. and 22.
29.
Q^Why is the tnftitution of the Sacr*-
ment to be declared f
(| A. Becaufe if Chrift had not in-
ftituted
2 20 A flwrt Catechifm^
flituted this ufc of bread and wine, it
could never have had the being, effica-
cy, and vercue of a Sacrament ; there-
fore the inftitution ought to be decla-
red.
(^ Why tnstft prayer be joyned with
the expo fithn efthe Inftitution f
f A- Becaufe though God is ever
ready preft to beftow a blefling upon
his ordinances, Mai. 3. 10. Pfal.%\.\$.
yet he looketh to be fought unto, John 4
10. Atts-6. r> 4. and 4. 31. Therefore
the IVfinifter muft crave Gods blefling to
fanftifie the bread and wine to their right
ends.
Q^why mxft Thanhs giving be ad-
ded!
* A. The work of oar Redemption
being lively ftt forth in this Sacrament ,
praife to God for that benefit ought not
to be omitted, /toW.5.9. Pfal.nz.q.
Rev, 1. jj 6, Zaehjg.g.
Q, What is hereby figm fit >d>
a. 2Lt)f action of (So* tbe iFatier
offering Ctettt to all> ano beftototng
if m p effect nail)? npon tfce to otfbt? re*
tetter* pi Cor. 10. 16-
Q. What is the duty of the receivers ?
A atfl g recelto tin U to** *"*
totnt
with m Expofition upon the fame, 22 x
fofne fcclttJerefc , ant) to f eat *tt&
D^{nllrtrreof>qMat.26.26,27. 1 Cor.
11.23,14.
Expof. || Q: How mufl the bread axd
cup be received. ?
A. It is moft expedient to receive
the bread and cup into the hand , and
not fuperftitioufiy, or unfeemlily to
have the bread put, or the wine poured ,
into the mouth, Mat- 16. 26. 1 Cor.
14.40.
Q^ What doth eating import f
f A. Eating importeth more then
to fuffer a thing to melt in the mouth:
for common bread fit.,., 'for nouriftt-
ment, which mould be ufed, mould by
chewing, &c. be prepared for the fkn
mack.
(K What is ftgnified hereby '
A* £Dar r receittng an* fee&ftig
aponCtjrtft bpfaitb,r 1 Cor.io. 16.
Q^ Is itfufjicient to receive this Sacra-
ment. once\ W
a. #3 : bat f toe maft ttttibz If
f sfteilif A&s 2.42.and 20.7.
Expof. f Q. h by is this Sacrament to
be received often*
A* ( 1 ) Chrift Commandment
1 Cor. n t 26. (2) The ^poftles era-
Sfce,
222 A fbort Catecbifm,
ftice, Atts 20.7. (3) Our own neceC-
fity, do require that we receive this Sa-
crament otten. Rev. 3. 2, 3
^ Wfof /'/ £# r mctjjiry I
A. (1.) Weaknefs of faith, 1 5<i»,
*7- |. Mart 16 14. (2.)Dulnefsof
underftanding, John 20, 9. /tf*r<,8.i7>
18. (3.) Forgetfulnefs , Luke 24- 9.
And (4) fpiritual wants and decays in
grace > Matth, 24. 12. Rev.z. 4. and
3.2.
_£?. //0w often mnfl we receive >
A. Wemuft receive it as often as it
is adminiftred in that congregation
where we live , unlefs we 1 . Be juftly
hindred; 2. Or companies in great
parifhes be forted for feveral days,
oecaufe they cannot communicate all at
once, Numb. 9. 13. 2 Chro». 30. 12.
Aiis 2. 42. Matth.2i.%16. \Lor. io*
16.
Q. For tv hat end and ttfe ought we to
receive this Sacrament ?
A* SLo i* confirm on; * iFattfc ,
commtmton tottfc Ctjrift , t ano all
fating grace? in n*. 2. %o keep
II fn u remembrance tbe noraa
fceat& until be come again, 3. And
to ttfttfit* onr lota one unto ano=
With an Sxpofition upm the fame. 323
otfcco i Gor.io. 16. u 1 Com i. 24.. 26,
1 Cor 12. 13.
Expof. * Q* Haw is the receiving of
the Sacrament profitable to increaje
faith >
A. The increafe of faith , and of
Communion with Chrift? infer neceffa-
rily an increafe of all graces, which
fpring thence as from the root , Joh*
l5* 4« Ephefiaxs 2. 2 1, 22. John 7^
37-
Q^. How doth it keep in remembrance
the death ofChrift >
|| A. 1. This ftirrethupamoreferioiK
thinking on Chrifts love and goodnef$
in his death, and fo preferves the fame
more truly in memory.
2, And by eating tjiis Bread and
drinking this wine, men do profefs*
and after a fort preach unto others ,
unto the worlds end , the myftery of
the Gofpell , the furn and fubftance
whereof confifteth in the 'death of Je-
fus Ghrift, and the fruits that flow
therefrom , fbadowed in the Sacra-
ment.
(^ What is the danger of unworthy
receiving >
At SSntoortte x recttfttrs t are
gntlte
A fhort Catechlfrtii
gttiltg of ttje bodp and bloats of cfc
Horo, and dp rat and drink judge*
men! to tfj£thfeit>e*> * i £>. n. 27,
Expof.f Q^ FF/w are unworthy re*
c elvers !
A* Unworthy receivers are fuch who
cat and drink unworthily, that is, who
receive the bread and wine without re-
verence and due refpefr.
Q. How many ways may the Sacra*
went be received without due reverence
or refpeft t
A. When we give not the due reve-
rence and refpec"t,(i) To the myftery con-
tained in them, 1 Samuel 6*19. z S*m*
6.6. 2 Cbron.$o. 20. (2.) Or to the
holy ends why they were ordained. (3 )
Or to the perfon by whole authority
they were appointed, t £^.2*29. with
Q. what it it to be guilty *f the bod}
and blood of Ohrift >
* ft. To be guilty of the Body and
filood of the Lord, is CO To offer a
fpecial wrong and injury to the perfon
of Ghrift and his fufferings.(20 And
in a fpecial manner to fin againft the
work of our Redemption % which is
full/
With an Expojiti on upon the fame, aij
fully fee * forth in the Lords Sup*
per.
Q_ Who are' to receive this Sacra"
m.nt ?
J. u &ucfc *» fenoto tftetr II ml*
ferp fa? fin, t&e reme&p tljereof in
CWtt, an* z tftr t Ootfrfnc of tfte
Sacrament toftball 2. Carneftlp
a longing * to be fatf0fieo toffft
tlje b>tao of ltfe> x Matthew 11. 22.
2 Exodus i2t 26, 2 y- a Revelation 22,
Expof. H^. ^7 mufl fuch as come
to this Sacratnent know the benefits of
Chrifts death ?
A. 1. Bscaufe Chrifts death is fignified
by the Sacrament. 2. And Chrift, with
all the benefits of his death and paffion
is offered herein. 3. Unlets we know
Chrift, our mifery without him, and
the exceeding benefits of his death, we
can never, 1. Ddire, John^. 10. Or. 2%
rejoyce in thankfgiving for that mercy y
Rom.j.i^. £/>£.2,ij4#and 5.6.1 Tim*
1. i3» H-
Q^ why mpifl we know the doftrine of
the Sacrament \
t A. This Sacrament is afign and
feal t therefore, before we can, 1. life
1*26 A jbort Catecbifmy
it well. 2. Or prepare to receive. 3. Or
examine our felves how we receive ,
1 Cor. 1 1.28. we muft have under Itand-
ing, Exod.i 2.26^. Jojh 4.6. zChr.$o*
22.
Q. JVhymuflvsethirfitobefatisfied
mtb the bread of life 1
* J. Becaufe the thirfty, who are
ever lowly, are the onely welcome guefts
unto the Lords Table* John j.y,Rev.
, 22.15,
Q^ Horv is this dcfire ftirred uV in
pjs}
<A. This defire is ftirred up in us by
a con(ideration3(i.)Ot the neceflky of
the Sacrament* (2 ) Of our own wane
thereof, Matth. 9 12. (3) Of the
benefits bellowed therein, Pfalm 63.1.
a, 3, Prov.^. 7. And (4) of the helps we
fcave thereby to quicken and confirm our
faith.
j?, What elfe is required in them that
come to thts holy Table ?
X 3^ tkenctoefc-i hatred of all b
ffn, an Ijeartp en&eafcoi c to otter*
come natural paf0ion0) ano an nU
ter ana tDell*a*ttife& d fotfafcfug of
S?ofs tins: 4- Wlltngneftf to e be
ftmigtbiirt tn t fatty 3n* 5* 3
long*
With an Expofetion upon the fame. 2 27
iongtng f fceBre fei *tlje goou of
onrb;tffcttt> b Luke 3, 12, 13, cMat,
13.3. d Luke 14. 28, 29. &c. e Matth *
5.6. f Marke 11. 25. Matthew 5. i$
24.
Expof. J) Q^ Why ts it necejfary that
he that comes to the Lords Table, jhould
hate AilfiKnel
A. (1) Becaufe hs that loves finne,can-
not truly third after Chrift, Matthew
11. 28. (2) Nor believe in God, Mar,
1. 1 5. Ads 15.9. 1 /o/j# 3.3. 1 Cor. 15.
17. (3) Nor have communion with
him, 2 Cor. 6.14. Pfa/m. ^4. Amos 3.
3. 1 /0/w 16. (4) Sinne is of a foyling
nature, and doth defile Gods Ordi-
nances unto us9 T;t. 1. 15. //^zf. 2. 13*
l^.Heb. 10.22. Numb, 9.6. 4 Chron.
23.19.
Q^ Is it enough- that wee hate all
A. It (bfficeth not that we hate ^11 fin,
but th« mud be renewed by labour and
CdxzyJidat. iS. 3. G^.35. 2. Ar^os 4,
12. £0^1 3.12, 13,14.
g. How is this- hatred to bs renew-
ed >
A. By driving, ( 1 ) To fee more
throughly the vilenefle and multitude
Q2 of
228 A S^0rt c*techifm>:
of out particular (ins, Reve/.$.29 3. ■
7^.3^3. CO To PurSc the hcart of
them by felf-judging and condemning,
jAmes 4 8,95 &c- A"d C3) to quic-
ken the loathing of them in the heart,
fo that the very thought of them may
be bitter, Jeremiah 31. 19. 2 Timothy
' Q. Whj is Faith required of all them
that come to th.s heavenly banquet*
+ A. We (hould defireto have our
faith encreafed, before we come to the
Lords Table : 1. Becaufe Fakh was re-
quired of fach who did defire to be
baptized, Acts 8.37. and 16. 33, 34.
(2.) It is the eye by which we difcern ,
2 Cor. 1.1%. John 3. 14,15. and 8- 56.
And (3) the hand by which we receive
Chrift, John 1. 12. and 6.35. making
this feaft of the Lords exceeding fwecc
Pfalm 1 19. 103.
Q^ why muft roe come in Love ?
* A. B-caufe when we come to the
Lords Table, (1) We profefs ourfelves
to be children of the fame Father ,
2 C*r.*.i8.(a) The redeemed of the
fame Lord, 1. Cor&6. (3) Such as be
guided by the fame fpiric, 1 Cor. 12.
13. CO Ruld b? the fanKcTFred
1 With An Expoft tion upon the fame. 21 9
(5) Fed at the fame Table, 1 Cor. 16 f
17.(6) Members of the fame body,
£/>/?.44,5j6. And (7) Heirs of the
fame Kingdom, £0^.8.14, 17. Should
we not then heartily defire the good of
one another both infoul and body > £/>/?.
4.3.1/^.3.8.
Q. What if (i man find himje/f wea^
in faiths and full of doubting 1
A. i$t tnaft bctoatl g %\z \\ m
belief- pw foj faftlj, feefc to babe
bfa aotibt* refolded, ano Co receftte
to be furtber ttrengtbetieD t fti h
belt ett n& g Mark 9, 24. h Judges 6, 37,
38. Exodus 1 2 1 1 , 2, 3, 4.
Expof.||Q: Why mu ft we bewail our
unbelief ?
^/. Unbelief hinders the fweetnefs
of the Lords Ordinances, "John 6. 54.
63,64- Godly forrowfor it, quickens
a defire and makes way for the increafe
of Faith, 2 Cor. j . 1 o. wherefore doubt-
ings are to be bewailed , but we muft
not thereby be kept from feafting with
Chrift.
Q, why muft not weaknejft of
Fahh hinder w from feafting with
Chrift ?
f^» C1*) Becauie the weak were ad-
Qj$ mitted
mitted by Chrift unto this Table, Mat.
26. with 26. $6. Mark^ 16. 14s Albs
(2). The Sacrament was ordained not
onely for the ftrong man, but even for
babes in Chrift, that they might wax
ftronger. Rom. 4. 11. 1. Cor. 3. 2, 3.
they may therefore approach unto this
Banquet.
(3) Such are invited by the Matter of
the Feaftj/jw.^ 6. Mat. 22.9. Z,*^ 14.
21,23.
^X //aw <?^/j^ 4 mans heart to bs af-
fctte&if^-e-ceiving the Sacrament ?
A» flantcty i retnrence, k jop and
* comfort, I metittattng on tbe not*
toari Ggna, ant> tobat tbep ffgnf*
fie ; He t>afntte0 p^eparea > ano
lobe of \\m tbat prepared tbem ,
our communion Initb Cfcrtft* bte
graces, ana faitftfttl people > tuftert*
bp tbe btacrt m te ftfrresupta tbanf-
gtbtngj iExod. 3» 5-Gen. 28. 17 k Deut*
16. 15. li Cor. n. 25, mi King.8.
66.
Expof. * Qr How are we to behave
our [elves in this heavenly banquet I
A. From that which was noted be-
fore touching the actions of the Mi-
nifter.
with an Expofnion upon the fame. 231
nifter, and the people in the delivery and
receiving of this Sacrament, we may
learn how we ought to behave our felves
in this holy bufinefs.
Q. what k the exercife of the outward
man ?
A. We are to exercife, 1. The eye
in feeing the Elements , ani the a&i-
ous belonging thereunto, Exod. 24.8.
2. The ear in hearing the myfteries ex-
plained 3. The hand in receiving the
Elements. And 4. the tafte in feeling the
comfort of them.
Q. What X the exercife of the inward
man ?
A. We are to exercife-) 1 . The minde3
2, The heart.
Q. How is the minde to be exerci*
fed?
A. In meditating and remembring 1:
ofChrift fufferings, And. 2, the love of
God.
O. How doth the love of God appear
towards us\
A. Notonely, 1. In giving his Son
to die for us, John 3 . 16. But. 2. alfo of-
fering and fcaling unto us our Redem-
ption thereby.
Q. How is the heart to be exercifid f
Q^4 A. We
3 3 * -^ jbort Catechifm^
A. We mould ftir up the heart
(t.) To receive Ghrifl, //rf.64.7 (2.)To
rnonrn for fin, Zach. 12.10. (3.) To de-
fire Gods favour.(4*) To rejoyce in his
love> Nehm 8. 1 0.(5%) To ftand in awe
before him, Pfalm 5.7. fearing after an
holy manner, left by any unruly affe&i-
ons, or unfitting gefture, W£ (hew the
leaft want of due efteem, and joy in his
prefence, Pfalm 2.1 1. and 44. 1 Cor, H.
10. and 14*40.
Q^ What mufi we do^ after we have
received >
A. »maftl tnUeatxmi toftn&e
an frureafe of jFattfc n note » a»n
ail tairtng gracea , abotnrttng tno^e
andmo^tufcortl^otrifrn Prov.4. 1 &♦
Ezek.47.12**
Ezpof. || 0. Why mnfi we endeavour
to abound in well doing after we have
received ?
<d- (1) Becaufe the receiving of the
Lords Supper is a renewing of our co-
venant with God, Exod. 13. 1. Gen.ij,
11.2. Chron. 30.29. (2) Therein we
feed fpiritually upon Ghrift, 1 Cor. jc*
1 6. (3) We are refreftied by him
And, (4) by Faith we drawvertue from
him> Rom. g, 2, Phil^ 13, therefore
after
with an Expofition upon the fame. 233
after we have reecived,we muft grow more
in grace and knowledge.
(j. Ifwefpeed not well after we have
received \wh at may be the caufe?
A. If we fpeed not well after we have
received, 1. Commonly our want of
preparation was the caufe thereof ,
Or.2.dete&s willingly admitted in the
a& of Receiving, 2 Chron. 30. 19, 20.
fudges 10. 14, 15-
Q^ What rules are to be observed in
this matter >
A. 1 . Care muft be taken, that out of
diflike of our (elves> we do not diflike or
deny that meafure of grace which the
Lord beftoweth upon us • 2. Neither
muft we be over-hafty .
O. Whyfol
A. Bccaufe the Lord doth not al-
ways pour his gifts upon us, the fame
day> that we come unto him in his holy
Ordinances, Pfalm 97.1 1 . Cant. 3. 4. and
5.6.
Q^ What order hath the Lord left in
his Churchy to keep his Ordinances from
contempt ?
A %to ftnrulp II fljoato t be o
aftmontfteQ , tie * obtttnatt p tx*
cqmmtmtcattfr It «ttt ttie prnitent
after
2 34 j* fhort Catechifm,
tfcefrfallt redone*, anfcq comforfefr,
o i Theff. 5. 14. p 1 (£or. 5,4.42 Cor.
2.6,7
Expof || Q^ Who areun-nh?
A. They are unruly, (i.) Who are
inordinate (2.) Who live diflblutely :
(3-)And fuch who are known by fpeech,
gcftura and deeds, not to walk ac-
cording to the rule of the word , or
bufie bodies, vain, boafters, idle, &c
zThef 3. „, I2 (4) Qrfuch as be
fallen into any outward fin, 1 Corin
69.
Q. Ho* mu ft the unruly be deah
Withal?
\A. Such perfbns being members of
the Church, 1 Cor.^. n, 12. mould be
reprehended.
Q. Far what muft reprehenfien be
given i
A. 1. For their (in, 2. Certainly
known borh to be fin, And. 3. to be
committed by them. Lev. 19.17.
C^ How muft admonition be perform-
ed?
A. Admonition muft b: perform-
ed with (1.) MeekftMs, (2 ) And discre-
tion, GaM.1,2. 2 n*a8.2;.(*) Some-
times alio with zeal? (4 ) And with fe-
verityj
With anExfwfition upon the fame. 235
verity, 1 Cor. 4.21 . Gal at tans 3. 1.
Q. What is the title of d'fcretion and
&eal in admonition >
A% That it be fitted, 1 . To the per-
sons finning. 2 The fin commi tted. 3 .And
the manner of doing, Numb. 12. 9, ro.
14.
(^ What if the fin be private \
1 v4. If the fin bs private, known to
few, the admonition muft be private,
Mat. 18. 15. Luhe 17 3.
Q^ ^^ if it be known to fart of the
Chrch?
A. If known to part of the Church,
admonition mud be before them thac
know it,
Q. What if it be known to the whole
Chnrcb >
A. If it be known to the whole
Church, the admonition muft be pub-
like, 1 Tim<y. 20. unlefs it be known
by their fault , that have publiftied it
without caufe.
Q^ What if the fault be pub lifted with-
out caufe ?
A% (1) Always re'fpeft is to be had
to the condition of the party offend-
ing, 1 The ff. 5. 1 4. And. (2) that muft
be done, which tends moft to the edi-
fication
2 $6 A fyort Catechifm,
fication of the Church, i Corin% 14.
26.
Q. What if admonition at firfi pre~
vail not >
A. If admonition at the firft prevail
not, then it is to be doubled, until either
the offender be reformed, or declare his
obftinacy,77f.2. 10, 11.
Q^ Who are to be held, obflinate f
* A. Such arc to be held obftinate,
1. Who defpifethe Churches admoni-
tion, 2. And will by no means be reclai-
med from their fin, notwithstanding the
long-fuffering which the Church hath u-
fed towards them, Mat. 18. 17. Tit.2.
10, 11. iTim.2.2$>
O. What is it to be excommunicated ?
SA. To be excommunicated is to
ebarredfrom, 1. The publike ordi-
nances of God • And. 2. the fociety of the
laithful,both publiqueand private, 1 Cor,
5.3, ii, 12. 1 Tim* 1. 20. 2 Thcjf. 3. 6,
Q. Is the excommunicate Verfon to
be debarred from all fociety of the faith-
jfc/f
A. No : but fo far as neceffity will
permit, either in refpeft of their ge-
neral; or particular calling, 1 Coring.
20.
mtb an'Expofition upon the fame. 2 3 7
20. and 7. 10,11,12. with £^.5.31.
Q. What it the end of thefe cen-
fures? '\j -
A The end of thefe cenfures is
(1) The humbling, (2) Andtherefor-
ming of the finner, 1 Cor. 5. 5. 2 Theff.
2. 14. (3) The terrifying of others,
, Tin, X 10. And (4) keeping the Or-
dinances of God in reverence, 1 Con
C () *J t
Q. Why is the fenitent to be reftored
and comforted \
f A. i. Becaufe the cenfures ot the
Church are meaicines to cure, not poy-
fons to deftroy. 2. They are inflrfted tor
to humble, and bring into the right way
fucruas have gone aftray.
C^ Who is to be ejhemed penitent >
A, That finner who doth, 1 . Truly
lament the evil of his life, And. 2. isun-
fainedly forrowful.
0. vPhy izfrcb a one to be received a*
(rain into the Church>
* A. He is to be received again into the
bofome of the Church, *nd comforted,
leaft Satan by his devices (hould bring
him to defpair, 2 Cor. 2. 10, 1 1 . 1 TbcQ.
5. 14.
Q. Be fides the forename d me antyfire
238 A Ibort Catechifm,
there nitfome other 9 profitable for \n ■•
creafe of faith >
A, f^ea, reattng [|*oi t bearing
tlje Scriptures rcafc, (a f puUique
ana tin r potato'! meDftatfon*, u and
w conference >t r Revel. 1.3, f Ads
13. 15. t Afts8.28.uLuke2 5i.wHeb.
3.13
Expof. |1 £K What is the benefit
of read'.nq 3 or hearing the Scriptures
readl
A. The reading or hearing of the
Scripture readd,doth (i.)Furnifh the
minde more with knowledge, 1 Pet. 1.
19. Prov. 1.5. Dan. n.19,20. And
(2) worke upon the affections. Dent.
J7. JSj 19 2 King. 22. 11. 19, Pfaim.
119.93.
Q^ //*)* /.f r /;* nwei ^ be applyed that
it mi qht worke ts-pon us ?
A. We are to apply, (1) TheCom-
mandementsforour direction. (2.)The
threatnings to feare us from linne, or to
humble us for it, 2 \£hron. 34-19. 27.
And ( 3 ) the promifes for our comfort
and incouragement.
Q. Why muft the Scriptnre be readd
• in pub I i que f
t A. Becaufe 1. As God requires
that
VVixh an Sxpofnicn upon the fame, 039
that the Scripture (hoiil be read in pub-
lique5 1 rlhejf.^ ij. Col. 4, 16 So 2.
thereby he hath promifed, that his peo-
ple may learn to fear him, Dent. 31.12,
*3-
Q^ Why muft we alve attendance to
private reading ?
* .A, Becaufe private reading ( 1 .)Ma-
keth the publiquc Miniftery more pro-
fitable, Alls 8.30,31. (2) It inableth
us better to judge of the "Doctrines'
taught, A&s 1 7 . 1 1 . (3 .)Thereby we are
better fitted for the combate, 1 T*>» 4.
13,1 5 . And(4)many evils are therby pre-
vented, Ifa.%. 19, 20, Pfal.ii$.9,Job
22.21-
Q^ What are the bens fas of Medita-
t'on ?
|| A . Meditation is available, (1 ) For
the getting of grounded an.i fetled
knowledge, 2 77a#. 2.7. Pfatm 119*99-
. (2.^ For the increafe thereof, 1 I'm. 4.
M- r5« (3) Ic- ftrcngthneth memory 5
Pfaim 119. 15 16.(4) Enlargeth olir
delight in good , Pfaim 104 34. and
119 16. (5.) Difcovereth corruption ,
.(6.) Puigeth the heart of idle and un-
profitable waudrings. ( 7 ) Addeth life
andftrength to holy duties, Genji^.6%*
240 <A jhort Catecbifrr^
Pftlm 143.5,6. And (8) hereby we
grow more inwardly acquainted with
God, Tfa/.jy. to, 1 1, 12.
Q/^when mu[l this duty be pratli*
fed*
A. This duty muft be pracVifed every
day more or left, Pfii.nf-Sf*
£). How miift v» confer >
f A. (1.) Withwi'fdom, /Vo?/. 10.
32. and 15.22. Pfal-wto. (2.) With
reverence 1 Pct.4. 11. (3.) With love,
(4)With the fpiritof meeknefs (5 .)Gei>
tlencfs, 7V*** 3. 2. Cohf/ians 4. 6. ^/A
2. 2, 3. (6) With a defire of reaping
good.
Q^ what are the benefits of religious
conference *
A. All fuch as do confer religouily
mail thereby prevent, (O Rotten fpee-
ches, Epb.+ 29. (2) Hardnefs of
heart, Heb. 3 . H • (3 ) And much other
evil, EccL 5. 2.(4) They (hall increafe.
in knowledge, Prcv. 1.5. (5) Be re-
folved of their doubts , Colof 3. 16.
1 Tbe(T. 5. 11. Job 16. 4>5» (6) **
armed againft falling, Atls 11, iz.pde
20. Prov. 18 8. (7) Be quickned from
their dulnefs. Heb. 10. 53. (8) This
will kindle defire of more fellowlbip
with
VVith m Expofition upon the fame. 241
with Chrift, Cam. 5. 16. And (9) ie
willfweeten the commqnion of Saints
Kom, 1. 1 j, ii, 1 lk§f$. 2. fow. 15,
t>. 52^ 24..
Q^Wkenmxft ihtfe duties be pratti*
fed?
-A. Thefe duties muft carefully be pra-
ftifed of every man, as he hath oppor-
tunity and means, Matth. 25.27. 2 Cor.
8.11.
Qj_ Hitherto of the ordinary means
whereby fai;h is incrcafed ; be there )iot
a'fofomt || extraordinary means f
A* fggg: at* tfcefe be fcolp x faft-
*ng, ftolp y fealittng arm relfgtouo z
t)oto0, xlukc 5, 35- yEfthcr. ?♦ 17* 2
Pfalm 50. 14.
Q. What is meant bj extraordinary
dnt'.es f
|| A. By extraordinary duties, are
meant fuch, which be of more (eldom and
rare practice 5 though they muft be ufed
oft, as God giveth occafion, and when
he calleth thereunto.
Q^ What is an holy fafl f
A* & reUgtotwa abfffwnce from
all i! b tm lima of w railing am?
c t comfo;t0 of tbt0 Ufe> to far as
tomrtfnsf* ana mctfrftg fottl pej*
R iwtt*
342 A \wn i.aecmjm9
mit, tfcat toe mtgW be moje feri-
cuflp d bumbltD * before <Pab> and
ino^c ferbcnt tn piaper, a Heft » 4> **• b
Lev. 23.28. cExod.33. 5. dDan. 9.9,11.
Lev. 23. 27.
Expof || Q. Why muft we abftaln
from the labors of cur calling, in the day
of a faft ?
A. Becaufe a Faft is to be kept as a
Sabbath unto God, Lev.i^. 28. //rf.58.
1 3 , i'4* And therefore upon that day as
upon the Sabbath, inch bufinefles of this
life muft be avoided, that agree not with
the Sabbath.
Q^ What under ft and you by the com -
forts of th's I'fel
t A% By the comforts of this life, we
are to underftand meat, drink, coftly ap-
parel, recreation, and all other delights,
Dan. io 3. I Cor. j. 5.
QJVhat muft bejojned with the exer-
vfe offafting ?
* A* With failing muft be joyned a
ferois meditation, (1 ) Of our fins,
Ezjrk 9.4., 6. Nehemiah 1. 6\ 7. CO
Of Gads Judgements, Neh. 9. 35^ 36.
37. And (3)oft)urfpecial Wants, Dan.
9. 11,18.
Q. who is a per fort fit for th's exer-
. «8f7'- ^.The
with an Expofitionupon the fame. 243
A. The perfbn meet for this exercife
muftbeno novice in religion, Luke% 5,
36, 37. ./*/** 9. 15,16.
Q^ Ho w is a fafl diflin g uj (bed ?
yl. Afaft is either, (1) Of one a-
lone, 2 Sam. \2. 16. or (2) Of the
whole family,, Zach. 12. 12. or (3) Of
a particular congregation > or (4) Of
the whole Church in general, Judg* 2b.
Q. When ought we to faftl
aT m\>tti toe 1. feel, oz 2. c fear
fome grteiboaa I! caiamttp npon, 00,
01 ftangfng otoer f oar teas*, u
toant fome fpecfal * Bleteftig >
4 *«t pieifeo Mth feme f pedal tin >
5. 02 go a boat fome foefgfctp f mat9
ter, c Hefl.4. \6. Ezra 8- it. f a&$
I If A
Expof. (J Q. What call you grievous
calamities ?
A. Sword, famine, peftilence, ftrange
unwonted fickneflfes? unfeafonable wea-
ther, &c. Ez,?ltjel 1 4. 2 1 . with Ifa9 22,
12,13.
Q. What judgements hang over our
hsads }
t -^- Tbefe judgments hang over,
our heads, which 1. Our fins, and the
R 2 fins
-244 ' A^ort c*teAtfmi
fins of the Land have deferved and
cry for, Amos%. 5,8. J*w 54- Gen
18 20. CO «Wch God hath dS^"
^byhh word and miniftery. **
,« witha 17- (O And hath ,nfl'a"
2? toriy "pin like Tranfgreflbrs .
tec. 7.12. Amos 6.2, 3. ..
1 0. »*,«*/* we bumble o^r finis ,n
f*JHZ£, den we want fame fpecial blef-
'^ A. Becanfe notwithftanding the
ordinary *nd daily prayers >of ««* g£
pie. the Lord in great wifdom will lun
\ them to want feme (pedal good thing,
that they may Peek him more earneftly in
fheuSchJdiuyoffamngJ^.ao.28.
Q . what is an holy Feajt '■
,6. 8. and 19. .io» ii.hNch. 8. ij>-
Ityith an Expofnion upon the fame. 3 * -
prepared to the extraordinary duty of
thanksgiving-*
A, Becaufe in a day of extraordina-
ry thankfgiving, there iliould be a feri-
ous remembrance of Gods benefits, Pfalm
ni.6 and 103.2.
Q. Hiw \hoidd the heart be affefied
with thankj giving ?
A. We mould be ftirred up, (1,) Af-
ter a fervent manner to yield praife to
the Lord, Pfalm 34. 3. and 35. 27.
Exodus 15. 2. (2) And to rejoyce
before him heartily , Bent, 12. 12.
(3) Tying ourfelves unto him by re-
newing our Covenant, John 2.9. Deut+
,29.3.10,11,12,13. 2 Chron. 15. n,
1 2. And (4) learn to be more con-
fident in him , having experience of
his great goodnefs, Pfalm 3.5,6. and
52.9.
Q^ What nfe of Cods creatures is al-
lowed on a day of thanksgiving ?
f A. On a day of thankfgiving
we may have a more liberal ufe of
Gods creatures-* both in meat and ap-
parel, then is ordinary, Neh$. 10. Hefl.
9. 22.
Q^ How mnft this be ufed ?
A% This muft bt ufed in modeyati-
R 3 on
2 4 6 A fhort C*techifrr?)
<*n and fobriety, that men may be better
fitted for the exercife of Religion,
I Kings %. fa
Q. How mtifl this exercife be perfor-
med, if it be pMicfite ?
A. This exercife, if it bepublique,
muft be joyned wich the preaching of the
Word.
Q. Ho)r9 if private $
A. I fit be private, it muft be joyned
with the reading of the Scripture or forhe
holy exhortation, for the better ftirring
up of affection.
Q^ What is a religious vorv f
A. SL f oletnti i p^omtfe unto ©ot>,
mate bp a ll fit pert on, of temt t
latofall Wn& &Wb M* in Ijf*
efcofee, to teftffte fcte lota am> *
tftanfcfaincfo iDcut. 23. 21,22. Prov.
20. 25.
Expo£ || Qj^ What per fons are ft to
vow?
A. Such perfons are fit to vow, who
have knowledge, judgement and ability
to difcern of a vow, and of the duties be-
longing to the performance of the fame,
Ecc/ef.^.z.
Q^ why may not a man vow An $tn-
Urvfnl> vihy or fttperflitioHS thing ?
\A.
With an Expofnion upon the fame. 247
f A. A man may not vow an un-
lawful j vile, or faperftitious thing ,
J):ut. 23. 18. for Q 1.) We are obliged
to avoid all evil, yea all appearance of
evil, 1 The IT. 5. 22. (2.) Itisprefum-
ption and rafhnefs to vow than to God
which he hath forbidden^ and will not
accept, fudges 10. 3 1 . 3 1 .
Q, Is tt lawful to vow any thing to
God that is impojfible ?
* A. What we are not able to per-
form either, (1.) By reafon of the com-
mon frailty of all men, Ecclef. 5. 5.
with 1 Cor. j.j. (2.) Or by reafon of
our fubjecYion unto others we may not
vow; as the wifejchilde, (errant, may not
vow without the liberty of their fuperi-
ors, 7^^.30.3,4,6,738, 12.
Q_ What things are to be held, In our
free choice , and, what not t
A. That thing is not to be held in
our free choice, which we are neceflarily
bound unto before our vow, Lev 27.26.
.Dw. 23,22,23.
Q. // it not lawful to vow that which
we are bound unto ?
A. To quicken and ftir us up the bet-
ter to the performance of our duty, it
is lawful to renew the Covenant and
R 4 vow
2/t8 A fbortCatechifm>
vow, which we made unto the Lord in
Bjptifm, Pfal. 1 1 6. io6.
Q. How were vows commonly mtdt
to God ?
^. To God vows fwee commonly,
made with prayer Gen.\%. 20. Pfalm
61.5. and paid with thankfgiving, P/^/.
65.1. and 66.13,14 &• 1 16.i4.Jw 2«9»
Or When fhould vows be performed ?
* A. Vows mould be performed
fpeedily, Ecclcfa 5. Dm.23.23. P/*/.
7p.11.
Q. what if we vjw rafhly t
A. If we vow ralhly, the rafhnefs is to
be repented of 5 the vow^oiherwife law-
ful is to be performed,
Q. What if we vow an unlawfzl
thing *
A. A vow (hould not in any wife be
the bond of iniquity. Mat. 15. 5, 6.
v j 5^^.25.22.39.^^ 23.21.
Q^ Can faith, being wrought and
confirmed in u$) be fruit lefs and unpro-
3 fit able)
Pal. 5. 6.
. . pxpof. || Q. Why cannot faith be fruit*
lefs and unprofitable ?
A0 By faith we are knit unto Chrift,
Rom,
With an Expofitton upon the fame. 249
Romans 1 1. 19, 20. Eph. 3. 17. and
therefore it cannot be utterly fruitlefsj
John 15. 5. feeing we receive the Tap
of grace from him, John 1.16. CVtfJ/,
1.19.
<2# JF/w /'j *£<? principal work^ of
faith $
A* 3% f ?nrfftet& tfte fceart A8s
159-
Expof. t 2^ ^^ w M ** p#r */* /^*
^. To purifie the heart, is 1 To abate
and crucifie the poweF of fin in the be-
liever, And. 2. by little and little to re-
new him in holinefs and righteoufnefs
Gal, 5.24. and 6.14.
Q. Who is the author of fwitifica-
tion \
A. The fpiritof God is the author of
fan&ification, John 3.5.1 Cort6,i 1 . Gal.
5.22. Rom.%. 11.
CK How doth faith pari 'fie the heart ?
A. Faith is the inftrument of the holy
Ghoft, whereby the heart is cleanfed? Col.
2.12.
Q. wha t followeth thereupon ?
a, a figfyti ttg * attij combating as
gainftttn f corruption, Gal.5. 17.
Expof * <2.. *^W # th* cmfe of this
com"
2 r o -^ fl°ort Catechifm,
comb ate in every regenerate per f on ?
A. Becaufc thofe that are fan&ified,
arc fan&ifijd in every part , Col. 2 . 1 1
x Th'eff. 5. 23. Epb. 4. 24 Col. 3 i0.
and yet but in part, Prov. 30. 2. 3. pbiL
3.12. £<?w. 8- 13. Col. 3. 4. fo that
grace and corruption are mingled to-
gether in the beft, Romans 6.13. and
7. 25.
Q. //<w many kjndes of comb ate s may
be in a man* and which of them is peculi-
ar to a true believer ?
A. This fpiritual combate, is not
(1.) Ofthemindc with the will, or the
will with the affefrions onely , Numb.
22. 34 C 2 ) Nor of divers deilres onely,
inrefpeft of fundry and different con-
fiderations. But Q 3 ) of the part regene-
rate, with the part unregenerate. Gal.
5 17. as of theminde regenerate, with
the minde unregenerate, and fo of the
will, &c
0. What sre the properties of this com-
bated
A. This combate is 1. Continual,
2. Againft the firft motions of fin,
'and not onely againft outward grofs
evils ,Rom> 8. 13 Eph.4* 22. Romans
6. 17.
QJVhat
Wtw an \LX\:0\ition upon we fame. 251
Q^ what is the effett hereof >
A. The effeft hereof is , that a man
fan&ified cannot do what he would,
Gal. 5. 17. fbmetimes he is grievoufly
foiled by the fleft, Matth. 2*. 40, 41.
but in the end, the Spirit (hall get the
victory? John 4. 4. and 5. 4. Rom.%. 2.
Rev. 2. 26.
Q. What elf e^
a* 3, renotmefag of 1 all etrtll in
I! af&tff an, anD of * grof 0 m ff ns,in life
an&cont)erfatton> IA&s 2. 3$.m./*&$
19. i8>i9.
Expof. || Qwhy muft a f urged heart
renounce all evill in affetlion f
A. A pure heart can no more de-
light in evil, thert a clean fountain can
fend forth corrupt waters Pfalm 24.
q.Ifaah^i. 6, 8. Prov. 12. 5. there-
fore a purged heart muft renounce all
evil, E^ektel 36. 26,27. Jer. 32. 39,
40.
jg. W&7 *»#/? /»<? renounce all grofs fin^
in life andconverfation !
*^Becaufe the willis the com.
manderof the outward man, 2 Cor. 8.
ii* If it be turned unto God, the con-
vention muft needs be reformed, Jer.
3. 14, 17. 1 Sam. 12. 22, 21. 1 Kings
8. 48,49- Q^trS*^
$$2 A\hortCatechifmy
Q, What is a third thina that follow-
<th hence >
a. %ztt n and t delfgfct fit flat
tobfcb in good, joined tottb a On-
we i| deffre> pnrpofe, and o endra-
*<*<* daUp to amend to&atfoeter f*
amffa, and to p lead a lift accord6
fag* to tfce lato of 0od, n Piai. u9.
97- o Phil- 3. 13, 14. Atts 11.23. pPfal.
119.6.
Expof. f Q^ Whence ccm^sit^ that the
believer doth love and delight in that
which is aoodt
A. The fame fpirit, which wrought
the grace of faith, and cleanfeth the
heart, doth (weedy incline it both to
long after , and to cleave with joy to
that which is good, Ez,ekj. 36. 27.
gnd 11. 19. 7.0. Romans 6.19. Pfalm
U. 11.
Q_ Why doth the beliver daily endea-
vor to reform wh at ts amifs ?
|| A. Becaufe the true believer hath
laid afide the practice and defire of all
fin, Pfal.i 19. 113.128, 163.
Q^ In wh.it refpett hath he Uhd afide
the pr aft Ice and defire of all finl
A, Notonely, 1 Out of a forefigbt
of the ill confluences , and fearful
evils
With an Exf option upon the fame. 2 53
evils that may fall, 1 Kings 8 .47. £*,^«
18. 20. Z,«£j? 15. 17. But, 2. even out
of love to the chiefcft good, and all good-
nefs, 1 Cor. 5. 14.
Q. In what manner f
A. (i.) With a true purpoft, Pfalm
119.106 -**#j n.23. (2)AndaweII-
advifed deliberation, Ruth 1.1 6- there-
fore he is willing to efpy out and re-
form whatfoever is out of order, PfaU
119=59.
Q. Have all the likj meafure of grace? ,
A. All have not the like meafure of
grace, Rom. 12. 3. neither can with like
viftory overcome their corruption, Rom.
14. 1, and 15. i.P^i/3. 15.
Q. fVhatitfe is to be made hereof ?
a. if The ftrong mould not wax
proud', Rom. 11. 20. Gal.6.i» Rom.i^.
3. Nor. 2. the weak difmayed, Rom. 14.
4.^^4.31^2.
Q^ Why doth the believer refolve to
It ad his life according to the law of God >
* A. 1. The redeemed of the I^ord
do fee that many ways they ^re bound
to obey, Pfalm 100. 2, 3 anoV 86. 13.
1 Or.6.19, 20 i^t.1.17, 18. (a.)And
alfo th,at it is a bleffed thing to bear
the yoke* Matthew. «, 29; 1 "John 5.3.
Pfalm
54 -A fbort Catecbifm,
Pfir,6<). 4. and 119. 14.6W.6. 16. and
(b they refolve to deny their own will >
and follow the Lord, Phi/. i.%y. and 3 .
20. ^^2^.7. iPjf.42,3. i
Q^ Where in is the fum of the Law
comatned f
A. 3n tbc q t SC'en Command*
Ultnt0,qDeut, 10.4 and 4, 13.
Expof. f Q: Where is the full Ex-
poficion of the Commandment to be
found >'
-^. Thefe Ten Commandments are
an abridgement of the whole Law, the
full expofirion whereof is to be found
in the books of the Prophets, and A-
poftles, and holy men, who wrote by in-
spiration of the Spiiit, Exod. 34. 2j%
1 Kings 8. 9. Afatt.22. 40.
Q^Vlrhat Rules are to be obferved
for the riff hi underftandfna of the Deca-
logue ?
A. For the right underdo ndins of the
Ten Commandment?, called the Deca-
logue, obferve thefe rules.
1 . The. Law is fpiritual, binding the
foul and conference to entire obedi-
ence, BLomzns 7. 1 4, Matthev* 4. 2 r,22,
27, 28.
2. The meaning of the precepts is
to
VVhh an Sxpofition upon the fame. 255
to be drawn from the main fcope and
end thereof, Matthew 5, 33, 34, 35, 36,
37-
3* Th& Commandment which for-
biddethafin, commanded! the contra-
ry duty • and the Commandment which
requircth a duty, forbiddeth the contra- .
ry iin, Pfalm 34. 12, 14.//X 1.16,17*
Mart%. 4.
4* Under one vice expr efly forbidden ,
all of the fame kinde* and that neceffa-
rily depend thereon , as alfo the leaft
caufe occafion or inti cement thereunto,
arc forbidden, Ma • 5. 2i5 22, 27,28. 1
John 3 15.
5 . Under one duty exprefled, all of the
like nature are comprehended , as all
mecnsdFe&S} and whatfoeveris necefla-
rily required for the performance of that
duty.
Q. Is one and the fame thin a then
commanded in divers preempts }
A. In divers, yea in all the Com-
mandments, one and the fame duty
may in divers refpe&s, be comman-
ded, and one and the fame fin may be
forbidden.
6. Where the more honourable per-
fon is expreffed, as the man, let the wo-
man
A jhort Catccbifa
man underftand that the precept concern-
ethher.
7. Where the duty of one man Wan-
ing in relation to another is taught ,
there is taught alfo the duty of all that
(Undin the like relation one unto an-
other.
Q. In what particular may tbts be
explained. >
A. As when the duty of one infe-
rior towards his fuperior is taught, there
is taught the general duty which all fu-
periors owe to thofe that be under them,
which inferiors owe to them thatbj o-
ver them, and which equals owe one to
another.
O . H ow are they divided *
A, 3nto itaot '*&«*«*> Dcut*- a2*
and 10. 1, 2. .
Expof. t Ql what m^ objtrved
from the Commandments, as they are fet
down toeethe- ?
j4.Vrcm the Commandment?, as they
are fet down together we may obferve ;
00 That the Lawismoft P^ly,
1. Wife, 2. Tuft, 3. Equal,4.andftria.
ly binding the confeience, 5. And that
of all men without exception, And t>.
that' continually, Dc*t.tf9 &c.Pf^m
With an EXpoJition upon the fame. 257
2. For order of do&rine, there is a
perfeft diftin&ion of one Command-
nienc from another; but as touching
pra&ice, they are fo nearly knit toge-
ther, that no one can be perfectly o-
bayed, unfefs all be obeyed, and he that
breaketh one Commandment , tranf-
grefTeth the whole law> Deuu 27. 26 .
Gal, 3. 10. James 2. 10, IX.
3. The love of God is the ground of
our love to our neighbour^ 1 John 4.. 20.
and 5. 1,2.
4. Our love to our neighbor is atefti*
mony of our love to God, Rom. 13.8,
9,10.,
5. Such as be truly religious muft have
refpe&unto all Gcds Commandments >
Pfa/m 119,6.
6. The duties of the firft Table are
more excellent; and the breaches there-
of more grievous then of the iecond. if e-
qual proportion be obferved, and com-
parifon be made, 1 £<*?». 2.25. Jfa.y.
n>
7. If two Commandments cannot
be performed at once, the lefTer muft
give place to the greater * fothe love
qf God muft be preferred before the
love of our neighbour 5 and moral
S duties
2 5 8 A jhort fatecbifnt,
duties before outward circumftances ,
Ho f 6.6* Matth. 12.4.
8. The law is fet forth as a rule of
life to them that are in Chrift, there-
fore our obedience is to be performed
unto God in and through Jefus Chrift,
Mat. 19. 17, 18^ 19. Exod. 19.637,
8. wuh 20. 1 > &c,
9. All fins here forbidden are to be
fhunned, and that both alway , and
at all times. The duties commanded are
perpetual, to be pra&ifed when the
Lord giveth opportunity, and calleth
thereunto.
Q. Which are the Commandments of
the fir ft Table ?
A.'flje four ffrff, anfc tftep teacfc
ustfcetmtp tofcfefctoe otoe unto dDoD
fmmefctatclp.
Q^ Which are the Commandments of
the fecond Table >
A* £&e (fir laff> toWcJj fnGruct us
in our mrtp totearb* our netgWw \
Ephef. 6. 2.
C^ Which is the firfl Command-
ment f ■
A. a am tiie H030 % ®od, *c»
Sft ou ftait fate none otfter <DoM be*
fore mp fate.
Q. #***
With an Expofition upon the fame. 2,g
Q_What i* the general dny require I
in this Commandment?
A. 2$atta!!i.mfnae,2.fottl>3*a*
ffectfotM. ami ttie effects of t6efe,toe
tafceffcetrue^oo \n€^mtobtout^
won* *
Expof.ll .£>. What are the fpecial du-
ties of this Commandment) in refpett of
them:ndes
^. The fpecial duties of this Com-
mand men t3in refpeft of the mindejare( i)
Knowledge of God, (>.) Acknowledge-
ment, (3.)Eftimation, Dem.^9. Ifaiah
43 io. Tfalm 89-6>7> &c. and p.i. Jer.
24.7. and 9. 24. Co/of 1. 10# /j^. _
18. and (4) Faith. 7
(^ WhatinreJpeB of will and affecti-
on 1 JJ
4. CO Truft, 2 C/jw/z. 20. 20 P/k/i
27. i, 3. and 37.5. (2) Love, 0**t.
6.5. Pja/miS. 1. Mat. 10. 37. ^
rear, (4) Reverence, Pfa/m 2.io9 11.
and 4.4. 1 />,/. j. J7. ^^ IO 2g#
Jtoy io.69 7. and 5. 22. Lev. 19. 14.
^130.3.5^15.3,4.^5) Hope,
^^. 3.23, 26. Rom. i$.i$. Jer. l?i
*3- (6) Humility, 7^.5,6. Mich.
6. 8. Gen.$2. to. (7) Patience, Pfa/m
39< 9* &>m. i3.i2# Heb. 10. 3^. jfe£ 1.
S a 21*
2 £o <A foort C*teckifm>
21. Jer.. 14.22. (8) Joy, Pfalm^, I.
(9) Zeal, or fervour of will, <j4/,4.i8.
(10) Defire of Godsprefence in hea-
ven, Phil.i. 23.2 71^.4.8. Rev. 22.17,
20. *
jg. What in refpctl of the effects of
the f el
A. (1) Invocation, Pfal. 32. 6. and
65. 2 Phil. 45. 6. (2) Thankfulnefs,
Pfa).y%.i. and 56. 12,13. (3) Swear-
ing by God alone, Dent. 10. 20. (4)
Adoration, !>«"♦ 6 13. and 10. 20.
Mat- 4. 10.' And (5) profeffion of his
nam-, 1 Pet.3. 15. /**r. 10 32.1^.3.
17. and6.ii.ft>w.io. l0-
What is the general fin here for-
bidden ?
A, ail II iJ JFailtas to gltir C5o&
tljat afortfatoljonoi fuftfcfef* tone an*
to tjtm : 2. fl>2 elft tn t fofcole 0; In
part,gtt>tng it toan^ orter.
Expof. || Qt What facial fins ofO-
m'fiion are forbidden, in refpetb of the
m'.nde \
A, The fins forbidden, are (0 A""
theifm, Pfal.1^.1. Ttt.1,16. Exod.^2.
(2) Ignorance, j<r^ 22' and 9-3' Ffa-'
1 4 3«C3 ) Error concerning God, Rom.i.
22.7^.5.23. (4) Infidelity.
5 Q jffoif
With an Exp option upon the fame. 9 g-T
Qjvhatin re j pert ofwillmdJijfecii-
ons ?
^•00 Diftruft, Heb. 10. 38. Ifa.j.
9- Jer 17. 5, 6. (2.) Preemption, Mat.
4.7. 1 Cor. 10. 5. IO, Numb. 15. 30,
31.(3.) Want of love, 1 Cor. 16.22.
(4O Of fear, (5.) Or of reverence, Pfal
36. 1. 2fc*f. 28. 58, 59. (6) Prophane-
nefs, &>/». 1. 30.2. Pet. 3.4, 5. 7V;>tv
1.22. (7.) Defpair, <7<?». 4. 13. (8) Im-
patience, Exodus 16. 3. and 17. 2, 3.
<>0 Deadnefs, And (10) hardnefs of
heart, ^w. 2. 5. Luke 2.34.
<?. M^ /j forbidden in refpert of
both\ Jt J
A. Unthankfulnefs, Rom. i.2r.
Q^ What faccial fins ofCommjfionars
forbidden in refpecb of the heart f
t ^.(*) Pride, Acts 1 2. 23 . Dan.q,
26> 27. Luke 18. 14. (2*) Confidence in
1. wit, 2. wealth, 3. friends, 4. or wic-
ked devices, Jer.\7. ^ 6 and 49. 16.
2 Chron. 16. 12. (3.) Carnal love, J/«.
10.37. lohn 12.32.2 T/w.3.2. (4.)Fear
of man more then of God, ft??/. 2 1.8.
•Matth. 10. 28. J*r. 10.2. (5 .) Bale de-
lights that draw the heart from the foun-
tain of goodnefs, J/^.24.37. ^% 21.
H*and 14.18,^.
S3 Q,. What
[a £2 A fbort eatechfm,
Q^ What in refpett of the efetts of the
minde and will ?
A, (i) Invocation of wood, ftone*
or Saints departed, Da*.$. 2, 8tc. I fa.
63. 16. (2) Sacrificing to our nets *
Hah. 1. itf.orbleffing an Idol, If a. 66.
3. 1 Sam. 31. 9 Pfalm 106.28. Cj)
Dedicating holy days to the honour of
Saints , Exod 32. 6. or to the Crofs.
(4) Profefling homage or obedience to
the Pope, 1 Cor. 7. 23. (5) Reprefent-
ingGod by an image, Dtut.$* 12, 15,
I fa. 40. 1 8. (6) Society of marriage
with idolaters of this kinde Dent. 7.
3,4 £^0^/34, 14, 15, 16.2 Chron. 21,
6. (7) Seeking to wizards for help,
Lev. 20. 6- 1 Saw. 28. lij &c. And
afcribing any thing, whether it be
property , work, or glory, that be-
longeth to the Lord alone , to any
creature or thing, though we acknow-
ledge it to be no god, Eph.<}.$. Phil^.
H.Exod.32.%. Rom.i. 23,25. 1 Cor.io.
20.
Q. Which is the fecond Command-
ment1
A. SDfjoti (bait not matte to t&pMf
anpgratJtn Image, *c*
jg. #^r /j the general dmj whicb^
- . " thi$
with an hxf option upon the fame. i6^
this Qomman Iment requireth >
A. E&at toe bo \ too^fljfp tfte true
<Bod purely accoutring to ftf 0 Ml.
Expof. || O- what are the fpectal du-
ties here required ?
A. The particular duties of this pre-
cept comprised tinder that general, are
i. Hearing, 2. And reading the word,
3. And prayer, either publique or pri-
vate, Matth, 28. 19 > 20. Deut. 33. 10.
Lu\e 4. 15. and n.i. and 1.10. 1 Tim.
2. i. (4.) Adminiftration of the Sacra-
ment, Mat. 3. 1, 6. and 26.26, dv.
(5.) And difcipline, Matth. 18 153 &c.
2 Cor. 2. 6. 2 77^ 3. 15. (6) Me-
ditation, Pfalm 1.2. and 37. 31. and
77. 15. (7.) Conference, Dent. 6. 7.
jfcf*/.3. 16. (8.) Failing, Luke 5.35.
Atts\$.z% Ani (9) feafting, Eft her
9. 17 with all means and furtherances
thereof.
Q. How muft we be affecledjinto^aud
exercifed m thefe duties ?
A. All thefe duties muft be 1. Ap-
proved, 2. Exercifed, 3. Maintained ,
And. 4. performed purely, as God of-
fereth opportunity, without carnal ima-
ginations and conceits3ZVw. 4 2tand 1 2#
S 4 32*
2^4 •** fyortCaterbifnt)
32. Acts 17. 29. Ifa.^o i8> 22, 8cc.
Q. Whati's the general fin forbid"
den>
A. ail * omffafon of (Boa* true
tooi&tp, fo fan it f0 requires \ an&
all falfe toorflnp, either fntentea
bv others j 02 taftcn ap of our oton
fceat>*.
Expof. * Q^ J*^r £<? *&* fpecial fins
ofomijjion a vain ft this Commandment >
A* The omitflon of any of the for-
mer particular duties required, as of hear-
ing, &c Luke 1 4. 19. {/rf.64. 7. is here
forbidden-
0. What are the fins of cemmiffion in
refpetl of the heart ?
A. (1 .) Carnal imaginations in Gods
worfhip, Alls 17. 29. (2.) Liking and
approbation of our own Inventions 9
Numb. 15. 39.
(^ What are the fins of all, forbid-
den ? •
A. (1.) Making images for a reli-
gious ufe9Lev.i 94. and 26.i.(2.)Wor-
fhipping God 10, at5or before an image ,
3 Kings 19. 18. 2 ICv.gs 18. 1. (3.) Ad-
ding to5(4) Or detracting from, or
(5.) Changing any thing of the word of
Cod,
with an ILxpofition upon the fame. 265
God.(6)In{Htuting falle Sacrament?,^)
Or offices in Gods Churchy Dew. 4. 2.
and 12. 32. 1 Kings 12. 31, 32. (8)
Will-worthip grounded onely upon
good intent or cuftom, Matth* 15*9.
Col, 2. 18323.
Q^Rehearfe feme fpecial points ofwil-
worjhtp here condemned ?
a!{\ .) Popiih faftings,(2.)Going on
Pilgrimage, (3 )Vows 1. Of poverty,
2. Single lite, or 3. Any fuperftkious
or vain thing, (4.) Tying Gods prefence
to time or place. Numb. 23. 28, 29. 1
£^.4.4,7. 2 Sam.i^^.Job 4.20. (5.) ,
Praying upon beds. (
6. fl^W be the occajjons of Idolatry J
condemned £ 1
-/£• ( 1 • ) Maintaining of any Idolatrous
cuftoms, as fit and decent to adorn and
beautifie the worfhip of God, Deut.ii.
30. I fa. 30.22. (2 . ) Society with falfe
worfhippers of God in marriage, T>eut,
7.34.EW.23 . 32,33. And (3 )making
leagues of amity wich-them, 2 Chron.i?,
1,2.
Q^ What is the third Ccmmandment ?
A^.SQon'lbaUnot fafceflje j]3ame
of tty %m tte ©*& in t>afa> ic„
a66] A yoort Catechifm,
Q. What is the general duty required
in this Commandment t
A, Sl&at toe QjoulDtufe i« tbe tU
fie*,* properties, 3. teojHs, 4 ana
crofnanccs oftlje Hord, toftfj 1. hnoto ■
ie&ge>*. fattl>> 3. rct);rence, 4 jap,
ana 5j Uncertain tftous^loorDana
conttrfatton.
Expof.f Qi What be the facial da*
ties of this Commandment in refpetl of our
thoughts and affections ?
A. The fpecial duties are \.
Reverend meditation of Gods titles*
properties and word, Pfalm 8. 1,
&c. and 1.2. And. 2. diligent obfer-
vation of his works > both of creation
and providence , mercy and judge-
ment , Pfalm 104. 24. and 107.
43-
Q^ What be the facial duties in
refaB of hearing the word andpray-
er>
A- Hearing the word, and calling
upon Gods name, (1) With defire >
Pfalm 42.1. f 2) Care, (3) Diligence ,
Ecclef^. 17. Job 25.7. (4) Gonftan-
cy, Pfalm 1 22.2.(5) Zeal, James 5.16.
Matt.Ji. 12,(0 Faith; J*w»u6.John
5- *4-
VVtth m Sxpofition upon the fame. 267
5.24. (7) Joy, Mat a 344. And (S) hu-
milityylfi*.66> 2. and 57. 15.
Qj What is required in receiving the
Sacrament ?
A. Repeiving the Sacrament, 1. with
due preparation, And. 2. right affecti-
on, I Cor, 11. 21,28. Number s 9.6.&C.
Qtvhaty in the profejfwn of Religion }
A, llfmg apparel, meat, drink, fleep>
recreation, &c. 1. After a fan&ificd
maner, 2. With prayer, 3. With mode-
ration, And. 4. to the glory of God, 1
Tim. 2.9. Luke 2 1 • 34. I Tim.q.t 4, 5.
I Cor. 10. 31.
Q^Whatjn confcjfnn of our finsl
A. Making confeflion of our fins ( 1 )
With grief, Ez,ra 9. Dan. 6. (2) with
broken -heartednefs, Pfalm 51. 17.
And (3) with purpofe of amendment fc.
jW 39* 37>1%-
Q. what^in fpeaking of Gods word and
A. Speaking of Gods word and
works, 1. With fincerity, 2. Fear, 3. re-
verence^. Upon juft occafions Pfa/,ii9*
46. Aw. 28.58.
Q. What) in [wearing by Gods
name 1
A.
a 6 8 A fhort Cateehifm,
-^.Swearing by the Name of God, i.
In truth, 2. Judgement, 3. And equity,
4. Being lawfully called thereunto, fer.
4.2.
Q^ What in the frofejfun of Religi-
on?
4. With an outward profeffion of
Religion, joyning an unblameable con-
versation. PMi.27,1 Pet.f.l&.TsttZ*
10. Matt. 5. 16.
£). What is the general fin forbidden ?
a.i. 3Dmff ting !l t&e Dntp fterebp re-
tjutrea .-2. mffngfttef jjaame tofcen
tae oug&t not, oz ottjrru?ffe tban toe
ftotAfe
Qi When is the Name of God taken 0-
therwife then itjhould \
A. Wlben ft te ufe&, 1. fgnorantty,
a. faperttittottflp, 3, tottjout faf t^ ,
4- rattlp,^ not to a ilgbfcnM.fcp*
pocrtttcallp, 7,falftlp,S. agatnff eon*
f cfencc, 9, and iofjtn men name t^tm-
felted C^tdfan0> bat Ute fcanta-
loaflp.
Expof.|| & what are the facial fins
ofom>ffion here forbidden ?
A. The fpecial fins forbidden, are
omiflion or negleft> 1. To know,
Tfal
with m Expofition upon the fame. 2 5p
Pfal.^.^&c^iyToobCcrY^Zeph.^,
5. C3) To meditate, (4) Or to make
ufeofthe titles, properties, ordinances,
or works of God, Matth, 13.19. and 7,
26 > &c\ and 10.
Qj_ What is forbidden in refpetl of
our thou ohtsl
A+ 1. Leight, 2.Unreverent,3. Vain,
4. falfc, 5.Superftitious, Or 6. wicked
thinking thereof > MaL 2.17, PfaL 50,
21.
Q. What is forbidden in praying >
^.(1.) Praying without undemand-
ing, 1 Cor. 14. 15. (2.) Without defire,
(3»)Orcare to fpeed, Mat>6.y* (40Of
without faith in Gods promises, Rom.
10. 14,
Q^ what in hearing the word t
A. Hear 1. without attention 2.
Of care to get good thereby, £2^. 33.
30.^^28.21, 22.
{? , what in re&eiving the Sacrament ?
A. Receiving the Sacraments, 1. Ig-
norantly, 2. For cuftom, 3 . Without a-
ffe&i<in required) 1 Cor.i 1.17, &c.
cd What infpeakjng of God ?
A. ( 1.) Wicked blafphcmy againfl:
Goq> Leviticus 24, 11,2 Kings 1 9. 22.
00
270 A fart Catechifm-i
(2.)Curfing and banning, 1 Sam.iy.^.
6. What is forbidden in the ufe of the
a eatttr*s >
. A. Abufing the creatares 1. Inex-
cefs, Amos 6.i,(2v. Or. 2. in fuperftition.
Col. 2. 20, 21. Geu.%2, j2.
Q. What is forbidden in the profcjfnn
of Religion f
A.\. Making a fport of fin, Prov.
14.9.7^.11.15. And. 2. living fcan-
daloufly in the profeflion of Religion, 2
Sam. 12. 14.
O. Which is the fourth Command-
ment ?
J. Remember tbe Svabbatb sap
&c.
<9. What is the general duty here re-
quired j
A. SEbattfte tofcolt* &abbatl> *l
ilo^s-uap be fet apart from all com*
mon ntcy as bolp to tf)t lLo#h botij
publfquelp sp'tfutelp in tbe practice
of tbt Dntte* of nccefat^feoltntf* anD
merer*
Expof. * Q^ What be the particular
x duties here required^going before the ftib-
lique affemblies ?
A. In this Commandment it is en-
joyned
With anTLxfiofiiion upon the fame. 271
joyued,(i.")That we finifh all our world-
ly bufinefles in fix days? Vent. 5. 13.
(2.) And that we rife betimes in the
morning upon the Sabbath, Marl^. 1 .35 .
compared with vet. 58,39. Exod. 32.
536. Pfd'9gz. 2. And. (3.) prepare our
(elves for the publique congregation.
Q^ How muft we prepare our [elves
for the publtque affembly 1
A. 1. By Prayer, 2, Meditation,
3. Thankfgiving , 4. Examination of
our hearts? Ecc/efq.. 17. PfaL 93.5.
2 Timothy 2. 19.(5.) Going about the
works of mercy, and inftant neceftity ,
with heavenly mindes, Mat. 12. 1, &c.
Lftkei%. 15.
Q^ What are the duties of the Qnb-*
I. que ajfemb/y?
A, it is required thatwejoyn with
the people of God in the publique
Congregation, 1. Hearing the Word
readd and preached, 2. Calling upon
Gods name, 3. Receiving the Sacra-
ments-, 4. praifing God for his mercies y
5. Singing of Pfalms* 2 Kings 4.23 .Aft.
13. 14.15,44, and 15.21.&1613 and
i7.2#and 20. 7*
Q. How mnfi we be employed in theft
exercifesf
A An
A jhort C Meek: fa
A. Inthefeexercifes werouft (i.)Be
all the while attentive, Acts 16. 14.
(2 J Reverent, I fa .66.2.(3.) And eager
to get good, Pfalm 42.1, 2. (4.) Not
departing till the Blefling be pronounced,
Eaukj 46. 1, 2, 10, Afts 10. 33. 1 Gw.
14. 16.
£K How mufr the day be [pent after
thefnblicjue affembl^
J. The whole day,after,is tobefpent
with delight and chearfulnefs, I. In re-
ligious meditation, 2. Reading, 3. con-
ference. And 4 works of neceflity and
mercy, //&.58.13, H Ads l7' llm
Pfalm i.2. Luke 2±i4> iy l Car*^'
2.
Q. Vthatis the general fin here for-
bidden ?
^. ail neglecting II of tbe tmtfe* of
tbattfme>tP*opt>anlug of tbat W>
m toijolc 02 In part , bi> neeMete
tooi&s 02 tbougbt0 about our calling*
oj recreations.
ExpoCH QJVhat are the fins of omij-
fion here 'forbidden f
A Here is forbidden idlenefs or a
negligent omiflion of any duty required,
cither 1. Inwhole,2.0rinpart,3.For
matter. 4Or manner. ^^
pyith an Expofnion upon the fame. 273
Q.V^hat parties lars may be named?
A, 1. Sleeping out the Sabbath in
the morning, 2. Sleight preparing our
felvesforthe publique afTembly) 3. Ab-
fence from it, 4* Coming late, 5. Sleep-
ing there? 6. Scaring about, 7. Going
forth before the Blefling, 8. Mifap-
plyingthe word, Matthew 20,6. Alls
20.9.
Q^ what are the fins of commiffwn
forbidden >
f A. All prophanation of the Sab*
bath, or any moment of that precious
time with worldly, 1. Cares 2. Words>
3. Or bufinefles, is condemned, //tf.58.
(J. What particulars may be name A \
A. As (1.) Travelling journeys, Exo*
16 .29, 30. (2) Keeping fairs, Nth. 1 3 .
15, id, 17. (3J Labouring in feed-time
andharveft, Exod. 34.21.(4) Going
on trifling errands, &c. (5) Vain re-
creations ; as 1. Bowling, 2. Shooting^,
Hunting, 4. Stooll-ball, &c. on this day
are unlawfull.
Q*lVhich day is to be fet apart as holy
totJ0hord>
Jf 3t f 0 moial ant) perpetual to
ke*p m **v fn fetyn a* ^olp *
ji jbort Catecbifrn,
from ifce creation to «e refarrectfon
ofCWlMljtftDentl) Dap toast tnttt*
ffltutcfc : after Ctattt l)te refurre*
tttom t6e tfirftfcapo* tljetoetktoa*
o:Dataet), ano is to be ftept fo;
efcer.
(?, Why was the fir ft day of the we ek^
ordained fine e Chrifis re fur region ?
t ^. (t 0 The work of our redempti-
on is the greateft work that ever was,
John^. i £. Andf 2 ) byChrifts refur-
re&ion from the dead, a new Creation
was (as it were ) finifhed : Wherefore
feeing that he rofe again the firft day, it
was ( as Divines agree) meet,the Sabbath
fliould be changed to the firft day, A%s
20.7. 1 Cor. 16.2.
Q^ Which is the fifth Command-
mem ?
A. ^ono^ ftp JFatyer an&t&p
9rtfter, f c
Q^ Who are meant by Father and
Mother ?
a. jgotonelt) nataralparetit0>hnt
alfo i! all &a period tn office? age>ano
Expof. || Q. Why are all Suye+prs
called by the name of Father and Mo-
ther >
A>h\\
With an Expojitionupon thefjme. 275
A. All Superiors are called by the
name of Father and Mother, 2 Kings 2 .
12.and5.13. J fa. 19. 13. (i)B;xaufe
they are fweet and pleafanc names ,
ape to iignifie both .the affection
that Superiors ought to bear towards
their Inferiors ; and alfo to per-
fwade inferiors chearfully to perform
their duty. (2) Houlhold fbciety
alfo, is of all others the firft , from
which all others fpring* by the en-
creafe of mankinde 9 Gen. 4. 1,2. and
Q^ Vlrhat is it t(f honor ?
A, SCoacfcnotble&ge tfte crcellemg
tbat to in men bp fce^tue of tfcetr
place , ano acco^fnglv to pUlo it to
tfceim
Q. Are the duties of inferior? onely
here intended?
A. j])o : but of Capert 0^0 anD equals
alfo.
Q. W^f rte /J the general duty re-
quired in this Commandment ?
A. %W toe carefnllp * obfertte
fyato^erfljatcBotJftatfiappotateD a*
mottgtt mtn, ano ao tfje DutfeB tobfcQ
toe otoe onto tbem^Ur rtfpectof tfeeir
place* ano Degree.
T a ExpoG
i7*
jffhortCAtecbifm,
Vvnnf * O. What is require* of Ml
JStlnjl^i^lM:0Hanet0an'
^?Ofallmen,asthey ftand in re-
h"K fiSS iSSw with gift;
Letfor their place,* ^»j»-»5- 0 ^.
jft-in2 their duties modeMy , Joe. 31
doing tneir deraCi0nin bearing
l3-^„th diafof others, G./.6 i.(70
I„d^i1orStheraatuangoodofa.
^Stthe Amy of inferiors t,
their fuvenorsi terent, antt
Oftfe t» the Magnate >
' ^ fO The wholfom laws.01 wu
With an Expofttion upon the fame. 2 7 7
cuftom is freely and willingly to be
payed, Rom.i$. 6, 7. 2 Sam. 18.3. and
21. 17.
C?. What is the duty ofpeofle to their
Minifter >
A. (1.) TheMiniftersoftheGofpel
muftbe had in lingular love for their
works fake, 1 Tbef.5.13. (2.) Their
Do&rine muft be received with glad-
nefsof heart, Heb.i^.ij. Luke \o 16.
1 Tbeff.2. 13. C30 Themfelves muftbe
defended againft the wrongs of wicked
men, Rom%\6.^. And (4.) be made par-
takers of all good things for this life,
Gal. 6. 6.
QgJVhat is the duty of wives to their
husbands ?
A. Wives muft after a (pedal man-
er,( 1 ,)Lo ve5( 2 . )Fear,and( 3 )Qbey their
Husbands » yea though they be fro-
ward ; (4.) This muft be manifefted in
word and behavior, Epbefiaxs 5. 33.22.
23, 24. ColoJf^.iS. 1 Pet. 3-i. 1 Satit*
25.3.(5.) They muft be helpers to them ,
in t. Godlinefs > And 2. in the things
of this life, G^.2.18. 1 Pet. 3. i.Prev. ,
Si-
Q: What is the duty of children to their
far enu 1
T 3 -A Chil-
2?g AfhortCfitechifm,
J. Children muft, i. Imbrace the
inftrueYions of their Parents, 2. Con-
tinue in fear and obedience to the end
3. Not beftow themfelves in marriage
without their confent, Eph.6.1. Ln\e
2. $ 1. Exodus 18. 19. Ruth. $.^]udg.
1 4. 2. And 4 minifter freely unto
their rteceflities, 1 Tims thy 5.4. Gen.
47. 12.
Qt What is the dmy of fervants to
their maflers ?
A. (1) Servants muft 1. Wifely ,
2. Faithfully, 3 Willingly, And 4. pain-
fully beftow their time appointed in
their Governors fervice, 7/7.2.9, 10.
E/^.6.5 6. Gen. 31. 38. 1 Tim. 6. 1.
(2) Submit themfelves toholy inftru-
ftions, (3.) Bear rebukes and chaftife-
ments, though they be unjuft 5 1. With-
out grudging, 2. Stomack, 3. Sullen
countenance, 4. Anfwering again , or
5, Refiftance, Tit. 2. 9. 1 Fit. 3. 18.
until they can ufe fome juft and lawful
remedy.
Q. What is the duty of weal^ Chrifti-
uns >
A. Weak Chriftians muft not cen-
fure the ftrong, for ufing their liberty,
Rom. 14. 2; 3.
whh an Expofnion upon the fame. 279
Q^ J&hat is the duty of 'you no- men >
A. Young men muft give due rcfpeft
to the aged, asking their counfel, rifing
up before them, giving them leave to
fpeak before them, &c.Tu.i.6. i Pet.
$.<>.Lcv. 19.32.^32.46.
Q« What is the duty of Inferiors in
gifts?
A. Inferiors in gifts, i- Muft not
grudge or difdain their fnperiors, but
2. Seek to make benefit of the gifts that
God hath given them, John 4. 1 9. Rom.
16. i, 2,3,dv,
Q_ How muft all the fe duties be 'per-
formed >
A. All thefe duties are, 1. Chearful-
Iy? 2. Diligently, And 3. Faithfully to
be performed to fnperiors, though they
be wicked and ungodly; in refpeft of the
commandment, will, and authority of
God, who hath fo appointed, PfaL up.
4,14,32,117.
Q^ what is the duty of Super iors <?
A. %o carry ffcemfelfces! * gratjety,
meeklp, and after a feemlp manner
totoar&s ifjtfr i nferf or0.
ExpoG * Q. what is the duty of the
Magiftrate ?
A. Magistrates opght by all good
T 4 means
2 80 A JW* Catechifm,
means to procure the goo4 of their
fubjetts, (2.) Making holy and juft laws
. for the Maintenance of piety and ju-
(Hce, (3.) appointing officers that be
1. YVife, 2. Couragious., and 3. Fear-
ing God,to feek juftice executed.(4.")La«
boring to root out fin by pnnifhing
offenders juftly. And (5) incouraging
the godly, 1 Jim. 2. 2. zChron. 19.
5, &cm Romans 13.4. Vent, 7. l8, 19.
Tfalm 101.6^738. l Pet. 2.13. Ifiu
49**3.
Q^ What is the duty of the Minifler >
A. Minifters muft 1. Labor in pri-
vate reading, meditation, prayer ; and
2. Inpublique teaching, by inftru&ion,
exhortation , rebuke and comfort :
3. Keeping the holy things of God
from contempt , And 4 watching over
their flocks , that their people be not
corrupted, 1. By falfe Do£trine,Or 2*
by fcandalous converfation > 1 7f**»4h
13, 16. and 3. 2, &c, 1 5;zw. 12. 23.
Dext. 33 p, 10. Ez,ek* 33. ?,&<■'• and
34. 4,Atts :o. 28. Matuj%6.Prov.2j.
.23.^^44-3 24-
0^ Wk at is the duty ofh .sbands ?
A* Husbands muft 1. Choofe reli-
gious^ wives, 3. Dwell with them as
men
With an Expoption upon the fame. 281
men of knowledge. 3. Love them
dearly. 4. Bear with their infirmities :
4. Protect them. 6. Provide things
neceflfary for their (late and calling.
7. Allow them competent mainte-
nance, imployment, and liberty, fpe-
cially for the ferviceof God. 8. Re-
joy ce and delight in them. 9. Pru-
dently admonifh them in great love
and tendernefg. And 10 prai(e them
for their faithfulnefs , 2 Conn, 6. 14.
I Pet. 3. 7. Eph. 5.33. Gen. 34. 67.
and 20.16. 1 Sam. 30.5,8. Eph. 5.
285 29. Exod* 11.10, Proverbs 5.18.
Gen. 26.8. {^.62.5 , 6"^. 30 2, Job i.
10,13,
Q^ JFjW x\5 *£* ^/j of Parents }
A, (ij Fathers muft bring their
Children to holy Baptifm, Gen. 2.1.4.
(2.) Mothers muft nurfe their own chil-
dren if they be able, 1 Tim. 5.16. 6>/?.
21. 7. 1 Sam. 1. 22. (3.) Both muft
bring them up in inftru&ion, and fear
of the Lord, Eph, 6 4. Bern. 6. 6, 7,
20. Exod, 12. 26. C4) They muft keep
them in fubjc&ion* (5) Train rhem
up in (brae honeft labour and cal-
ling, Genejis 4. 1, 2, (6) 1. Loving-
ly, And 2. feafonably correft their
faults^
2 8 2 -A fiort Catechifm^
faulty. Not without commpaffion and
furrow, Prov. 2^. 13. and 19- 18. and
22.15. and 29. 15, 17. Eph.6.3. (7)
Beftow them fitly in marriage, and that
in due time, 1 Cor. 7.36, 38. Jer.26.
6. And (8) lay up fome thing for them,
as ability will furTer32 Cor. 12. 14. Prov.
19. 14.
O. IvhatisthedHtyoftntfters7
A. Mafters muft (1) choofe into
their houfv 8 true and religious fervants;
(2.)Andwhen they are entertained, take
care to inform them privately, (3) And
iee that they (erve God in publique al-
(b, Pfalm 10T.6, Alls 10. 2. Jolh. 24.
15. Genefis 18- 1&. Exod. 20. 10.(4)
Provide and give them fit meat, lodg-
ing, wages , work, time of refreshing
Prov, 27.27. I Cor.y.y. Detit.z^. 14,
15. Prov. 31. 15. (5) Take care of
them when they be fick, that theype-
ri(b not for want of good attendance,
Mvt.%.6. And (6)admonifh, rebuke,
and corrett them, if need require, Prov.
29. 19. Eph.6.9. C°l*\- !•
Whm is the duty of flrong Chrlfli-.
Ansf
A. Strong Chriftians muft 1. Bear
with the infirmities of the weak ,
2. Seek
With a,nExpcjition upon the fame. 283
2. Seek to build them forward, 3. life
their liberty aright, for edification and
not for offence ; 4. Forbear even things
lawful £or the good of their neighbor ,
Romans 1^.1^2. and 14. 13115, dtc.
l Cor. $.3. '
Q^_ what is the duty of old men ?
A, (1) Old men mould be examples
of 1. Patience* 2, Sobriety, and 3. Bo-
linefs. (2) Sound in faith. (3) Able to
give good counfel and direction, Tit. 2.
»> h 4-
Q^ What is the duty of fitch as excel
in gifts >
A. Such as excel in gifts, muft 1. Not
defpife others, But. 2. imploy their gra-
ces for the good of them.
Q^ What is the du / of equals $
A. C£qdal0 muft regard tfce dig*
nttp and toozib of eacfc sttier, tno«
deftly carrp tftemfeltjes one totoarda
anot&ei > and tn gifcf * 3 tjono^ to go
one before another, Eph. s»2it Rom,
12.10.
Q_ WW Kf ffo yw& Command*
mem ?
A. ^onftsie^io^arfljjen
C^ fl^t is b* general dmy of this
Commmdmtnt t
a 8 4 ^ fyort Catechifm,
A. ffi&at bv ail meang latofal trie be*
fire ano ftuiv to p^cfcrti? ottr I! olon
perron0,anD t!*e t perf on of oar m f gb-
bo,?*
Expof. || Q. WlW <*> e the facial
duties of this Commandment* inrefpefb
of oar fe Ives >
^. The fpccial duties of this Com-
mandment in refpeft of our felves, are
i. Love, And. 2. Care to preferve the vi-
gor of minde , and ftrength of body,
that they may be ferviceable to the
Lord, and fit for our brothers good, Eph.
Q, By what means is vigor of minde
and body pre ferved i
u4m (i.)Bychearfulnefs, Prov. 17.22.
(2) By fobriety in 1. Care, 2. Meat
3. Drink, 4. Apparel, 5. Recreation,
6. And ufe ofPhyfick, Afat.6*3^.Prov.
25,26. & 23.2X3) And by moderation,
1. In labors, £07.4. 8. And 2. deep.
£K What means of refuge muftbe H-
fed again ft violence and dan qerl
A. Lawful means of refuge from
violence and danger, a? (1.) Giving
(oft words, (2.) Courteous anfwers,
JWjr^g. 23. Prov. 15.1(3.) Flying
and (hunning the company of angry
per-
With an Expofition upon the fame. 285
perfons, Prov.22.2q. a6.(4)Ufing the
benefit of Law, Deuteronomy lj.%,&c.
and weapons for our neccflary defence ,
&c.
0. what are the inward duties of this.
Commandment in refpeil of our neigh*
horl
t A. The inward duties in refpstt
of our neighbour are^( 1 . )Love, Rom. 1 3 .
8.(2.) Rejoycing at the good of their
perfonsj 1 Cor. 12.25,26. Romans 12.
Q. What if our neighbors be in di-
firefs? have done us wrong*, or have in-
firmities ?
A. We muft ufe3(i. )Compaffion and
tendernefs of heart towards them, Eph.
4.31,32. (2) Patience, bearing wrongs^
forgiving injuries, CoL 3. 12, 13. (3)
Pacing by fome wants in mens words or
attions, Ecclefj.21. Prov. 17. 9. (4)
Covering them with filence, (5) Taking
all things in the bcft fenfe, 1 Cor. 1*3;
5>7«
Q^ What is required in refpett of
fpeech and behaviour ?
A. Qi) Courteous behaviour 3 Eph.
4.32. ("2) Eafinefs to be intreated, Jam.
3.17, (3) Gentle Anfwers, Prov. 15. ii
(4)
2 8 £ A fhort Catechifm,
(4) Hearing our inferiors fpeak in their
juft defence, 7^31.13. (5) Avoiding
all occafion* of ftrife Q6) Parting with
our own right fometimes for peace fake ,
Gen. 13. 8; 9. (7) Not neglecting any
duty of love and friendfhip, though we
be forced to go to Law for our right ,
Rom. 12. 18.
Q. What is our duty to the poor di -
ftrejfedor wronped?
^.(1.) Relieving the needy,(2.)Vifit-
ing the flck, (3 .) C loathing the naked ,
(4.) Lodging the ftranger, &chHebm 13.
2> 3* Jffjfi *9> 10- (5 ) Pleading for
the life and perfon of the poor, and
fuch as be wronged.(6.) And delivering
them alio, if it ftand in our power, Prov.
24. 11, 12.
Q. What is our duty to them that be
under our power ^ and offend f
A. tlfingi. Mildnefsin rebukes* 2.
Moderation in correction, GV.6.1. Yet
3. according to the quality of the off-
ence* JW* ^.22,23.
Q. VVhatis the duty that we owe to
all men in refpett of our aft ions 1
A. (1.) Tobeharmkfs and inno-
cent towards all men, Pfat. i$-3*C2)
Taking eare that they .fuftain no harm
by
With dn Sxpofition upon the fame. 287
byusor ours, Exod.n$. in their per-
form taunt, Matth.5. 22. Rvipe, or ill
handling, Lev. 2 4, 1 9 .
Q^ What is our duty towards our own
or oar neighbours cattel ?
A. To our own and our neighbors
cattel we muft (hew mercy, Prov. l2.
10.
O. Which is the general [inhere for*
bidden* J
A. ail 1. jSsglect of joorii ofomo*
Hereof our otono^t^r tmrt, con-
cetto In fteart, o; aeciarta bp foorfc
Expof. || (^ what are the facial fins
rrbereby the vigor ofmmde and health of
body is impaired > J
> A. In refpea 0f our felves,by this
Commandment is forbidden, (1.) Ex-
ccffive forrow, /W 17.22. (2.) Diftra-
fting care, (3.) Thoughts againft our
felves, (4O Solitary mufing on the tem-
ptations of Satan ; (5.)NegIeaof meat,
drink, apparrel, recreation, phyfick,
peep, labor, &c. (6.) Or excefs ther<-
in.
Ql What facial fins be forbidden , as
oc capons ofhw or danger}
A. 1. Me-
287 A fbort Catechifrr.^
A. ( 1 ) Medling with other mens mat-
ters, Amos 4. 1. Prov. 23.21. and 26.17.
(2) defperate adventures- (3) compa-
ny ing with them thqt b& makebates ,
qtiarrellous , and furious, &c. Prov 26.
20,21. (4) doing that whereby we are
or may be ftirredup to anger. And^<>)
rehiring to crave the aid of the Magi-
ftrate.
Q^ what imvard fins are forbidden lit
resell of our neighbour?
f ^. In refpeft of our neighbour ,
(1) hatred, 1 John 3.15.(2) envy,
Prov, 14. 30. (3) unadvifed anger,
^^.5.22.(4) pride* Prov. 13.10-
(5) defire of revenge > (6) foolifh
pity-
Q. What fns in word are condem-
ned?
A. (1) Reproching for fin or any
other infumity > as poverty^ bafenefs of
bloud , ftammcring, Lev. 10.149 &c.
(2)chidings, brawlings, crying with
an tmfecmly lifting up of the voice ,
■£/>/>. 4. 3 1 . O) complaints to every
one of the injury we have received ,
( 4 ) breaking jefts upon our neigh-
bour.
Q. what fns ?n behaviour f
P: A. Dif-
PTithan Expopiion upon the fame. ^Sg
A. Difdainful or fcornfull carriage*
as (i) Deje&ednefs of countenance >
Ge #4.5(2) Nodding the head(3 ^Point-
ing with the finger , C)r (Ruling a-
any other provoking geiture , Provt
6.17.
Qj What fins in refpeB of them that
have done us wrong ?
A. 1. Stubbornnefsj And 2. knplaca-
blenefi; ^w.1.31.
Q^ What In refpett of the fdor and
dt fire fed?
A. (1.) Oppreflion, Levit. 19 13.
(2.) Withdrawing corn from the poor,
Prov. 11. 26. (3) Detaining the hire-
lings wages, Levit. 19.13. Jer.2 2.\$
(4.) Not reftoring the pledge, Exod.
12. 2^.
Q^ What deeds are condemned in re*
fpeftofd/l men in general $
^nf' 0-) Quarrelling, 77ms ^ 2.
(2) Striking, (3 .)VVoundingj Exo<Lz\.
18,22, 26. (4.) Placing manhood in re-
venge or bloodfhed, Proverbs 20. 22,
(5) Extremity of punifhment , Dent.
25.2.(6) All taking away of life, o-
therwife then in cafe of 1. Pablipk
juftice; 2. Juft war 5 and 3. NecejJary
defence; Ex9# 1 . 1 2 . Gen, 9 $ f And (7) au
V fpa-
29 o A jbort Catechtjm,
fparing thofe the Lord commandeth to
bepunifhed, Fjjtf.17.15.
Q^ What is the feventh Command-
ment ?
A. S^ott (bait not commit atml*
ten?.
Q^ Wto is the general duty of this
Commandment ?
A, Sftat foe ft onto * feecp oar felte*
pare in foal art* bofcg > botfc totearoa
oarCeltiesaflOotljer*.
Expof * 0^ What is the inward duty
herereqtiiedl
A. Purity of heart, 1 The Jf 4.3 4.
Q. What is commanded in re fall of
car words >
A, Speech favouring of Sobriety ,
CV.4. 6.
Q. What are the means of chafiity?
A. (\) Temperance in fleep, recrea-
tion , and diet both for quantity and
quality, Lnkevu 34.1 77?*/. 5.6.(2)
convenient abftinence, (3) watching, (4)
and falling, (5) modefty in apparel > 1
Tim.2.$m (6)gravity inbehaviour, T*tA*
3. (7) making a covenant with our fight,
hearing, and other fenfes,?^ 31.1. FfitU
119.37.
Q± what duties are required in refpetl
of action ? A.i*
With an Expofition upon the fame.
■A. (i) Poffefling our vefTels in holi-
nefle and honour, i Thejf.^.^. (2) In
fuch as have not the gifc of continency >
holy manage, 1 with fuch as be fit, 1
0?r.7#2.p 39. and 2. therein due benevo-
lence, 3 . fidelity, and 4. confidence each
to other 3 1 Gr.7.5.
CL VVhat. ts the qeneral fm here for-
hldden > " J
■*♦ £11 uncleannelTe of \\ fearf ,
JPfecft, gcffure, o* action , tcg^er
%rte0 hereof.
Expof.|| a What in^^d fins be for-
hidden $ J
■f. 1. Filthy imaginations, and. 2.
Lulls, Co/. 3. 5.
QU. *F%i *£#y* cy y^yw ^ cof$m
demned ?
-*. CO Speaking, (2) or giving ear
to rotten or corrupt communication ,
h/^5'3j4-i^^.i5-33-(3)wantonnelTe
ot the eyes, Mat.<$t2$ (4) giving them
liberty to wander, and to rove about, 2
Q^ What be theoccafionsof unclean-
nejfe f
*. 0 ) Idleneflfo E^. 16.49, (2) in-
temperance in deep or diet, Jer. 5. 18.
V a (3)ex-
2rTt
2p 2 -A flwrt Catecbifrriy
(3) Excefs, Eph.^. 18. (4)Newfan-
glenefs , 2efh. 1. 8. (5) immodeftncfle
in apparel, Efay 3.16, 8tc. (6) Wearing
that which agreeth not to our fex, Dent.
22.5.(7) Lafcivious pictures, iThejf.
5.22.
Q^ What fins be forbidden in behavi-
our }
A. 1. Impudency, 2. Leightnefs in
countenance or behaviour, Provt 7. 13,
(3. Painting the face 5 2 iw#gj 1-9. 30.
(4. llnneceflary companyings with lewd
perfons, Prov, 5. 8. (5) Promifcuous
dancing of men and women, Mat.6.2 2.
Q^ /^to y/;7.r 0/ ^i2^/o» £* condem-
ned?
A, CO Fornication, DW22.28.
(2) Adultery, IW. 22. 32,(3) Inceft,
Lev. 18. 6. (4) Abhorring of marriage,
(5) Or unlawfull entrance into the
fame.
As 1. When the parties are within
the degrees of affinity prohibited.
Lev. 18. 6. (2. Formerly contra-
cted, Dent. 22. 23. Or 3. married
to fome other who are yet alive,
Rom.j.2.
(6.) Unfiafonable or intemperate
abufe of marriage bed , Lev, 18. i&
VVith an Expofition upon the fame. 202
Heb. 13.4. And.(7) all unnatural luft.
Lev.l%*22i2'$. Rom. 1.26327.
Q. what is the eighth Command-
ment ?
A* SSonffialtnottteal.
Q^ What is ihe general duty of this
Commandment ?
A4 Sftat bp all gooo means toe far-
mer foe outfoar&t effateofonrfeltte*
an&efoiirndgbboar. ,
Expof. f What be the fpecial duties
of this Commandment be Ion (ring to all
men?
<d. The fpecial duties of this Com-
mandment are, (i)Anhone(t calling,
1 Cor. 7. 20. Gen. 4. 2 . (2. Faithful la-
bouring, £^4. 28. (3. True and honeft
dealing therein, Pfalm 15. 2, (4. Fru-
gality.
As 1. Honeftly keeping what we
have gotten , 2. Wifely ordering
our expences , And. 3. convenient-
ly ufing what God hatn given , that
we may 6e helpful toothers, Prov.
21. 20.
(5) Contentation with our eftate, be we
never fo poor, 1 Tim.6»6f/fi.
Q± VVhat is the duty of the bor*
rower 1
V 3 A. We
94 ^ fyort Catecbifrrr>
A .We muft borrow, i . -For need, 2.
for good end?, 3. What we are able to
repay, And 4. make payment with (1)
Thanks, (2) Gheerfulnefs , Exod. 22.
x4> I$-(3^ Ac time appointed, Pfil.
1 5 . 4. Or (4) if we cannot keep day ,
then by all other means contenting the
creditor.
jg. V/hctt Is the duty of the pjver ?
A. We muft give (i.)Freely, Luke 6.
' 20. (2 ) Juftly, Efay 58. 7. (3) cheer-
fully, 2 C^r.9.7. (4) According to our
ability, and our neighbours neccflity 3 2
Or.8.13.
Q^ What is the duty of the lender ?
A. We muft lend, 1. Freely, 2. Not
requiring our own before the day ap-
pointed, 3 . Not compounding for gain ,
4. Foibearing or forgiving , 1. The
whole, 2. Or part of the iumme lent 5
if it cannot be paid without the ha-
zard of undoing the borrower, Luke
6.tf.
Q. What is the duty in buying , fel-
ling, &c1
A. We muft ufe, 1. Truth, 2. Faith-
fulnefs, 3. Juflice, And 4. indifferency in
buying, felling, letting, hiring, partner-
fhip, &C. .flfat.j- 12, 1 Thejf^.6,
d. Re-
with an Exposition upon the fame. 2^5
Q^ Rehear fe fome particulars.
A. 1. Not concealing the fault of
wares, or other commodity > 2. Or not
taking advantage of the neceflity or un-
skilfulnefs of the one party, 3 But e-
qually refpcfting the good of each other,
GW.5. 13.
Q. VPhat is the dt ty of men in refpeft
of things fotwdy and committed to our
truft &c ?
A. 1. Seafonable , 2. And faithful
reftoring , CO ^ th.ngs committed
to our truft, Exod. 22.7, 8. (2) of
things found , Deuu 22. 2, 3. (3) And
of things unlawfully gotten, Levit.6.2.
&c.
Q. What is the duty of men in tyre-
tijbip ?
A% 1. Good advifedneffe in under-
taking fuertifhip, 2. That it be in mat-
ters not above our ability. 3, And for
fuch as are known and approved
Chriftians, Proverbs n 15. and 17.
18.
Q^ What if we be compelled to recover
our own >
A. Moderation in recovering that
which is our own? muftbeufd, Philem.
4.$.
V 4 Q: wha
2p 6 -a j^arr l Mecmjm,
Q. what is the duty of Minivers that
receive Tythes ?
A- Minifters that receive the Tithes
muft feed the flock committed to their
charge, £^^.34.2.
(9. What is the dutie of Lawyers in
refpech of their Clyents ?
A. Lawyers muft (1 ) Take no
Caufe into their hands, which they fee
can have no good end with equity ,
Efay 5. 20. Pfat. 1 5. 5. And. (2) they
muft follow thofe which they under-
take to defend, with all honeft, 1 . Dili-
gence, 2. And faithfulneft, 3' For love of
equity, 4. And not ofgamt (3) They
muft end fuitt with all poflible dif-
patch and good expedition, Exod. 1 8. 1 3 >
&c.
Q. what is the general [inhere for-
bidden ?
A #11 |] neglect to fnrtfcer oar ofew,
02 our t neighbours toealtb , al tnv
peaefcment at bfnberamce thereof, arm
alenereafe thereof bp anjafl an&fn*
tired Dealing.
Expof.|| Q. what be the facial [ins
againfi this Commandment in refyeti of
enr [elves t
A, A&ual fins of Commiifion , here
for-
With an Exposition upon the fame* 29 7
forbidden a/e> I. Idlenefs* 2. Inordi-
nate walking, Prov. 12. II. 2. Thef.
3» ii.^.GovetoiifhefTe, iTim.6. 10.
(4.Miferable pinching, and defrauding
our felves of the good things which
God hath given us, Eccle/,6. 1 . &c. and
24 26.(5. Waftefull confuming of our
fubftance.
Q^ //en? dk w<?# waflefiilly fpend and
lavi\h their ft* bftance ?
^. By lavifh fpending in 1 . Meat, 2.
Drink, 3. Apparel, 4. Buildings > %.
Unneceflary gifts, 6. Sports, &c. Prov.
21.17.Eph. 5. 18. Andy, by unadvifed
faretfthip, Pjw.23.13.
Q^ What fins are condemned in refpeft
of our neighbour ?
'A. t In refpefl: of our neighbour , is
condemned grutching at the psofperity
of others.
Q, How do men Jin in borrowing X
A. By borrowing, 1. To maintain
idlencfs, 2. To defraud men of their
right, 3, Borrowing what we are not
able to repay, £^£18.7.(4. Borrow-
ing upon intereftS unlefs it be in cafe of
neceffity, 5. Denying what we have bor-
rowed, 6* Or repaying unwillingly* Pfal *
37.2i.£tw'M?,i3»
q« How
2 9 8 -^ /fc*Jtf Cateebifrri)
O, How do men fin in lending f
A. (i) Lending upon ufury, Exod.
22.25. Exa&ing increafe meerly for the
loan, £2^.18.8. (2) Cruel requiring all
a mans debts, Efay 58,3. without mercy
or companion.
Q Hondo wen fin in bargainings
buying^ &c i
A. By ufing in bargaining, buying ,
felling , letting , hiring, partnerfhip, 1.
Injiiftice, 2. Craft, 3. Fraud, Or. 4.
Falfhood, iThef+e.
Q^ What particulars may bt given
hereof*
A, As 1. Making things litigious
and doubtful^ 2. Refpe&ing a mans
own commodity onely , 3. Parting
with bad wares for good, Amos$. 5.
Or 4. good at an exceffive rate; 5. En-
haunfing the juft price, meerly becaufe
We fell for day, 6. Ingroffing wares
, into our own hands, that we may fell
them at our own pleafarc, 7* Dif-
praifing what we are to buy? Prov.
20. 14. Or 8. raifing what we are to
(ell without juft caufe , and for our
meerc advantage , 9. guying under-
foot , especially of fuch who fell for
need, 10, Abufing mens fimplicity and
un-
With An Ex pop ti on upon the fame. 299
unskilfulnefs, 11. Ufing falfe weights,
balances, meafure, and light?, to deceive*
Leviticus 19.35. Vrov. 11. 1.(12. Sell-
ing things hurtful], and not vendible;
as 1. Difpenfations for fin 2. Charms,
3. Church livings, Prov. 20.25. Mal.%.
8. (4.GrucifixeS)&c.
<? . How do men fin in keeping things
founder laid to pled? e^ &c f
A. By detaining(i.)Things ftrayed,
(2) Found, Exod.2%,^. Dent. 22. 1,2,3.
(3) Or the means of our neighbours
living layed to pledge, Exod.22.26> 27.
(4) As alfo things committed to our
truft and cuftody, Deut.2y.19> ■
Qj_ How do men fin in going to
Law}
<d. 1 . By prolonging of fuits, 2. De-
fending bad causes , 3. Immoderate,
4. Or uncivil contending at Law for
our own right, 5 . Selling juftice, Prov,
15. 27.
Q, what other kinds ofinjufiice or
wrong be forbidden ?
A, fi.) Removing ancient bounds;
Deutn 19. 14. (2) Robbery by Land ,
or Sea , Zach. 5. 3,4, 5. whether it be
ftealing, 1. Goods, 2. Cattel, Exod.
22. i- (3, Servants, 4. Or children,
Exod*
300 A]hoYt Cattckifm^
Exodfi\.ij,DeHt,2^rj. with or with-
out colour of Law , (3 .) Receiving of
things ftollen, Prov. 29. 2\.P[al. 50..
i8> 19, 22. And (4) all unapproved and
unprofitable trades of life or callings >
C if they may be (b termed ) as Jefters ,
Juglers , Parafites , Carders > Dicers ,
Gamelters, Players, Fortune-tellers >
Figurecafters, Sturdy Rogues > and fuch
as be makers of the proper inftru-
tnents of unlawful Games 5 ]er. 10. 2.
job 50. 19 2) 3. 2 Tbeffal. 3, 1 o. AEts
19.19.
O. Which is the ninth Command-
ment*
A. Efjottflmlt not bear falfr left*
mffe agafntt tfy? nefgftbonr.
Q^ whatis the general duty here re-
quired ?
A, Hbat bp nil means toe feefc to
mafntafn ottr * oton, and our jl nefgb*
boar* good name > according to trntb
anfc a good c onf cf ence
Expof. * J0. What be the facial da-
ties of this Commandment ?
A. The fpecial duties of this Com-
mandment are > 1. To fpeak fparingly ,
Prov. 10. 19* And ^^ to fpeak the truth
from the heart, Pfal, 15.2.
QzJVhdt
With an Expojltion upon the fame. 301
Q. What is commanded in refpeti of
our [elves}
A. In refpeft of our felves , 1. Is
commanded rightly to know and judge
ofourfelves, Gal. 5, 26. 2^r. 13. 3*
f2. To procure our own good name,
Pr ov. 2 2. 1.
Q^ // ctv ^<? roe procure our own good -
name .?
**. 1. By feeking Gods glory firft
and principally, Maith.6.23 Hebr.
1 1. 2.39. (2) Judging well and (peaking
well of others , Matth.j.2. (3. Walk-
ing unblameably, Ecclefiafi. 10. 1,8.
Luke i,6- Job 1. 1. (4. Defending our
good name when n^ed requireth, but
1. Modeftly, and. 2. in a fort unwil-
lingly,
Q. What be the inward duties' of this
Commandment^ in refpeti: of our neigh"
bow*
|| A. Inrefpeft of our neighbour we
are commanded to, 1. Defire* 2. re-
joyce in his good name, Rom.%. i9 8.
Gal. 1. 23, 24. (3. To forrow for his
infirmities, Pfab 1 19. 136. Ez.ra 9* $.
(4)To cover them in love, Prov. 17. ?•
1 Pet.q, 8. (5. Hoping the beft with
patience, 6. And fo judging, 1 Cor.
13.5,6,7. Q. What
3 O 2 A fbort Cdtechifrriy
Q. What duty do we owe to our
neighbour in refpett of his infirmi-
ties ?
An.\m Not bewraying his fecrets be-
fore we have admonimsd him, Prov.n.
12, 1 3. and 25.9, io. yea, though we do
it wich grief, and to fuch as we defiie
might help and redrefs them, 2. Rebuk-
ing him-
(J. How is rebuke to be given f
A, ( 1 • ) To his focz , Matt/% 18 1 6 .
Gal. 2. 11. (2.) When juft occafion
required), (3 ) Lovingly, (4.) meekly ,
GaL6.\* Prov.25.12 (5.) With remem-
brance of what is praife worthy in
him, 1. Corinth. 1.4, 10. Reve/,2.2,
3>4. r
Q^ What duty do we owe to oar neigh-
hours in refpett of his vertues ?
A, (1) Commending him where he
deferveth well, yet rather in his abfence
then prefence, 1 The ([a1. 5. 22. (2) de-
fending the good name of him,whofe un-
Hameable carriage is known unto us, by
1. Teftimony, 2. Handwriting, and 3.
Oath,if neea require,j/V.>;/<r0*,io,i 1 . &c.
(3 ) Not receiving idle? or falfe reports a-
gainft our brother, PJa!% 153. Prov. 2 5 .
23. and 26. 20,
Qi What
VVhh an Sxpofition upon the fame. 30 J
Q^ What is the general fin forbid-
den*
J. 311 faflfng to ^ocure, tic*
feno 1 an& farther our t oton , one
!i our neighbours trthit : all un~
jaft Defence, toejongfull utfpttion ,
e* accafatfon of oar feltos oj o*
tfcer*,
Expof. f Q. What are the facial fins
forbidden in refpell of otir felves?
A. Hzreis forbiJden,(i.) An over,
or under weening of the good things
in our felves, LukeiZ 95IO511. Exod. ¥
4.10,13. Je rem, 1.7.(2.) Bearing our
(elves above our worth, Phil. 2.3.(3.)
Boafting, Prov.2y.i. (4.) Ejfcufing our
felves unjuftly, 1 Sam.i^.x^.Gen. 3.12.
(5+)Debafing our felveSj(6.)Diffembling
that others may praife us>(7«) Procuring
our felves an ill name.
Q^ How do men procure an ill name *
A. 1. By walking undifcrectly or
©ffenfively, 2 Sam, 12.14-.&M0.2. 23, 24.
And. 2. by a needlefs leffening the good
opinion others have of us, by bewrayiag
ourweaknefs ; as want of learning, &c.
to the carper.
0. What are the inward fas dga'mfl
this Command™ entl
304 A l^ort c*techifm,
J) A% Here are condemned i. Evil
fufpitions, Matth,y.i. i Sam. 1.13.
(2. Want of defire. 3. Care. And. 4. re-
joycingin our neighbours good name,
1 Pet.*. 1.(5. Rejoycing in his infir-
mities, 6. Contempt > Or 7. foolift
admiration of others, -/2#j 12.22. Tro.
27.14.
Q. W&*# fins of word be condem-
ned >
J, i. Unjuftly renewing the me-
mory ofour neighbours crimes , which
were in trattof time forgotten > Prov.
17.9.(2. Calling good evil , or evil
good, Efay$. 20. (3. Flattery, Prov,
27. 14. Job 17. 5. (4- Forbearing to
ipeak in the caufc or credit of our
neighbours, Prov. 2^. n, 12. and 31.
8, 9. (5, Ram cenfuring , Matth. 7.
1,2.
0. what fins of gefinre be condemn'
ed?
A. 1. Nodding the bead, 2. Wink-
ing with the eye, 3 Pointing with the
finger, Or 4. any other vilifying or de-
riding geftures, Mat^ji 2.
Q^ How elfe do men offend again]?
this Commandment r
A. 1. Speaking the truth with de-
firc
VPith an Exposition upon the fame. 505
fire of our neighbours difcredit, * Sam-
22,14,15. with ^^zi)^ OOLift-
ning ro tale-bearers, Proverbs 25,23.
(3) Railing falfe reports, Levtt 19 16.
(4) Relating mens words to their dis-
grace (5) Or contrary to their mean-
ing, l Samt 22.9, Io. .^^.26.60, 61.
(tf) Spreading abroad flving tales, Pro.
26.-0,21,22. libels, falfe preferments
and citations ; 7) Giving falfe evidence,
And ^8) pronouncing falfe lentenceX^'.
r9* T5? 3S* £*^« 23. 6. IW. 19. 1 6.
Proif.19.5.
Q. tf^rff ft f >^/ -y n in refpeft of our
f elves and our neio labours ?
A. In refpeft of our felves and our
neighbours , here is forbidden, 1. Lying,
An J. 2. equivocating, Evhef.^. 25. Col.
3<9,ie>.
O. what is the tenth Commandment \
K 2Sou (bait not ecfor, $c.
Qi. What is the general duty here
commanded J
A, »at foe be fralp * contented
foftb our oton onttoara cnnmtton
ant brartflp beffre tbe o.odd z 0$
oar neighbour , in all ttifns* be*
lonotfng unto Mm, great, ant fmall,
ziTm,6&i Cor.jr 9^0. /iStir 6,29.
3o6 A fbort Catechifm,
Expof. * Q. Wloat are the fpecial
duties of this Commandment 1
A* In this Commandment we are
injoyned, (i.) To acquaint our felves
with thoughts of good towards our
neighbour , Efay 32.8. 3 John 2. Job.
31. 29, and that which appertained
to him 5 (2.) To re Joyce in the prefent
good eftatcot our felves and our neigh-
bours,/7/^/^; 3 4. 2. and 119. 74.and (3.)
Chearfully to praife God for it.
Q^ What is the general Jin forbid-
den f
a. flutfcongMa of mint), totfbea
antj tieflrtg or tyart, ano DcltgbtfaU re«
uiemiuancea of ttulagatnllcontenUD-
neffe. Job 51.22.,
Qu. X* a«7 »/** <?£/* ** ^/<?/> flto
LOW?
A. J5ot perfectly : f oj tbe a ©o&»
Ip often fall, tfct molt ftolp || fafle
bt aUtrafea fn tfeefr bell actions:
but tBc i IjUD of dDob ougbt, c mar,
ano ufuaty? both d toiik accojotng
to tbe . iiab ffncerelp* %Um> 3*2.
b Exad.2%. $6,579 38. C I John 2, 14.
John 14 15,231. d I King.1%.5.
Expof. || d% jfafrw « /> p roved that
the obedience of the faithful here is im*
ptrfi&i A. (1)
With an Expofttion upon the fame.
An. (i) In the femnts of Chrift>
there remains fome root of bitternefs >
Heb 12. u Rom 7. 23. (2) The fle/h
Julteth againft the fphit, Gal. 5. i7.
(3) Their knowledge is but in part,
1 CW.13.12. Pfalm. 11 9. .1 8. their obedi-
ence therefore cannot be perfect, M>.
6. 14, 15. 2 £*«*. 12.9. 2 ££?**, 35, 22"
Lukj.i. 20.
Q^ Howmanywa'.csdo the aodly oA
A. 1. Often in the matter, 2. And
in the maner of doing, Jofh. 9. 14, 153
3, Continually in tftemeafure of duty,
the moftholy do offend , Nehem. A.
22. J
Q. Should not a Chrifrian emit do-
™g of good altogether, feeing- he cannot
dolt, in that meafure ihatljod remfa
reth >
A. $0, u *5ttt * fottfc c Dftf-
gence and (ftigieneffe of ftcart
Brtfte agafnft coirnptfon, a, Hoofc
ffoaft)* araftance of CP0&3 f pirf t ,
3* #*t& labour to g groto fn grace,
e 2 Cor.7.1. f 2 Chron i6.9.PhiL4f 15.
giPet.2.2.and2Pet.3.i&
Expof * Q. If fin cleave tothe i>efi
*»rii of 'the godly, hopfhonUiheyex-
X a ercife
3 o 8 <A fhort Cdtecbifm,
ercife the mfe'ves in -well-doing }
A. i. The fin, which cleaving to the
workcbfilcsitj is by all means poflible
to be avoided, Afe6. 1,2^3,4. &c. Pfat.
37. 27. 2 Bat the work it felf is not to be
for born.
Q. why m ft we Hot forbear the doing
of aooiworhj , notmthjlanding the cor-
ruption that cleaves unto them f
A. (1) Becaufe we have anabfolate
charge from God , to exercife our felves
in all good works, Efay 1. 17. 1 Pet.
$.ii.Colo(fti. 10. 2Pet.i.j. (2) And
a merciful promife , 1. That he will
forgive the infirmities , which our cor-
ruption doth faften upon them. 2. And
favourably accept our fincere endeavour
to walk in all holy obedience* though
now and then we through weaknefs do
t ftep awry, Job 42.7. zChr.^o. 29 , 30.
' Efa. 40. II. Cant. 2. 14. Nam* 23. 21.
£2^.34.16.
{K What means fhould a man ufe to
grow in (Trace r
A. 1? $e tmitt tteon&Wp ®M*
mine 11 Ijte h toate* , «♦ t 3&&G$
i 6tmteif,3. «tttfc+ot)er1)f0i)eart at
stt tfmefc in all place* ? occaflona
ana con&ftfona s 4 JUoifl»e
Hi
ftyitbaH Exposition upon the J awe. « 309
t&e !l ttm , $> &to# frf* f fteart
tottfi gocti, 6. #na p^eferto I fcte
* fAftti, h Hag* i. 5,7. i i Con n, 31.
k 2Tim.V5.Eph.5, 16 lHeb. 10.35.
36,38.
ExpofJ 0. What Is examination >
-<*#/". Examination is 1 . A diligent 5
2. An exquifiteV, 3. And an impartial
(earch of our hearts , thoughts , and
wayes5 Lam4.40.by the word of God ,
Rom. j. j. as in his pretence.
0. What are the benefits of exami-
nation ?
d. It is a means, 1. To prevcu eviL _,
2. To procure good. Its of IT'
Ch What evils are prevented by ex-
amination ?
A. It is a fpecial means to preferve To prevent
from 1. Pride, 2. .Security, 3. Hardnefs will.
of heart, 4. And falling into fin, Heb.*%
Q; What good doth it procure ?
A.£g.}\t doth quicken to prayer, To promt
Gen. 24. 63. /7^/. 19. 12.(2) Itisa^oA
goodftepto repentance, ' PfaL 119. ^9.
/f^.1.5. (3) It fetleth in a Chriftian
courfe, Pfal. 39. 1 . (4) It provokes for-
ward ingodlinefsj Ffd. 119. 5?, 6o-
(5)
j I o A fbort C*teebifrr?y
( 5 ) And it makes us' charitable toivard
others, GaL 6. 4-
Q, What is it to judge a mavsfelf?
+. A. To judge a mans felf , is to
paffe an impartial fentence againfl: him-
felf, agreeable to the word of God, accor-
ding to the mcafure of that iniquity
which by examination he findeth in him-
felf5 E^zckj 1 6. 6 1 . and ao. 43. Dtta.p. 8%
Luke 15.18 ip.
0. What benefits come thereby ?
^.(i.)This awakeneth the heart,
E*.^. 36.31. (2) It maketh us afraid
pf fin, Gen.$ 9 9 . (3 ) It fpurreth us to fue
to the throne of grace, 1 /C/^8.38. (4)
And it preventeth the judgement of God>
3 C V.i 1.31.
(X What is watchffilnefs >
A% Watch fill nefs > is i- A narrow,
2. A careful, 3 . And a continual keeping,
obferving, and over-feeing of our hearts
and all our ways, 7V01/.4..23.
O . How is watchftitnefs neceffary ?
~^n. It is (1) Exceeding neceffary,
becaufe i. Of our felves we are apt to
errc, PfaI.%9.io* 2. And have many ©o*
pafions befides to draw us away from
godlinefsj Luke 14. 18, 20. (2) And it is
excee-
With an xpofmon upon the fame. 3 1 1
exceeding profitable.
Q. How may it appear to be p'ofi-
table 1 r J
A, It is profitable, (1) To prevent
orwichitend Satan, i ^.5.8. Mat.
26.41.(2) To keep under lufts,
(3) To avoid and cut off ftrayings
and wandrings of minde and life,
2 Ttm.^i Cor.16.13. Pfal. 101.2.
(4) To keep the heart in good order,
(5) And to efchew dangerous, 1. De-
cays , 2. Falls, 3. And difconoforts ,
which otherwife men (hall run into,
2 Sam. 11. 2. 1 Tim. 2. 14. 2 Corinth.
■ I.J.'
Ck Wbatfis it to redeem time 1
. A"- To redeem time, is f© to husband
xt, that every moment thereof may be
fpentforourbeft advantage, Ephx. 16.
2Cor9u. 3.
Q; Why is time to be redeemed. >
-<*». 1. Becaufe Time is a precious
thing, 2. Being loft it is unrecoverable,
though God may pardon it to the peni-
tent, Efay 1. 16,18. Therefore*we muft
redeem it.
Q. what thme is to be redeemed ?
4- 1. The time of youth, Ecclef.
X 4 ia.
312 4 fhort Catechifm,
I2.(?/)0f the Gofpel, 2 to.hnh 6. 2*
(3.) The Sabbath ,Ex>d.to. 10. (4.) The
time of ficknefs.(5.)Of health,(6.)^nd
the time of vacancy from bufineffe
in our callings? &c. ^^k» 19.42* ]°hn
9.4 Gal 6. 10 fy§9* 10 «;.
Qu. Why muft the heart be flored
with good}
f 4p* Becaufe when r^ans heart is
emptied of evil, it will quicklv gather
tilth again ( as garments will duft, ) un-
lefsitbe fraught with good, Mat. 12.
43*44 45- r
J?ueft. #% »«*/? /<*/>£ & prefer-
red?
* /*♦ Becaufe if faith decay in 115,
( as needs it muft, unleffe it be carefully
fiirred up, prefeived, and excrcifed,
z.Tim. 1. 6 ) godlinefs muft needs wi-
ther, 1 Tim. 1.5.
Qu. Why muft godlinejfe Wither if
faith decay?
A. Bwcaufc ( 1 ) Faith is the victo-
ry whereby we overcome the world,
j fnhn 54 ( 2 ) Thereby we wreftle
aeainftfin, by the Almighty power of
Tcrfus Chnft, Gal, 2. 20. ( 3 ) And our
lives muft n^eds be full. i> Of doubt-
ings
with an Expofition upon the fame. 313
ings 2.0r fecurity, 3. Drowned with
carnal delights .> 1 Kings n. 4. and
finful pictures , (4) The word will
lofe its efficacy, Heb.^2. (5) And the
exerciks of religion their fweetnefs, if
faith d cay.
Queft. How is faith to be prefer*
ved ?
A* To the end that faith may
be prefcrved , we muft, (1) Value ic
above Gold and Silver ? 2 Peter 2.1.
(2) Often meditate upon the 1. Sweet-
nefle, Pfalm 119. 103. and 139* 17.
2. Conftancy , Revel. 1.5. 2 Corinth.
1.20.(3. And. perpetuity of the nioft
precious and free promif es , which
are the grounds of faith 3 Hof.i^.^.
E**i. 36, 22. (3 ) VVe muft walk
according to the rules thereof y (4)
learn to exercife it > living thereby ,
Hebr. 10. 38. Romans 1. 17. (5) And
1. Sincerely 9 2. Gonftantly, 3. And
Confciombly ufe all thofe means ,
whereby faith is wrought or nouri-
flied. 5
Q. Howelfe?
J. 7 1$* mnft tafce munta fjfm
tft« toftsle armour II of ©o& ,
*. ana UM& n tm, wprfjfttneffe »
arm
314 A fi°rt Cdtecbifrn,
«nD conffancp, ufe He tmnns of
grace before p;ercr(beo, In one o e*
ffate as toeil a* anotber, m Eph,*>
I3j Mf n Prov.2. 3,4,5.001.4. 2. 0 Job
27. 10.
Expof. J] O. W% ,w*/? 4 Chrifiian
take unto him the Chrifiian armonr f
A. Becaufe allChriftians are called
to be fouldiers, Rev.i z.y. to fight under
Chrift Jefus their Captain.
,0. Againfi what enemies mufl we
fight >
^.Againft,(i.) Thefle(h,^w.8. 13.
(2) The world, 1 .M.2. 10.(3) And the
Devil, 1 ^.5.8,9.
Q^ What are the properties of this
enemy >
A. Heis(i) Spiritual, (2) Subtile,
(3) And a malicious enemy, £ph.6. 12.
Rev.io.i. Mat, 13.28,29. (4) That
can never be appeafed: they had need
therefore take unto them the whole ar-
mour of God.
Q^ JVhat is implyed m this, that we
mttft take pinto us the Chriflian *r±
wour ?
An. Wemuft 1. Daily put it on, 2.
Continually keep it on, 3 And at all
times have it ready for ufe.
£.For
WithtnExpofition upon the fame. 315
Q. For what end muft it be put on >
A., 1 . To repel, 2* And to quench the
fiery darts of the Devil.
Q. What are the parts of this ar-
mour ?
A. The parts of this armour are, 1.
Sincerity? 2. Love of righteoufnefs ^ 3-
The Gofpel, 4. Faith, 5. Lively hope, 6.
And the word of God, £pf.\6. 1 4,15, 1 6,
17518.
Q_ How is it f^ept on >
A. It is kept on, 1. By earnest pray-
erj2.byWatchfulnefs,3. And by holy
meditation.
Q. what privileges doth God af-
ford unto his children in this life^wbo U-
hour according to his will to grow in
grace ?
A* ii 1. 2&ep map be q aCTartd
t of big fatjon* , anD ». .tfatljerlg
*care r oUer t&em, 3. 2E&e aire*
ctton f of fcte Spirit , 4- 2Lfteir
c gro'tetl) fn || grace , and u % Per-
fet>erawe (0 tlje en& $ 1. Jofh, 3. 14
and 4. 1 3. John t. 12. r 1 Tim. 4. i'o.
Mat.10,39. /Pfil. 143. 10. *Gol i>9,
10.* Phil.i-6.
Exjpof. || Q^ What is to be obfgrved
touching the enjoying of thefe privi-
Udges I A. It
gi£ A Short Catechifm,
A. It is fh ft of all to be obferved that
none of thefe priviledges can be enjoyed
without great ftrife and labour, i C0r.
16.30.
(). What fffjfKffce of Gods favour
may b? obtained ?
f A; i: Not onely fome uncertain
hope, or dim fight of Gods favour, 2.
Bnt aflurance thereof may in this life be
obtained, jfa£ 19.25. 2^.5.1. 2 Tim.
4.8. and 1. 1 2.
Q. How is that proved ?
A. Becaufci. The Scripture exhorts
lis to make our calling and election
fur*, 2 Peter 1. 10. 2. It layeth ma-
ny fufficient grounds of affurance,
1 John 4.13. and 3. 14. Philip. £ £.
3. And propofech divers examples of
them, who have attained thereunto,
Rom 8.34,3s, 39. £,*£* 2. 29. Hebr.
H9j10'
Q. #*w may it af fear that this is a
rareprivi/edfe ?
Anf This Is a rare and precious
priviledge , 1 1 . Becaufe it may con-
stantly be enjoyed, 2. With an increafe
thereof, Hof. 13.14. Ma/4.6. 1 Thef
4. 1, 10. Q. It is alwaies accompanied
with joy -un^eakablc, and (Weet con-
tentment
Wtth m Expofition upon the fame. 317
tenement, Cam.x. 1. PfaU^^. John%
f6.i /Wi.8.(4. The longer itispof-
idied, the Tweeter it is.
Queft. I snot O'ods favour mojtfweet
when it is fir ft apprehended *
Anfw. Dainty meats may become
loathfome, but we cannot ftirfeit of Gods
favour, Pfdl.iy.i^.
Q. What particulars are compre-
hended in this 0 that Cod would have
his children affured of his fatherly
care t
* Anf God would have his chil-
drcn know , CO That in every ftatc
hewiJI fave and uphold them, Pfalm
9- 10. and 32. 6,7. even when his
wrath doth burne againft his ene-
rmif'%33.4)M^. and 27.7,8.
W lhat he will teach them the
good way, which they ought to
follow, Pfalm 25. 12,1 4. /W3.3.
(3) That he will give his Angels
charge over them , (4) And carry
them in his bofome , Pfalm 91.11,1a;
occ*
Q: How may they be affured of his
fatherly care *
r "^Li^hc amiaWe > fiwet and com-
fortable titles , that Chrift giveth
to
a 1 8 A fim Catccbifm>
to his Spoufe, calling her i. My love,
2. My dove, 3- My filter, 4. ! My
Spouic, 5. My underiled, doth (hew
wfctt great regard he hadi ot every
Chriftian, Cant. 1.^,6 and 2 14. Deuu
33.11,27,28,2* Camq.6.
n How may it be proved that the
faithful **AJ ajfure themselves of their
{row thin ([race t
A. || Became (0 TIie Servants °}
Chrift are exhorted , and command-
ed to grow in grace and godlinefs,
t 7^/7:4.1, 10 Co/. 1. 10. (2) There
are patterns of holy men lett unto
us in Scriptures , that have grown
rich in wildome and holineffe, Rev.
q // God command us to prow tn
grace , how doth it thence follow that
we may beajfuredefh?
A. What God commandeth in the
Gofpel, that Chriftians mould believe
he will inable them to do, John 6. 63. 1
John ^.%.
0. If other* have grown riches Wi$
any aftarance to us ?
An. What ordinary graces any of
the faithful did obtain, the fame may
all the faithfallook ior9Zach. 12.10.
Eph
With an Edition upon the fame. 319
Eth*fr i/v'-l-x-If itbcfor their good*
Q. How is that pr wed >
^«.B£caufe(i.) They'are aiiunder
the fame covenant, (2.) Have the fame
Redeemer and Sanger, (5.) And have
the fame promifes made unto them. 2
Cor 6.12.1 Tim. 2. 5, 6 Ephef. 4. 50.
and 2. 12. -n
' Q. JVhm other privlledges doth God
afford unto them f
Anf. (6) Sftep are || i. itepf;
w from, *♦ Comforted to, and 5
fctllfccred one x of ntanp troubles
( 7) 2Dangbt to y nfe aft eifate*
mm , ( S ) p^eferteD 2 from
fonl offence* , (9) Enabled h to
*rffe agate, if tftep b f afi , (I0>
amtrncted to f iftc go&ip, (i ,) ^no
fcatfc c po£ef*fon *- of tfe a>o#> ,
wPfal.32ao.Aas 16.27. xProv.i 1.8.
yt?T "?' 27* PhiL 4- ia. 2 Lnke 1. 6.
a?k\. 37. 23,24. b Eph, 2. 10. c Luke.
8.15.
Expof- |) Oil. How are the aodly
freed from the tronblesthat others rnn
tnto\
*• r-;ll!l€ SodIy Awn the fins which
others follow with greedinefs , Gen.
199*
32<> ^fbort Cattckifa
39.9 and 42. \%.Neh.<$. 15. Job$\.t.
(2^) They order their affairs with godly
wifdome,^?.r 23.6. and 12 26. and 18.
11. with 19. 57. (3) And they forefee
the evil to come, and hide rhemfelves,
ProV.2i.$. and 26. 12. therefore they are
preferved from many troubles that others
fall into.
Q. Do not the codly oft run into ma-
ny troubles from which they m$gkt be
ce
fi
A. For want of care and watch-
fulneffe , they often draw no fmall
grief upon their heads , from which
they might be free, if they would care-
fully fubdue they p^ (lions, and look unto
their ways » Cam. 5. 25354,5,6. 2 Sam.
H.2,3 Pfat.tji.S.
O. How a e the godly taught to ufc
prefperitv ?
f J. In profperity the godly are
taught, (1.) Toedifieth mfelve?, AUs
9.3i.(2.)To walk inmeeknefs,(3)Low-
Knefs, (4.) Fear ^Comfort of the
Lord,(60And be doing good, Job. 14.
15 21,
q^ How are they taught to ufe ad"
verfty \
An. In adverfity > they arc taught
1. To
With an Expofitton upon the fame. 22*
0) To be humble, COPacienc, (3)
To pray, 1 Pet. 5. 6. lb 1. 22. Pfaim
39-9- and 30. 7, 8. (4) To grow ouc
of love with this worlds 2. Corinth. 5.
h 2>3> 4- (5) To prize the Lords fa-
vour* Pfal. 73. 26, 28 (6) To cleave
clofe unto God, Efayi0. 20. (7) To
examine their hearts. And (8) to reform
thdr ways, Lam.^.^o.Zeph.2. i.Efay
27.9. J
Q. How dre they taught to ufe their
callings }
J.\ [n their callings they are taught:
(0 To take trial of their 1. Wifdom,
2. Faith, 3. Sincerity, 4. Love of righ-
teoufnefs, and 5. Patience 5 (2) And
to go about the fame, with hearts affe*
cting the things that be above, Pfalm.
H2.5. Gen. 31.38,39,40. GaUthians
$. 22. Gen. 17. 1, 2. Zach. 8. 16. Luke
21- Ip.
Q. Be not the godly fometimes over*
taken with reproachful evils >
A. If the godly be overtaken
with fome reproachful evil, Gev. 9. 21.
and 19. 33- it is fi) Not ordinary,
Rom. 8. I. 2 Corinth. 5. 7. but for a
time, P/4/.37.34. (0 When they have
Y call
$12 A Jbort Cateebifm,
caft off thdr armour , and negleft their
viz ch zSarn.ii* i 2. Matthtw 26*
40 41.
Q^ why doth the Lordfujfer them to
fill ?
iy, The Lord fufferMhcm to fall, 1.
To let them de iheir weaknefle, 2. To
correft th.ir Ccirelefneffe, 3. To cure in
them pride of heart ? and contempt of
others : And 4 he orders their flips
for the 1 . Glory ot his great Name ,
2. For the comfort ot the weak , 3.
And for the good of the party fallen ;
afrer that by repentance he is rifen a-
Q. How is it proved that the righte*
otts may be affured of their perfeve-
rtince ?
4". fi.) The righteous may fall >
but the Lord will not fuffer them to
F crifli, John 10 28. (2.) Chrift hath
jpraved for them 9 John 17 20. Luke
22 32/3 )The immortall feed abideth
in ih n^ 1 John 3 9. (4.) The fpirit of
God doih quicken them> &w.8.23n.
fo that afterward they take heart and
courage again to fight againft fin and
Satan.
With an Exp option upon the fame. 323
Qu. Are not the godly fomeiimes
thrown down ?
A. Yes : but they can never be utter-
ly vanquifhed , though for a time they
be thrown down, 2 C<?r. 4. 839. Mar.
16.18.
Q. How are the faithful inputted to
llve^odly \
t >*• If the faithful feek unto the
Lord, he will teach them with 1. De-
light , 2. And with comforc to live
godly in all places, and callings* Prov*
2.3 4,9. EJ ay 30.21.
Q. Do they notfinde much rebellion in
themfelves ?
A- They do finde the fle(h rebelling
againftthe Spirit, GW.5.17. <JJfal.$i,
Q. tVhy>
-A* (1.) That they might not truft
to themfelves* but in the Lord , Prov:
3i 5> 6. (2) That they might no longer
live, then finde need to pray, Lord
ftrengthen me, 1 ThejT.^.ij. (3) That
they might be thankful to God for
the mercies they have received 5 PfaU
54.6,7.(4) That they may -tiot trU
umph before the victory , mt w^fc
Y 2 in
324 A fhort C/ntechtfiw,
*p fecurir<% is (bough they had no ene-
my, i 5 % 9 Ai.n(5 )rhat by how
much the tight is more, i. Painful,
2. Sharp, 3 And difficult \ by fomuch
the victory fh ->uld be the more, i. De-
lightful, 2. Sweet, 3. And glorious*
Rom.\6.20. Rev.ii.io. '
O. What is it topoffefs the word t
* A* The word of God is poffef-
(ed, when it is I. Received truly as
our own. And. 2. is kept and laid up
fafely, as a treafure in our minds and
hearts.
Q^ why is the word to bs laid up in
the he ^rt ?
A. So that we may have it in rea-
dinefs i. For our direction , 2. For our
comfort. And 3 . to rule over us with
an holy and universal foveraignty, Lukj
2.51.C0/.3.16, 17. Pfal. 119.111,112,
33>34-
Queftion. Do all the godly 9 or any
at all times9 enjoy all thefe friviled-
ges>
i.igm- A. j&o : fome are ignorant of
ranee. ^em , not belfetrfng > oj at Uaft
zjVnk' fatntlp beltetrtng tfcat tftert are
Vmpti'tob* ot&cwl are awWa • tolia
With an Expofnion upon thefa'^e. 3 2 5
P^tf e tftem not , and fo take not 4. /to/>.
pains fo£ ttefe Wngs , as tfttp
ongljt.
Qneft. frpJta* w£<?r hinder an ess do
deprive Chrifl^ns of thefe privlkd-
ges >
A* d 3no#inafe pafffons* a* $. inorfc
feats anger, felf iot)e> puttie, lotem* j>«/j-
of pleature, cares of tbe toorlD»ow.
ant) eartftlg incumbrances ; ana govern-
fnconffancp in goo* H>utles ^"^V
temptations 'alto to fctttrnft &o#dm7/,,
keepe nncer manp > d James 4. #>o</.
Queftion. How (hottld a man bri- % ° '
die and reform thefe tr,;, my pafsi-
ons?
Anfwer. ilet 1. ©fm WrcMt? e«
ftttm a Cijrtffian life , 2. J3rap
rarnettlp , 3* feet tjimfelf mote
agafntt tfte conniptions tljat be
flrongett in ty m , 4. g>htm tifc
occattons of (In, 5* ^ta* the
c Commandment tn ijfs fieart.
6, «j^nd applp f tfje ceatlj of
Cfcttt fba tbe killing of cojrnp*
tion> c Pfalm 119* $ u f 1 John
5,4.
Y 3 (^How
3 2 6 <* ]vort C^techfnfj
Q^ Horv may a man overcome his
temptations to di first ft }
A. i. 1£* waft not fitte creMt
to &atana fnggedfon* agafnft
<5ofcs trotfi > *♦ But tonfl&tr of
<Eoda h || i. IDototr , i «♦ dDoofc;
neffc , k g. mncfcangsabletteffc >
4* ifoimer t mercies ? $♦ #no free »
m grace in gtfcfag as ty* Con ; t fo
tftat totafeneffe > imtoo^tbfmffe »
fcmnt of fetlfng comfort, focala not
Utfmap Wm, g Mat 4*3, 4. h Mat* 8* ?♦
Efay40.28. iPfal.5i.i2.k Jcr.31.3.1
Pfal.77.1i.rn Rom. 5. 8 9.
Expof || Q. How are wt to covfider
ef Gods power and love t
A. That God is in power all fuffict-
cntj fo that he can help us, Eph. 3. 20,
And in love, everlafting , John 13. j.
2 Thejf. 2.16. Jer. 31.3.
Q^ What ttfe are we to make there-
If*
A* Seeing that he hath once loved
us, we may be afliired that he will never
leave us, Phil. 4.1 9.
Q^ To whom doth God pve Chrift ?
t A* 1. God gives Chrift to them
(1) That are loft in thcmftlves , Efay
61.
With An Expofition upon the fame. 327
61. 1, 2. Mat 9,12, 13. And (2.) the
we«tk as well as the fti ong are partakers
ofhis merits, 1 Iohm.\.
Q. Have not Cbriflrians reafon to
doubt tn refpett of their rveakeneffe ?
A f. Strength of grace in us, and
fbundnffVof aChriftun convert t ion ,
is not th root of comfort; neither fhould
weaken (T , or unwonhineM.' in us
breed doubting of our falvation, Heb*
10 22.
Qucft- What is the ground of com-
fort.
A. The grpqnd of all comfort is ,
that God of his free grace hath given
hie Son to in miferable finners even to
as many as b-leeve in him, 1 Iohn 2, 2.
and fjhr^. 16.
Qu. Cm the wea'^e faith lay hold tip*
onChnp
An. The weake faith doth lay hold
uponChrife 1. As truly, though :. Not
fo comfortably as the ftrong doch,i job.
2.12,13,14..
Ou. what elfe mu (I be done f
An %. Cnnfffcrr to'tat pjomtfe*
tfcc 11 d^n ^atb tn**t. to n IseepeanO
apboto u*> 4* W^t o Uuoarage-
Y 4 rmntg
3 s8 ^ fhort Catecbifm,
mints tje fjatb gtfcen u* to fatlfetJc ;
|i$. and boto acceptable a ttjtngtttsp
tbat toe (bonis fo do, n Mat. i<5, 18*
Luke 22. 32. o 1 John 3. 23. p Matth.8-
10. and 1 5 . 28. Rom.4320.
Expof. || Q^ what ihconrdgements
hath God riven hs to believe ?
A. (1) God commandeth, perfwa-
deth and intreateth the thirfty and
burdened to believe , (2) God hath
bound himfelfby covenant unto them,
Efay 43. 25. (3) He hath fealed it by the
Sacraments, (4) And confirmed the
fame by oath, Gen. 22, i6>\j.Pfa\.iQ<).
9. Luke 1.73.
Q^ What if our mlfery be deep >
A. The deeper our mifery is, the
more we glorifie his name by refting up-
on him for fuccour, Pfalm 22. 1 . Rom.^.
18,20.
Q. what other things are to be lear-
ned-, for the overcoming of thefe ten;*
p tat ions ?
Anfo* 6. Wit mnft lodge oar
felfce* q not bppjefent t teltag »
^2 bp oar oton r dffcernfng He
\fvnits of grace , bat br tbat tofeUfc
<M I tiate felt , atfd tit t fraft*
of
With m Zxpofition upon\tbe fame.
of grace tofttcft appear to otfterg
q Pfalm u6. n. pfalm 13. i. r Pfalm
5 1. io. f Pfalm 77, 1 1, 1 2. 1 2 Corinth.
IO.II.
Expof. f Q. Why mufi not aChri-
(tim judge himfelf by his 4wh feel-
ing?
"~Jbffl# 1. Becaufe a man may
have faith , that feels no comfort ;
And. 2. grace, that fees not the
fruits of grace, Pfalm 22. 1. and 77.
«)?. /y
Q. Why may a man that hath -or ace
feel no fruits thereof f
. $£&) *ecaufe the foul is fome-
)T/1C?5r E^ 34^6. d»,. 3 5.
C2) And fometimes in a fwound ;
U!f'r^'(3) Sometimes we judge
amifsof our eftate, Pfal. 116, 10, 11.
and 77. 1 g. *
Q#<w do we judge amifs of our own
ejtatei J J
^'J'/ 7 .?6[ervi"g what motions
we have toevil, but nothow we refill
them; *. By fuppofing we have no
grace.
-;-** '-■ - A. Be-
32?.
3 JO -* Jbort Cdtechifmy
A. Because we have not i. What
grace we drfire, 2 Or becaufe we find
not our felves at all times alike atfe*
fted and comf >rted, or clil- 3 B_ca>ife
we want what others fuve3 or we con-
ceit them to have.
Q^ Mo rv is thts tnalerreoneons ?
A. Bccauf:Gjd gives not all graces
to one man, nor to all in the fame mea-
sure, Eph. 4.7. Zach.il S.
Q^ What other things occafio* thts
miftakjng ?
An. 1. It is the property of men In
affiiftion> to admire fmall things in o-
thers 9 and deny great and many graces
in themfelvcs : 2« Likewife the vaftnefs
of defire caufeth that which is much in
comparifon, to feem nothing ; And. 3.
Satan works upon the timerous difpo-
fition of fome.
Q. How doth Sat art wor^ upon their
timer oh s Adoption >
A, 1. H: perfwades them that they
have fearfully confented to thpfe fug-
geftions, which they alwaies abhor-
ed, and in which they never took de-
light, 2. Or that they wilfully off?nd ,
when Tome finful motions arife in thdr
hearts ;
Wtw An tLXMfitton upon the fame. 3 J i
hearts ; to which they do not con-
fent, but which they refift, praying
to God for forgiveneffe and affift-
ance.
Q. Is there any other reafon of ohy
mifla\ing ?
A. Yes, becaufe we in temptation
want one grace \ which accompanies
faiths to wit, joy, Job.%.^6- 1 Pet 1. 8.
we conclude that we have no faith at
all.
Qti. Doth not joy ever aecomfany
faith }
A. Faith and joy be not infepara-
ble companion*, fob 13.15. Heb. 1 1. j *
Pfal.yy.iy 3. the violence of temptati-
on hindring the (en(e of mercy, when
God doth with-hold comfort. For which
6aufes, we rniift not overmuch truft
our felves, or credit our feeling but give
credit to the teftimony of the godly and
faithful.
Q^ what may be a further help be~
fide?
A. 7- 3(t f* fiooD to txmlnt our
* beart0, ana ntc tfte a&fctce w of q>
tber* f but foe mutt Imoto aiftftal,
ttet groaning after, atfe* labour*
Ina
3 j 2 -^ /&w* Catechifm,
fag to reft oar tDtarfeft fouls upon
tbe pjomtfe* of grace > being ijt*
tier fattefteft until our Doubtfulrref g
be remotes , totll bring a gooti end >
u Pialm 4 4 w iThcfT. % 1 4. x Mat. 1 1.-
28.
Expof. * Q. Why fhott/d a man exa-
mine h'ij heart in that cafe f
Anfw% Becaufe God withholdeth,
or with-draweth comfort fometimes 5
1. By reafon of fome fecret fin, not
5?ec repented of ; 2. Or he fuffereth
Satan to buffet us, that we might more
ferioufly repent of fome corruption ,
J^^ 40 3^5, 6. with 42. 6. 2 Corinth.
12.7.
Qi what doth G od teach m by fuck
temptations ?
A% Hereby the Lord doth 1 . Correct
our not prizing comfort at a high rate y
Cant 5 .3,4, 5. And 2 our forgetfulnefs to
praife him for it.
Q^ In -what manner muft a man try
himfelf? ^ ,
A. VVe ought wifely to make tri-
al of our waiesj i» Neither fparing any
fin \ 2. Nor cenfuring that to be fin
whieh is juft and lawful ,3. Nor ma-
king
With m Expofition upon the fame. 3^3
king leight account of any fin : 4. Nor
yet Calling our repentance inco quefti-
on, becaufe 1. Either fome things have
beenamifs 2. Orwc have not attained
to perfection.
Q. Do th* fruits ofthefpirii alwaies
appea* in the faithful ?
Xnf. j$o : 2Dtyp are y obfcurefc
it 3n oar ftrft * contortion, *♦ Jn
tfte toy*\ of 2 fecurftp; 3. Wjentoe
a leate oar ftrtt lot)e> 4. 3n Unit
of b temptation * oj Come || relapfe
c into fin > y Luke 5. 37, 38. z 1 Cor.
3.1. ^ Rev.2,4. b Pfal. 6. 1,2,3. c P&*-
51. 10.
Expof. * Qu. Why are the graces
ofthefpirit obfcure in our fir ft conver-
sion >
-^*,(i.}l$ecaufe at our firft conver-
fion we are as new born babes who
have the truth of mans nature, but
the perfection of it groweth with
age, 1 Corinth, 3* 1. Heb.5.13. (2) Oar
knowledge is fmall and confuted,
Pfa/myq. 22. and 119. 33>34* 100.
(3.) Our fight of Gods love is dim,
(4.) Many doubts arife in our minds,
hi'ke 24. verfe 38. Becaufe of our
weak-
334 ^ ft*m Cttechtfmy
weakncfs and unworthinefsj (5) Many
lufts are untamed, (6) We are unexperi*
enced to put on, or wear the Chriftian
armour and therefore are of: foyled of
ouradverfaries.
QU. Do not fame Chrlftians more
plentifully abound in the graces of the
fpirlt at their Hrfl converfion ?
A. Some few at their firft converfion,
abound in the fruits of the Spirit more
fenfibly, that they might be prepared for
fome future combates, wherein God will
fit them forth to be examples to the
weak.
Q. PVhat is the re a fan why our joy is
afterward dimimjhed ?
A. If our comfort and joy that we
felt in our firft converfion be diminiQi-
ed, it is either by rcafbn of I. Se-
curity , 2. Or temptation, 1 Sam. u.
2,3. &c. with Pfalm$t.io. PfaL 77.
8,9,10.
jg. Why are the graces of the fpirh ob-
jured 'n tke dales of (ecurity ?
A. Becaule 1. Good ground will
bring forth Weeds if it be not tilled ,
and fire will die if it be not blown j
fa the graces of Gods fpirlt will de-
cay
With an Sxpofftion upon the fame. 333
cay if they be not ftirred up by prayer,
reading, &c. 1 />*,/. 5. 19. ,, Tim. 1. 6.
And 2 lufts, wor!dlinefs,and drowfineft,
&c. will creep upon the belt, and over-
grow them, if chey be not diligent to keep
them under, and root them out, Luke
21.34535^3^-
Or }Vh) is grac* obf cured when we
leave o-rr firfi hve |
A. || Bxaufeas our love to God doth
decay, (b thefenfeand feeling of Gods
love to us, doth die and decay alfo, Rev.
24,5.
<£. What evils follow the abatement
of our love to God f
A. When our love to God is aba-
ted , (1) The fpirit of God, which is
The comforter of the heart and the
ftirrer up of that joy which paffeth
all undemanding is grieved, Epk. 4. Jo.
(2} Our faith is weakned , \ nm.
\ 5- (3) O^ prayers muft needs
be cold and faint, (4) We muft needs
be dull , heartlefs , and uncheerful , e-
ven a burden to our felves, (5) And
untoward to any holy duty, Pfil.it fj
174.
Am Be-
3 3 ^ ^ fhort Cattehifrn?
Anfw. Becaufe love is the wheel of
the foul , and firft affettion j Dettter.
6. 5. Matth. 22.37. and if that be
difordered , no other can be of a right
temper.
Qjfhy are graces ob [cured in time of
temptation ?
* Ak(w. Becaufe in the time of tem-
ptation, 1. The minde is mil of diforder
and confufion. And. 2. the heirt, in
fear, Exod. 6. 9. Pfalm 77. 2,7,8,95 10
as the aire is troubled in a tempeftuous
feafon.
Q. Why fo \
Anf. 1. Many mifts being caft between
the eye of our understanding and the pro-
mifes of God, as clouds that obfeure the
Sun .* 2. Satan having then leave to try
and buffet us.
Q^ What is the benefit that comes by
temptations}
A. By temptations, fi)Wc are fit-
ted to grow in grace, Pfal. 3 2.4, 5. (2.)
Thereby alfo the graces of Gods fpirit in
us are tried, Rom^. 5. 7^.1.2,3.(3.)
Butitisnofitfeafon for us todifcernor
judge of them.
CXtfhy is grace obj cured in time of
fomerelapfe? " [| -&•
VVitb an Expofition upon the fame. 337
II <**[. When corruption gettetfi
ground, grace muft needs be weakened,
for thefe two are oppoftce the one to the
other.
Q± How fhonlda man recover out of
a relapfe > J
i fl2f ** fpeel)P d t(m* Oration
tof totatfte tjaffc done, a, fttntto*
W fcteereptntanee tufty fo^rafo
arm Qmme> brtoaflfng lite fin be*
fo^ed&oo,?* IRefojmtngbte Ufe,am>
4. taping ftoto npoti tie p^omtfea
of mtftfc*, <* Revel, a, 5. e Jcrf 31.
18,19.
Expof. t Qu. What grounds be
there -why frch as have fallen into
grofs fin after repentance j ft mid not de-
Jpavr ?
A. Such as have fallen into fome
grofs fin after repentance , muft not
utterly defpair, 1 John 5. 23. Efaj<*.u-
■Matthew 11. 28. For (1) The Pro-
phets call upon wicked revolters frorp
God, to repent, and promife them
pardpn, Efay 1. 18. Jeremiah 3.1,12,
13, 14, 8cc. (2 ) And in the Law fa-
crihees were daily offered, not one-
ly for ignorance , Leviticus 5.15,^
Z but
a}8 jipon **MC(,w)Wy
bu* for fins, committed willingly, and |
againft confciencej Leviticus 6, l»*j 3.
(3) We are commanded daily to pray
for remiffion of fins without excep-
tion , Lnke 1 1. 4. (4.) No (in is unpar-
donable, bat the fin againft the Holy
Ghoft , Mapih. 12. 31, 32. Mark 3.
28,29. from which a man that fins
grofly after repentance may be free.
(5) God is able to heal the latter wound
which fin makes , as well as the for-
mer i Hof. 1 4.4. (6.) Without Chrift no
offence can be forgiven > and in Chrift
all offences may be done away, 1 John
1 7. (7.) Mercy in us is as a drop of a
bucket, -in comparifon of that infinite
Tea of mercy which is in God • If by
his- commandment man muft forgive
his brother feventy times feven times ,
will not he forgive them that humble
themfelves before him \ Matthew 18.
21,22.
Q^ what priv; ledges daxhcgtUy en-
joy as faon as this life is ended t
A. 1. S&etr glon? tften begin* »
m tleir botife^ ramatn II in fte
f graDe , as in a beD of tpfce* s
a. Stio tWt fonli being petted
gfreeo
mth an hxpofitton upon the f ami. -$*9
g freea t from 0w> are rcceftfc& fa*
to feeaton , to t&e be&olfcfag h of
<25o& ano Cfeifff fmme&fatelp , ft
Theff4.i5.^Rev.i4.i3.^Mattb.^S.
i Cor. 1 3, 12.
Expof. H Qu. Wherein fiands the
happinefs of the Saints, in re ft eft of their
bodies when they be feparated from their
fouls ? ~ J
An Death feparates the foul from
the body , but it doth not Separate the
foul or body of the godly from Chrifh
^.8.38,39. 1 C.r.3.22. and 15,
54>5$956. PhiLi.2i. for when the bo-
dy heth in the grave, and is diffolved
into dult, it is yet united unto ChrifK
John ,5.5, £^.5.30. and doth a
and look for a future and glorious change,
* ^.1538,42,4^44.
(^ Wherein fiands their happinefs in
refpeft of their fouls after this life, above
tv hat they had in this life ?
. "*" "*•/• from the guilt and domi-
nion of fin, the godly are delivered in this
thereof Ut *** fr°m ^ ftain
. *\ But after this earthly tabernacle
is laid down , they are 1, DeliveBed
Z z £rem
3 4^ -^ J^* C*tuhifm,
^/ .?
A, Cij2lft t tfce flora an* tiitag
of tSje Cburctj, i fetyo (baft come in
a mod glo2toa* anu stable nran^
ner ) m fcetcen&tng from ft&afcen
Wtft a (boat , ants foifft ftc tofce of
tbe 3rcbangei • and icftl) tbe tr nm*
pet of ©05 9 molt ropallp n attetus-
et> tottft fnnnmerafaie umltittuje*
of mtgbtp Angela, 1A&$ 10.41* ann
17,30. mi Theff.4. 16. »2 Theffal.
1.7.
Expof. f <9« fr not the power of judg-
ing common to the Father-) Son^andholy
Glofil
4-i. The decree of judging and
judiciary power, is common to Father ,
Son, and Holy Ghoft, Genef 18.25.
2. Bit the vifible a& , promulgation ,
and execution of judgement belongeth
toChrift our Mediatour, as God and
man , Atis 17.13. John 5,22923. Rom.
14.10,113 12.
£>. What earnings of Chrifi doth the
SiCriptHre mention ?
^. Two. 1. His firft coming, which
was to work our Redeipptipn > when he
.Was judged. 2, His
With an Expofition upon the fame. %aa
3. His (econd appearing, when- He
/ball come t6 judge.
O. To what JpccLtP office doth this
belong ?
A. This is the laft aft, and accom-i
plifhment of his 'kingly office, 1 Cor.
15. 25, 26^27.
Q^ Whenfiall Chrifl come to jj&fate*
mem t
A. ^e U>U1 mod fnrclp come,
trot tbe ttme is o unlmotnn, tbat tue
mfg^t etier p toatcb * an& prepare
f0£ bte COBltng , o Match, 24, 57, p
verfe42.
QJVhom rvill he judge >
A* 1$% elfft ana q "cbofen*. att& aU
tfteir enemies botb etjCl r #ngela> aim
fotcfeet) merb q 2 Corinth 5. ro, r 2 Pet,
2.4.Jnde 6.
Q, Seeing many of Gods e/etJ people %
and wicked men are roticd in their graves \7
how can they be judged ?
A. JCfr t)crp fame f botife* in
fubffame * t&at at my tfate afeo*
(ball bpf&epotoer ol? <Bo& b* rat*
fed up, arm tfeetr fouls be united
to tbem tnfeparablp to abtoe toge«
tfter ft* tDermo^, T « Corinth, f$,
4M3>44- Z 4 Ex"
2 42 ^ ty°n C*tubifm,
Queft- Wb° flail be judge at that
day?
A. Cfolfc t tfte Hor& at* t&fns
of tlje Ctyircfc, I tofco ©all cotne in
a tnoft Btoilou* ant) titfible man-
uer > m aefcemrfng from ijeafcest
toitt) a Cliont , ants toft!) the fcofce of
tie 3rcb<utgel » and iDttb ttje t rnm*
pet of (Son j inott rcpallp n attend
el) tottt) innumerable nrnltitntje*
of tnfflbtp Stogete, lAfts 10.4a* anu
17,30. w 1 Theft 4. 16. «2 Theffal.
1.7.
Expof. f ^ ^ not the power of 'judg-
ing common to the Father •> Son^andholy
Ghoft>
A. 1. The decree of\ judging and
judiciary power, is common to Father ,
Son, and Holy Ghoft5 Genef. 18.2$.
2. Bfct the viiible *& , promulgation ,
and execution of judgement belongeth
toChrift our Mediatour, as God and
man , Atis 17.13. John 5,22923. Rom.
i4.io3n, 12.
Q. what comings of Chrift doth the
Scriptwe mention ?
A. Two. 1. Hts firft coming, which
was to work our Redenipt'pn , when he
lyas judged. 2, His
mth an Expofition upon the fame. 3,4
3. His fecond appearing, when- He
ftall come to judge.
O. To what fpecial' office doth this
belong ?
A. This is the laft aft, and accom-»
plifhment of his kingly office, 1 Cor.
15.25,2^27.
Q^ ivhenfhall Chrijl come to jx?'ge-
mem i
jf> <£e Urtti moa furelp come,
oat tbe time te o un^noton T tijat toe
tnfgtjt eUer p toateb * an& prepare
fQ2 bte comtilg , o Match, 24* 37, p
verfe42.
QWhom will he judge ?
a7 l£* elfft an* q djofen,. am aU
tftefr enemfe*> both etjfl r &ngel0> ami
tofefeet) men> q 2 Cor/nth 5. jo, 1 2 Pet,
2.4.Jude 6.
Q, Seeing many of Gods elett people ,
and wtck^d men are rotied in their graves -,
how can they be judged ?
A. %ty t)crp fame f bosfe* in
fnbffance * tbat at anytime &fe&6
ft all bp ffie potoer of Cot) b* rat*
f€D np> aim t&etr fouls be united
to tbtm Meparablp to abfoe togt*
t^er ft* iterator f 1 Corinth, !*♦
4M3>44- Z 4 Ex-
344 -^ JbortCatecbifnt,
Espaf. * i?. Why mtojt the body rife
a? din ?
An. Bseaufe juftice requirech t that
the fame bodies which joyned with
the foul , in working good or evil in
this life, (hould be raifed up to (hare
with the foul at tjie day of the Lord,
Q. lYtoat an we to believe concerning
thofe who fhall be found, alive at the com*
ing ofChrifi >
A* 23jcp (ball bet cfcangefc in tit
ttotncHling of an epc, and Co patented
before il tfce judgement (eat of £fctft ,
ti Cor.1^51,52.
Expof. j| (J. By what means (hall quick^
and dead be gathered i
A. The means whereby quick and
dead (hall be gathered to judgement ^
are^i.^The powerful voice of ChrinS
John 5. 28- (2.) And the Miniftery of
Angels, Matthew 1 3 . 40, 41 . ( 3 .) The
brute and fenfelefs creatures furren-
dringup their dead, Revelations 20
13.
Qu. In what manner [hall he judge
them>
A. ^oft t ttrtctlp, t. SBotb in
refped:
with an Expojition upon the fame] 345
retpect of fte u perrons judges
2, Slnti tbe tbtngtf fin tobtclj, but
pet fce (ball JtiDge molt w rtgWe*
ens judgement, u 2 Corinth, 5* «o.*
Afts 17.31.
E^pof. I 2; ^° w^ appear ?
^4. Every man muft appear in his own
perfon before the Judge, Romans 14, 1 i
Rev.ictTi.
Q What account muft every man
give I
A. He muft give an account, 1. Both
generally as a man, oraChriftian. And
.2. fpecially as a Magiftrate , Minifter,
Mafter, Servant, &c.
(?. For what things muft men give
account ?
A.i. For all the things which they
have received of the Lord, And 2.
for all the things which they have
done ; even all thoughts, words, and
atti ons ? j^ 3 4. 1 1. Pfal 62.12. Vrov.
24. 12. £^^33. 20. Rom. 2. 6. 2 Co-
rinth. 5. le9U* I Pet. I. 17. A focal.
32. 12.
Q^ What u fe are we to make here-'
off
A. We&ould therefore be, i.Con-
fcionable,
34$ <* W*rt Catechifm,
y fdonable, 2. Patient, 3. And watch-
ful, taking care that all our acVions
here be approved by the Word of
God* 1 ujcjfdomans 4. 18. 2. Peter 3,
Q. What (halt be the jj[nt ef this
judgment to the wielded ?
A. etjerlattfrtg x perMtfon from
tfce pretence af tfte &02& , to ad
tfyofe tono tgno^antlp or fotlfob
Ip contemn tie CDofpei > x 2 Theff,
1.7,8,9.
Q^ What {halt be the ipte hereof to
the god'yl
J. Clear * toittou of p ©00 ami
Cb:f(l , cnfclefs z tbmmnnion toftb
i&rm ; eberlattfng a peace au& glo=
rp , botb in foul and I bo&p , i n ful*
ler meafare tban tbe beart of man
can nolo appacbenfc > 0^ anp of f&e
&afnt0 enjopefc before > y i John
3.2.2 John 17. 24. Phil. 1 .23. a Mat.
25.34.
Expof. * Q. What isfpirihtd or fit -
■per natural biejfednefi ?
^. Spiritual or fupernatural bleffed-
nefs of the Saints, is the immediate
fruition of the 1. Chief, 2. Perfeft,
3.Su£.
With mYZxpofition upon the fame. 347
3. Sufficient , And 4. unchangeable
good ,. even God in Ghriit , Matth,
. 5. 8. with 19. 17. 1 Thejf. 4. 17. Mat.
25.34.
Queft. What moves God to aive him-
(elf to be enjoyed of the Saints ?
A* Of his meer goodnefs he doth
give himfelf unto his Eleft, to be i.Seen,
2. Loved, and. 3 . PoffefTed, that is, to ba
enjoyed by them.
Q. What are the means whereby God
is enjoyed t
A. The means by which God is in-
joyed, is i.Theunderftanding, 2. The
will, 3. And the arTe&ions.
Oueft. How doth the minde behold
God?
Af The minde 1. Clearly, 2, And
immediately doth behold, 1. God in
Chrift ^ And. 2. his exceeding glory and
goodnefs , as it were face to face > Exod.
35. 20. 1 Cor. 13. 12. 2 Cor; 5 6, j.
ljohn^.2.
Qudk. How doth \the will embrace
him ?
A. The will with as great 1. Love*
2. And joy? doth imbrace that infi-
nite good ? as there is knowledge
thereof
34,8 * jbort Catecbifm,
thereof in the minde, Rev. 19 3,4
Q^ Do the Saints in glory fee God
abfelutely as he is in himfelf f
-4. The Saints in glory 1 . Do not
abfolutely fee God as he is in himfelf ;
for that which is infinite cannot be
comprehended of that which is limi-
ted j But. 2. God doth manifeft himfelf
unto them, fofar forth as a creature
is capable for to know him , Pfalm
16.15.
(^ How is it, that the Saints do not
wax dull at the glory of f 0 great 4
light*
Anfvo. To the end that the Saints
ftouldbe fully contented, and not wax
dull at the glory of fo great a light j
God doth 1 Perfeft the powers of
the foul, 2. Perfectly repair his Image
in his Ele&, And. 3. by his power en-
large the capacity of the foul , fo far
as the nature of man will bear, 1 John^
Q^IVhyfo}
A. i. That it might always be fully
fatisfied with the beholding of him, 2.
And that without wearinefs at any time,
Pftl.17.1^1
Q^What
With an Expoption upon the [Ante. 34^
Queft* What is the [ubyft of happi*
Kefs?
|| ^. The fubjeft of happinefs is the
whole man, Rev.zo.6. & 2 2.1 4.
Q, Wherein funds the happinefs of
the body t
Anfw. In this eftate of bleflednefs 9
1. The body is united to the foul;
2. And laying afide corruption and
mortality, is changed to 1. An incor-
ruptible, 2. Immortal, And. 3. fpiritu-
al body? 4. Like to the glorified body
of Chrift our Saviour, 1 Corinth, 15*
4i542>43. iJohn3.3.
O. what followeth from all this >
~A. Hence followeth 1. Perfe&iorr
of the whole man, 4. Conformity with.
God, 3. tlnfpeakable joy, And 4, end-
lefsglory,^^>2.5.
FINIS.
Th:
it
w
m
t*lff.« *1
THere is lately publifhed feverall Excellent
and ufefull Treatifes, Written by the Author
ofthisGatechifme9 Mr John Ball-, Containing
i.
A Difcourfe of the properties of a godly
life.
2- Of the parts of a godly life.
3. ATreatife of the Affe&ions.
j 4. Of the Spiritual! Gombate.
15 . Of the Goverment of the Tongue*
6. ATreatife of Prayer.
^7. An Exposition of the Lords Prayer,
All gathered together in one Volume, and pufc-
lifhed ( from the Coppy written by Mr. Bali's
owne hand ) by Mr. Simeon A (he , to whom
Mr. Bal committed the care of all his written
Bookes.
To be fold by George Sawhridge at the
Bible on Ludqate Hill.
I
It
1
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Open Library
American Libraries
TV News
Understanding 9/11